Dana Corporation 8-K
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 8-K
 
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): December 26, 2007
DANA CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
         
Virginia   1-1063   34-4361040
         
(State or other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)
  (Commission File Number)
  (IRS Employer Identification No.)
     
4500 Dorr Street, Toledo, Ohio   43615
     
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:(419) 535-4500
Not Applicable
 
(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)
 
Check the appropriate box if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
o   Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
o   Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a—12)
o   Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d—2(b))
o   Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
Item 1.03 Bankruptcy or Receivership.
Item 8.01 Other Events.
Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX
EX-2.1
EX-2.2
EX-2.3
EX-10.1
EX-99.1


Table of Contents

Item 1.01.   Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.
     Dana Corporation (“Dana”) and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) are operating under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). The Debtors’ Chapter 11 cases (collectively, the “Bankruptcy Cases”) are pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”), where they have been consolidated under the caption In re Dana Corporation, et al., Case No. 06-10354 (BRL).
     As previously reported, the Bankruptcy Court approved and authorized the Debtors to enter into an Investment Agreement dated July 26, 2007 (the “Investment Agreement”), providing, among other things, for an affiliate of Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”) to purchase $250 million in Series A convertible preferred shares of reorganized Dana and for qualified supporting creditors (qualified creditors of the Debtors, including the holders of Dana’s unsecured notes) to have an opportunity to purchase up to $500 million in Series B convertible preferred shares of reorganized Dana and Centerbridge to purchase up to $250 million of any Series B shares not purchased by the qualified supporting creditors. As reflected in the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the amount of that offering has been increased to $540 million in Series B convertible preferred shares. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated October 18, 2007 with Dana (the “Letter Agreement”), specified members of the Ad Hoc Steering Committee of Bondholders and their affiliates (the “Backstop Investors”) severally agreed to purchase up to $290 million in Series B convertible preferred shares of reorganized Dana that are not subscribed for by qualified supporting creditors in the offering or purchased by Centerbridge in accordance with its obligations under the Investment Agreement. Through these arrangements, reorganized Dana has obtained contractual assurance that it will raise $790 million through the offering and the commitments of Centerbridge and the Backstop Investors.
     On December 7, 2007, Dana and Centerbridge entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Investment Agreement. A copy of the Amendment is filed with this report as Exhibit 10.1. The Amendment was subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Dana sought and received such approval in connection with the Bankruptcy Court’s consideration of the confirmation of the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of the Debtors (as it has been amended, modified and supplemented, the “Plan”). The confirmation order was entered by the Bankruptcy Court on December 26, 2007.
     Among other things, the Amendment:
     (i) Conforms the Investment Agreement to the Plan, which was filed with the Bankruptcy Court on October 23, 2007 and has been subsequently amended, modified and supplemented (and to which Centerbridge had consented), including by increasing the amount of Series B convertible preferred shares from $500 million to $540 million, changing the record date for trade claims eligible to participate in the purchase of Series B convertible preferred shares, increasing the size of the initial New Dana Holdco board of directors from 7 to 9, with Centerbridge and the Creditors’ Committee, as defined in the Plan, each designating one additional director and increasing the maximum amount of Dana’s obligation under the Investment Agreement to reimburse Centerbridge at closing for its actual, reasonable out of pocket expenses under certain circumstances involving termination of the Investment Agreement from $4 million to $5 million;
     (ii) Adds customary access and board observer right for Centerbridge to ensure compliance with certain regulations that apply to private equity funds (Venture Capital Operating Company regulations);
     (iii) Eliminates Centerbridge’s right to terminate the Investment Agreement if the Debtors lose exclusivity;

2


Table of Contents

     (iv) Makes a corresponding increase from 7 to 9 in the size of the New Dana Holdco board of directors who will be elected at the first shareholders meeting and thereafter; and
     (vi) Adds the same preemptive rights (i.e., rights to purchase additional shares to maintain the holder’s percentage ownership in the event that reorganized Dana issues additional capital stock) for Series B shares that are applicable to the holders of Series A shares. The preemptive rights will not apply to reorganized Dana’s issuance of listed common stock and will be available only to holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred shares who are Qualified Institutional Buyers as defined in securities laws.
Item 1.03   Bankruptcy or Receivership.
     On December 26, 2007, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving and confirming the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan. The effective date of the Plan is anticipated to be by the end of January, 2008 (the “Effective Date”). The Debtors can make no assurance as to when, or ultimately if, the Plan will become effective. It is also possible that additional technical amendments could be made to the Plan prior to effectiveness. A copy of the Plan was attached as Exhibit 2.1 to a Form 8-K filed with the Commission on November 2, 2007, and is incorporated herein by reference. Attached hereto are the First Modification To Third Amended Joint Plan Of Reorganization Of Debtors and Debtors in Possession, dated December 6, 2007 as Exhibit 2.2 and the Stipulation and Agreed Order Between the Debtors and the Official Committee of Non-Union Retirees, dated December 11, 2007 as Exhibit 2.3 (the “Boilermakers’ Stipulation”). These documents with Exhibits thereto, constitute the Plan as confirmed.
     The following is a summary of the material terms of the Plan. This summary highlights only certain provisions of the Plan and is not a complete description of the Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan.
A) Plan of Reorganization
     The Plan implements both (1) the Debtors’ restructuring as a sustainable, viable business through several restructuring initiatives that were undertaken during the Chapter 11 Cases and will be undertaken as part of the Plan (the “Restructuring”) and (2) a global settlement (the “Global Settlement”) among the Debtors and, respectively, the UAW and the USW (collectively, the “Unions”), and involving Centerbridge Partners, L.P. and certain of its affiliates (“Centerbridge”) as well certain creditors (the “Supporting Creditors”) as the New Equity Investors, on terms that provide significant value to the Debtors, their creditors and other stakeholders. Both the Restructuring and the Global Settlement are essential to the success of the Debtors’ reorganization and the viability of their businesses following the Effective Date of the Plan.
     The Restructuring required the simultaneous implementation of several distinct reorganization initiatives and the cooperation of the Debtors’ key business constituencies: customers, vendors, employees and retirees. In particular, the Debtors had to: (1) negotiate substantial price increases with their customers that, when fully implemented, are expected to be approximately $180 million on an annual basis; (2) recover, or otherwise compensate for, increased material costs through renegotiation or rejection of various customer programs and improvement of vendor terms; (3) achieve a permanent reduction and realignment of overhead costs that, when fully implemented, will approximate between $40 and $50 million annually; (4) restructure their wage and benefit programs to create an appropriate sustainable labor and benefit cost structure; and (5) address the excessive costs and funding requirements of the legacy pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities accumulated over the past several decades, in part from prior divestitures and closed operations. Moreover, in order for the restructuring to

3


Table of Contents

be effective in the long-term, the Debtors determined that they must optimize their manufacturing footprint by substantially repositioning manufacturing to lower cost countries.
     The Debtors’ objectives to restructure their wages and benefit programs and to address their legacy pension and other post-employment benefit obligations were reached through: (1) the Global Settlement, in which all issues in the Chapter 11 Cases between the Debtors, the UAW and the USW were resolved, and Centerbridge and the Supporting Creditors committed to invest up to $790 million in New Dana Holdco; (2) the settlement with respect to the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers’ (the “IAM”) involvement in the 1113/1114 Litigation (as defined below); (3) the Bankruptcy Court’s order authorizing the Debtors to terminate the non-pension retiree benefits of all active non-union workers in the United States, effective April 1, 2007; (4) the settlement between the Debtors and the Retiree Committee (as defined below) of a portion of the 1113/1114 Litigation pursuant to which the Debtors agreed to fund a Voluntary Employee Benefit Association (“VEBA”) trust (which is a tax-exempt trust that can be used to provide certain benefits to participants and their beneficiaries) through an initial contribution of $25 million and a final contribution, on or before the Effective Date, of $53.8 million; and (5) the termination of non-pension retiree benefits for the International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders, Blacksmiths, Forgers and Helpers AFL-CIO by the Boilermaker Stipulation.
B) Treatment of Claims and Interests
     1) Classification and Treatment of Claims and Interests Under the Plan
     Except for Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims, which are not required to be classified, all Claims and Interests that existed on March 3, 2006 (the “Petition Date”) are divided into classes under the Plan. The following summarizes the treatment of the classified Claims and Interests under the Plan.
                 
            Estimated
Class   Designation   Treatment Under Plan   Recovery
Class 1A
  Priority Claims against the Consolidated Debtors   Unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 1A will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim.     100 %
Class 1B
  Priority Claims against EFMG   Unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 1B will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim.     100 %
Classes 2A
  Secured Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors Other Than the Port Authority Secured Claim   Unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2A will, at the election of the applicable Debtor, (A) receive payment in Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim, (B) have its Allowed Claim Reinstated, or (C) receive the collateral securing such Allowed Claim.     100 %
Class 2B
  Secured Claims Against EFMG   Unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2B will, at the election of EFMG, (A) receive payment in Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim, (B) have its Allowed Claim Reinstated, or (C) receive the collateral securing such Allowed Claim.     100 %

4


Table of Contents

                 
            Estimated
Class   Designation   Treatment Under Plan   Recovery
Class 2C
  Port Authority Secured Claim   Impaired. On or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, the Port Authority Secured Claim in Class 2C will be satisfied by: (a) Reorganized Torque-Traction Technologies, LLC entering into and assuming as amended the Port Authority Lease in the form attached to the Port Authority Settlement Agreement as Exhibit 1, (b) New Dana Holdco executing and delivering an amended guaranty in the form attached to the Port Authority Settlement Agreement as Exhibit 2 and (c) Reorganized Torque-Traction Technologies, LLC and New Dana Holdco executing and delivering any other agreements necessary to implement the Port Authority Settlement Agreement.     95 %
Class 3
  Asbestos Personal Injury Claims   Unimpaired. On the Effective Date, the Asbestos Personal Injury Claims will be Reinstated.     100 %
Class 4
  Convenience Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors   Unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Convenience Claim will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claims (as reduced, if applicable, pursuant to an election by the holder thereof in accordance with Section I.A.55 of the Plan).     100 %
Class 5A
  General Unsecured Claims Against EFMG   Unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5A will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim.     100 %
Class 5B
  General Unsecured Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors   Impaired. In full satisfaction of its Allowed Claim, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B will receive (a) on the Effective Date, its Pro Rata share, based upon the principal amount of each holder’s Allowed Claim of the Distributable Shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and the Distributable Excess Minimum Cash; and (b) after the Effective Date, such periodic distributions of Reserved Shares and Reserved Excess Minimum Cash as are set forth in Section VI.G.5.b of the Plan.   72% — 86%1
 
1   Assumes a range of total General Unsecured Claims from $2.5 billion to $3.0 billion, with $3.25 billion being the cap on General Unsecured Claims pursuant to the Plan Support Agreement.

5


Table of Contents

                 
            Estimated
Class   Designation   Treatment Under Plan   Recovery
Class 5C
  Union Claim   Impaired. On the Effective Date, in full satisfaction of the Union Claim, the Debtors will make the UAW Retiree VEBA Contribution and the USW Retiree VEBA Contribution.     69 %
Class 6A
  Prepetition Intercompany Claims   Impaired. No distribution.     0 %
Class 6B
  Claims of Wholly-Owned and Majority-Owned Non-Debtor Affiliates Other than DCC:   Unimpaired. On the Effective Date, Claims of Wholly-Owned and Majority-Owned Non Debtor Affiliates Other than DCC against the Debtors will be Reinstated.     100 %
Class 6C
  DCC Claim   Impaired. On the Effective Date, in full satisfaction of the DCC Claim, the Reorganized Debtors will satisfy in Cash DCC’s outstanding liability under the DCC Bonds.     35 %
Class 6D
  Section 510(b) Securities Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors   Impaired. No distribution.     0 %
Class 7A
  Old Common Stock of Dana Interests   Impaired. Cancellation of Old Common Stock of Dana and all Interests related thereto. No distribution.     0 %
Class 7B
  Section 510(b) Old Common Stock Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors   Impaired. No distribution.     0 %
Class 8
  Subsidiary Debtor Equity Interests   Unimpaired. On the Effective Date, the Subsidiary Debtor Equity Interests will be Reinstated, subject to the Restructuring Transactions.     100 %
     2) Compliance with Laws and Effects on Distributions
     In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, each Disbursing Agent will comply with all applicable Tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on it by any governmental unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan will be subject to applicable withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, each Disbursing Agent will be authorized to take any actions that may be necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including, without limitation, liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding Taxes or establishing any other

6


Table of Contents

mechanisms the Disbursing Agent believes are reasonable and appropriate, including requiring Claim holders to submit appropriate Tax and withholding certifications. To the extent any Claim holder fails to submit appropriate Tax and withholding certifications as required by the Disbursing Agent, such Claim holder’s distribution will be deemed undeliverable and subject to Section VI.F.2 of the Plan.
     All distributions under the Plan will be subject to applicable federal income tax reporting and withholding. The IRC imposes “backup withholding” (currently at a rate of 28%) on certain “reportable” payments to certain taxpayers, including payments of interest. Under the IRC’s backup withholding rules, a holder of a Claim may be subject to backup withholding with respect to distributions or payments made pursuant to the Plan, unless the holder (a) comes within certain exempt categories (which generally include corporations) and, when required, demonstrates this fact or (b) provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies under penalty of perjury that the taxpayer identification number is correct and that the taxpayer is not subject to backup withholding because of a failure to report all dividend and interest income. Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax, but merely an advance payment that may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of income tax. A holder of a Claim may be required to establish an exemption from backup withholding or to make arrangements with respect to the payment of backup withholding.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each entity receiving a distribution of Cash or New Dana Holdco Common Stock pursuant to the Plan will have sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any Tax obligations imposed on it by any governmental unit on account of the distribution, including income, withholding and other Tax obligations.
     The Debtors reserve the right to allocate and distribute all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support and other spousal awards, liens and similar encumbrances.
C) Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
     1) Assumption and Assignment Generally
          Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, in any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan or in a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or as requested in any motion Filed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, the applicable Debtor or Debtors will assume or assume and assign, as indicated, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease listed on Exhibit II.E.1.a to the Plan; provided, however, that the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors reserve the right, at any time on or prior to the Effective Date, to amend Exhibit II.E.1.a to th e Plan to: (i) delete any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease listed therein, thus providing for its rejection pursuant to Section II.E.5 of the Plan; (ii) add any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease thereto, thus providing for its assumption or assumption and assignment pursuant to Section II.E.1.a of the Plan; or (iii) modify the amount of the Cure Amount Claim. Moreover, pursuant to the Contract Procedures Order, the Debtors reserve the right, at any time until the date that is 30 days after the Effective Date, to amend Exhibit II. E.1.a to the Plan to identify or change the identity of the Reorganized Debtor party that will be an assignee of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Each contract and lease listed on Exhibit II.E.1.a to the Plan will be assumed only to the extent that any such contract or lease constitutes an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Listing a contract or lease on Exhibit II. E.1.a to the Plan will not constitute an admission by a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor that such contract or lease (including any related agreements as described in Section II. E.1.b of the Plan) is an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder.

7


Table of Contents

     2) Approval of Assumptions and Assignments; Assignments Related to Restructuring
     The Confirmation Order will constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the assumption (including any related assignment resulting from the Restructuring Transactions or otherwise) of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pursuant to Section II.E of the Plan as of the Effective Date, except for Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that (a) have been rejected pursuant to a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (b) are subject to a pending motion for reconsideration or appeal of an order authorizing the rejection of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, (c) are subject to a motion to reject such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease Filed on or prior to the Effective Date, (d) are rejected pursuant to Section II.E.5 of the Plan or (e) are designated for rejection in accordance with the last sentence of this paragraph. As of the effective time of an applicable Restructuring Transaction, any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be held by any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor and assumed hereunder or otherwise in the Chapter 11 Cases, if not expressly assigned to a third party previously in the Chapter 11 Cases or assigned to a particular Reorganized Debtor pursuant to the procedures described above, will be deemed assigned to the surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation in the applicable Restructuring Transaction, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code. If an objection to a proposed assumption, assumption and assignment or Cure Amount Claim is not resolved in favor of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease may be designated by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors for rejection within five Business Days of the entry of the order of the Bankruptcy Court resolving the matter against the Debtors. Such rejection shall be deemed effective as of the Effective Date.
     3) Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
     On the Effective Date, except for an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that was previously assumed, assumed and assigned or rejected by an order of the Bankruptcy Court or that is assumed pursuant to Section II.E. of the Plan (including any related agreements assumed pursuant to Section II.E.1.b of the Plan), each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease entered into by a Debtor prior to the Petition Date that has not previously expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms will be rejected pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to be rejected will include the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases listed on Exhibit II.E.5 to the Plan. Each contract and lease listed on Exhibit II.E.5 to the Plan will be rejected only to the extent that any such contract or lease constitutes an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Listing a contract or lease on Exhibit II.E.5 to the Plan will not constitute an admission by a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor that such contract or lease (including related agreements as described in Section II.E.1.b of the Plan) is an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. Irrespective of whether an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is listed on Exhibit II.E.5 of the Plan, it will be deemed rejected unless such contract (a) is listed on Exhibit II.E.1.a of the Plan or Exhibit II.E.1.c of the Plan, (b) was not previously assumed, assumed and assigned or rejected by order of the Bankruptcy Court or (c) is not deemed assumed pursuant to the other provisions of Section II.E. of the Plan. The Confirmation Order will constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such rejections, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, as of the later of: (a) the Effective Date; or (b) the resolution of any objection to the proposed rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Any Claims arising from the rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be treated as a Class 5A Claim or Class 5B Claim, as applicable (General Unsecured Claims), subject to the provisions of section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code.
D) New Capital Stock Issuable on Effective Date
     1) Common Stock

8


Table of Contents

     As of the Effective Date, pursuant to the Plan, New Dana Holdco will issue the New Dana Holdco Common Stock, of which 100 million shares will be issued on account of Allowed Claims in Class 5B and for contribution to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve. In addition, of such 100 million shares, calculated at the midpoint estimate of the reorganization value of New Dana Holdco at the Effective Date, 1,022,745 shares will be reserved for payment of the post-emergence bonuses to Union employees and 1,000,956 shares will be reserved to pay post-emergence bonuses to non-union hourly and salaried non-management employees.
     2) New Preferred Stock
     New Dana Holdco will be authorized to issue the New Preferred Stock, which will consist of (i) 2,500,000 shares of 4.0% series A convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “New Series A Preferred Stock”), and (ii) 5,400,000 shares of 4.0% series B convertible preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “New Series B Preferred Stock”), the terms of which will be governed by the certificate of designations attached hereto as Exhibit B to the Amendment filed with this report as Exhibit 10.1. New Dana Holdco will issue to Centerbridge, in consideration for its investment in New Dana Holdco, the New Series A Preferred Stock and up to $250 million in New Series B Preferred Stock that is not purchased by Qualified Investors pursuant to an executed Subscription Agreement that is timely delivered to the Subscription Agent. New Dana Holdco also will issue to the B-2 Backstop Investors up to $290 million in additional New Series B Preferred Stock that is not purchased by Qualified Investors or Centerbridge.
E) Cancellation and Surrender of Instruments, Securities and Other Documentation
     Except as provided in any contract, instrument or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan or as otherwise provided for herein, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to Article VI of the Plan, the Indentures and the Bonds will be deemed canceled and of no further force and effect against the Debtors, without any further action on the part of any Debtor. The holders of the Bonds will have no rights against the Debtors arising from or relating to such instruments and other documentation or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that no distribution under the Plan will be made to or on behalf of any holder of an Allowed Bondholder Claim until such Bonds are surrendered to and received by the applicable Third Party Disbursing Agent to the extent required in Section VI.L of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in the Plan, the applicable provisions of the Indentures will continue in effect solely for the purposes of (a) allowing the Indenture Trustee or other Disbursing Agent to make distributions on account of Bondholder Claims under the Plan as provided in Section VI.F of the Plan and for the Indenture Trustee to perform such other functions with respect thereto under the Indentures and to have the benefit of all the protections and other provisions of the applicable Indentures with respect to the Bondholders in doing so, (b) permitting the Indenture Trustee to maintain or assert any rights or Charging Liens it may have on distributions to Bondholders for the Indenture Trustee Fee Claim pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Indenture. The Reorganized Debtors shall not have any obligations to the Indenture Trustee for any fees, costs or expenses except as expressly provided in the Plan.
     The Old Common Stock of Dana shall be deemed canceled and of no further force and effect on the Effective Date. The holders of or parties to such canceled securities and other documentation will have no rights arising from or relating to such securities and other documentation or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided pursuant to the Plan.

9


Table of Contents

F) Exit Facility
     The Debtors have obtained fully underwritten commitments for a $2.0 billion Exit Facility. The Exit Facility will be underwritten by Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., and Barclays Capital, and will consist of a $650 million asset-backed revolving credit facility and $1,305 million term loan facility. The Exit Facility will be secured by substantially all of the assets of the Debtors. These commitments for the Exit Facility were approved by the Bankruptcy Court on December 5, 2007.
G) Effect of Confirmation
     1) Discharge
     Except as provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, the rights afforded under the Plan and the treatment of Claims and Interests under the Plan will be in exchange for and in complete satisfaction, discharge and release of all Claims and termination of all Interests arising on or before the Effective Date, including any interest accrued on Claims from and after the Petition Date. Except as provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, Confirmation will, as of the Effective Date and immediately after cancellation of the Old Common Stock of Dana: (i) discharge the Debtors from all Claims or other debts that arose on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in section 502(g), 502(h) or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, whether or not (A) a proof of Claim based on such debt is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code, (B) a Claim based on such debt is allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code or (C) the holder of a Claim based on such debt has accepted the Plan; and (ii) terminate all Interests and other rights of holders of Interests in the Debtors.
     In accordance with the foregoing, except as provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order will be a judicial determination, as of the Effective Date and immediately after the cancellation of the Old Common Stock of Dana, but prior to the issuance of the New Dana Holdco Common Stock, of a discharge of all Claims and other debts and Liabilities against the Debtors and a termination of all Interests and other rights of the holders of Interests in the Debtors, pursuant to sections 524 and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, and such discharge will void any judgment obtained against the Debtors at any time, to the extent that such judgment relates to a discharged Claim or terminated Interest.
     2) Injunction
     As of the Effective Date, except as provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all entities and Persons that have been, are or may be holders of Claims against or Interests in a Debtor are enjoined from taking any of the following actions against or affecting a Debtor, its Estate, its Assets, any direct or indirect successor in interest to a Debtor or any assets or property of such successor with respect to such Claims or Interests (other than actions brought to enforce any rights or obligations under the Plan): (a) commencing, conducting or continuing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any suit, action or other proceeding of any kind; (b) enforcing, levying, attaching, collecting or otherwise recovering by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, any judgment, award, decree or order; (c) creating, perfecting or otherwise enforcing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any lien (other than as contemplated by the Plan); (d) asserting any setoff, right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind, directly or indirectly,

10


Table of Contents

against any obligation due to any Debtor, its Estate, its Assets, any direct or indirect successor in interest to a Debtor or any assets or property of such successor; and (e) proceeding in any manner in any place whatsoever that does not conform to or comply with the provisions of the Plan or the settlements set forth therein (including, without limitation, the Settlements).
     All Persons that have held, currently hold or may hold any Liabilities released or exculpated pursuant to Sections IV.E.6 and IV.E.7 of the Plan, respectively, are permanently enjoined from taking any of the following actions against any Released Party or its property on account of such released Liabilities: (a) commencing, conducting or continuing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any suit, action or other proceeding of any kind; (b) enforcing, levying, attaching, collecting or otherwise recovering by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, any judgment, award, decree or order; (c) creating, perfecting or otherwise enforcing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any lien; (d) except as provided in the Plan, asserting any setoff, right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind, directly or indirectly, against any obligation due a Released Party; and (e) commencing or continuing any action, in any manner, in any place that does not comply with or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.
     Except with respect to Derivative Claims and holders of Claims that vote in favor of the Plan (solely with respect to the Claim(s) that such holder voted in favor of the Plan), nothing in the Confirmation Order or in the Plan shall enjoin the prosecution of the claims asserted, or to be asserted, solely on account of alleged conduct occurring prior to the Petition Date, against any non-Debtor defendant in the Securities Litigation. In addition, nothing in the Confirmation Order or in the Plan shall prevent the holders of Asbestos Personal Injury Claims from exercising their rights against any applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor or its Estate or Assets with respect to their Asbestos Personal Injury Claims.
     3) Releases
     As of the Effective Date, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, on behalf of themselves and their affiliates, the Estates and their respective successors, assigns and any and all entities who may purport to claim by, through, for or because of them, shall forever release, waive and discharge all Liabilities that they have, had or may have against any Released Party except with respect to obligations arising under the Plan, the Global Settlement and the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions shall not affect the liability of any Released Party that otherwise would result from any act or omission to the extent that act or omission subsequently is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     As of the Effective Date, in consideration for the obligations of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan and the consideration and other contracts, instruments, releases, agreements or documents to be entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, each holder of a Claim that votes in favor of the Plan (solely with respect to the Claim(s) that such holder voted in favor of the Plan) to the fullest extent permissible under law, will be deemed to forever release, waive and discharge all Liabilities in any way relating to a Debtor, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Estates, the Plan, the Confirmation Exhibits or the Disclosure Statement that such entity has, had or may have against any Released Party (which release will be in addition to the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests provided in the Plan and under the Confirmation Order and the Bankruptcy Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing and except with respect to Derivative Claims and holders of Claims that vote in favor of the Plan (solely with respect to the Claim(s) that such holder voted in favor of the Plan), nothing in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall release the claims asserted, or to be asserted, solely on account of alleged conduct occurring prior to the Petition Date, against any non-Debtor defendant in the Securities Litigation. In addition, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to release any applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor from any Liability arising from or related to Asbestos Personal Injury Claims.

11


Table of Contents

     From and after the Effective Date, except with respect to obligations arising under the Plan, the Global Settlement, the Union Fee Order and the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Released Parties shall release each other from any and all Liabilities that any Released Party is entitled to assert against any other Released Party in any way relating to any Debtor, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Estates, the formulation, preparation, negotiation, dissemination, implementation, administration, confirmation or consummation of any of the Plan (or the property to be distributed under the Plan), the Confirmation Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement, any contract, employee pension or other benefit plan, instrument, release or other agreement or document related to any Debtor, the Chapter 11 Cases or the Estates created, modified, amended, terminated or entered into in connection with either the Plan or any agreement between the Debtors and any Released Party or any other act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with the Debtors’ bankruptcy; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions shall not affect the liability of any Released Party that otherwise would result from any act or omission to the extent that act or omission is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     4) Exculpation
     From and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties shall neither have nor incur any liability to any Person for any act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with the Debtors’ restructuring, including the formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, confirmation or approval of the Global Settlement, the Plan, the Confirmation Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document provided for or contemplated in connection with the consummation of the transactions set forth in the Plan; provided, however, that Section IV.E.7 of the Plan shall not apply to the obligations arising under the Plan, the Global Settlement and the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter of the parties thereto; and provided further, however, that the foregoing provisions shall not affect the liability of any Person that otherwise would result from any such act or omission to the extent that act or omission is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any of the foregoing parties in all respects shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities under the Plan.
H) Information as to Assets and Liabilities of Registrant
     Information as to Dana’s assets and liabilities as of the most recent practicable date is contained in the Monthly Operating Report for the period November 1, 2007 through November 30, 2007, which was filed as an exhibit to a Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 20, 2007 and is incorporated herein by reference.
     Cautionary Statement Regarding the Monthly Operating Report
     The Monthly Operating Report contains financial statements and other financial information that have not been audited or reviewed by Dana’s independent registered public accounting firm and may be subject to future reconciliation or adjustments. The Monthly Operating Report is in a format prescribed by applicable bankruptcy laws and should not be used for investment purposes. The Monthly Operating Report contains information for periods different from those required in Dana’s reports pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and that information may not be indicative of Dana’s financial condition or operating results for the period that would be reflected in Dana’s financial statements or its reports pursuant to the Exchange Act. Results set forth in the Monthly Operating Report should not be viewed as indicative of future results.

12


Table of Contents

Item 8.01   Other Events.
     On December 26, 2007, Dana issued a press release announcing that the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the Plan. A copy of the press release is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1.
Item 9.01   Financial Statements and Exhibits.
     (d) Exhibits. The following exhibit is filed with this report.
         
Exhibit No.   Description
       
 
  2.1    
Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession, dated October 23, 2007
       
 
  2.2    
First Modifications to Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession
       
 
  2.3    
Stipulation and Agreed Order Between the Debtors and the Official Committee of Non-Union Retirees
       
 
  10.1    
First Amendment To Investment Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2007
       
 
  99.1    
Press Release dated December 26, 2007

13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
         
  DANA CORPORATION
(Registrant)
 
 
Date: December 27, 2007  By:   /s/ Marc S. Levin    
    Marc S. Levin   
    Acting General Counsel and Acting Secretary   
 

14


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit    
Number   Description
       
 
  2.1    
Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession, dated October 23, 2007.
       
 
  2.2    
First Modifications to Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession
       
 
  2.3    
Stipulation and Agreed Order Between the Debtors and the Official Committee of Non-Union Retirees
       
 
  10.1    
First Amendment To Investment Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2007
       
 
  99.1    
Press Release dated December 26, 2007

15

EX-2.1
 

Exhibit 2.1
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK
         
 
  x    
 
  :    
In re
  :   Chapter 11
 
  :    
Dana Corporation, et al.,
  :   Case No. 06-10354 (BRL)
 
  :    
Debtors.
  :   (Jointly Administered)
 
  :    
 
  :    
 
  x   THIRD AMENDED JOINT PLAN
 
     
OF REORGANIZATION OF DEBTORS
AND DEBTORS IN POSSESSION
 
       
 
      JONES DAY
 
      222 East 41st Street
 
      New York, New York 10017
 
      Telephone: (212) 326-3939
 
      Facsimile: (212) 755-7306
 
      Corinne Ball (CB 8203)
 
      Richard H. Engman (RE 7861)
 
       
 
           -AND-
 
       
 
      JONES DAY
 
      North Point
 
      901 Lakeside Avenue
 
      Cleveland, Ohio 44114
 
      Telephone: (216) 586-3939
 
      Facsimile: (216) 579-0212
 
      Heather Lennox (HL 3046)
 
      Carl E. Black (CB 4803)
 
      Ryan T. Routh (RR 1994)
 
       
 
           -AND-
 
       
 
      JONES DAY
 
      1420 Peachtree Street, N.E.
 
      Suite 800
 
      Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3053
 
      Telephone: (404) 521-3939
 
      Facsimile: (404) 581-8330
 
      Jeffrey B. Ellman (JE 5638)
 
 
      Attorneys for Debtors and Debtors in Possession
October 23, 2007


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page  
 
               
ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION AND COMPUTATION OF TIME     1  
 
               
A.
  Defined Terms     1  
 
               
B.
  Rules of Interpretation and Computation of Time     20  
 
               
 
  1.   Rules of Interpretation     20  
 
               
 
  2.   Computation of Time     20  
 
               
ARTICLE II. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS; CRAMDOWN; EXECUTORY CONTRACTS & UNEXPIRED LEASES     20  
 
               
A.
  Unclassified Claims     21  
 
               
 
  1.   Payment of Administrative Claims     21  
 
               
 
  2.   Payment of Priority Tax Claims     23  
 
               
B.
  Classified Claims and Interests     24  
 
               
 
  1.   Priority Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 1A Claims)     24  
 
               
 
  2.   Priority Claims Against EFMG (Class 1B Claims)     24  
 
               
 
  3.   Secured Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors Other Than the Port Authority Secured Claim (Class 2A Claims)     24  
 
               
 
  4.   Secured Claims Against EFMG (Class 2B Claims)     24  
 
               
 
  5.   Port Authority Secured Claim (Class 2C Claim)     25  
 
               
 
  6.   Asbestos Personal Injury Claims (Class 3 Claims)     25  
 
               
 
  7.   Convenience Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 4 Claims)     25  
 
               
 
  8.   General Unsecured Claims Against EFMG (Class 5A Claims)     25  
 
               
 
  9.   General Unsecured Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 5B Claims)     25  
 
               
 
  10.   Union Claim (Class 5C Claim)     25  
 
               
 
  11.   Prepetition Intercompany Claims (Class 6A Claims)     25  
 
               
 
  12.   Claims of Wholly-Owned and Majority-Owned Non-Debtor Affiliates Other than DCC (Class 6B Claims)     26  
 
               
 
  13.   DCC Claim (Class 6C Claim)     26  
 
               
 
  14.   Section 510(b) Securities Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 6D Claims)     26  
 
               
 
  15.   Old Common Stock of Dana (Class 7A Interests)     26  
 
               
 
  16.   Section 510(b) Old Common Stock Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 7B Claims)     26  
 
               
 
  17.   Subsidiary Debtor Equity Interests (Class 8 Interests)     26  
 
               
C.
  Special Provisions Regarding the Treatment of Allowed Secondary Liability Claims; Maximum Recovery     26  
 
               
D.
  Confirmation Without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes     27  

-i-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
                 
            Page  
 
               
E.
  Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases     27  
 
               
 
  1.   Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Assumed     27  
 
               
 
  2.   Approval of Assumptions and Assignments; Assignments Related to Restructuring Transactions     28  
 
               
 
  3.   Payments Related to the Assumption of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases     28  
 
               
 
  4.   Contracts and Leases Entered Into or Assumed After the Petition Date     29  
 
               
 
  5.   Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases     29  
 
               
 
  6.   Bar Date for Rejection Damages     29  
 
               
 
  7.   Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease Notice Provisions     29  
 
               
 
  8.   Special Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease Issues     30  
 
               
 
  9.   No Change in Control     30  
 
               
ARTICLE III. THE GLOBAL SETTLEMENT     30  
 
               
A.
  Assumption and Assignment of Collective Bargaining Agreements     31  
 
               
B.
  Cessation of Union Retiree and Long Term Disability Benefits     31  
 
               
C.
  Contributions to UAW Union Retiree VEBA and USW Union Retiree VEBA     31  
 
               
D.
  Assumption and Assignment of Pension Benefits     31  
 
               
E.
  Emergence Bonus for Union Employees     31  
 
               
F.
  The New Equity Investment     31  
 
               
G.
  New Employment Agreements     32  
 
               
H.
  Limitations on Sales of Core Businesses Prior to Effective Date     32  
 
               
ARTICLE IV. CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN     32  
 
               
A.
  Conditions Precedent to Confirmation     32  
 
               
B.
  Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date     32  
 
               
C.
  Waiver of Conditions to the Confirmation or Effective Date     33  
 
               
D.
  Effect of Nonoccurrence of Conditions to the Effective Date     33  
 
               
E.
  Effect of Confirmation of the Plan     34  
 
               
 
  1.   Dissolution of Official Committees     34  
 
               
 
  2.   Preservation of Rights of Action by the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors; Recovery Actions     34  
 
               
 
  3.   Comprehensive Settlement of Claims and Controversies     34  
 
               
 
  4.   Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests     35  
 
               
 
  5.   Injunction     35  
 
               
 
  6.   Releases     36  
 
               
 
  7.   Exculpation     37  

-ii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
                 
            Page  
 
               
 
  8.   Termination of Certain Subordination Rights and Settlement of Related Claims and Controversies     37  
 
               
ARTICLE V. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN     38  
 
               
A.
  Continued Corporate Existence and Vesting of Assets     38  
 
               
B.
  Restructuring Transactions     38  
 
               
 
  1.   Restructuring Transactions Generally     38  
 
               
 
  2.   Obligations of Any Successor Corporation in a Restructuring Transaction     39  
 
               
C.
  Corporate Governance and Directors and Officers     39  
 
               
 
  1.   Certificates of Incorporation and Bylaws of New Dana Holdco and the Other Reorganized Debtors     39  
 
               
 
  2.   Directors and Officers of New Dana Holdco and the Other Reorganized Debtors     39  
 
               
 
  3.   Compliance with Exchange Act by New Dana Holdco     40  
 
               
D.
  New Dana Holdco Common Stock     40  
 
               
 
  1.   Issuance and Distribution of New Dana Holdco Common Stock     40  
 
               
 
  2.   Listing     40  
 
               
 
  3.   Section 1145 Exemption     40  
 
               
E.
  Employment, Retirement and Other Related Agreements; Cessation of Retiree Benefits; Workers’ Compensation Programs     40  
 
               
 
  1.   Employment-Related Agreements     40  
 
               
 
  2.   Cessation of Retiree Benefits     40  
 
               
 
  3.   Continuation of Workers’ Compensation Programs     41  
 
               
 
  4.   Emergence Bonus for Non-Union Employees     41  
 
               
 
  5.   Equity Incentive Plan     41  
 
               
F.
  Corporate Action     41  
 
               
G.
  Litigation Trust     41  
 
               
 
  1.   Creation     41  
 
               
 
  2.   Rights and Responsibilities     42  
 
               
 
  3.   Fees and Expenses of the Litigation Trust     42  
 
               
 
  4.   Tax Treatment     42  
 
               
 
  5.   No Transfer     42  
 
               
H.
  Special Provisions Regarding Insured Claims     43  
 
               
 
  1.   Limitations on Amounts to Be Distributed to Holders of Allowed Insured Claims     43  
 
               
 
  2.   Assumption and Continuation of Insurance Policies     43  
 
               
 
  3.   Liquidation of Asbestos Personal Injury Claims     43  
 
               
I.
  Cancellation and Surrender of Instruments, Securities and Other Documentation     43  

-iii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
                 
            Page  
 
               
 
  1.   Bonds     43  
 
               
 
  2.   Old Common Stock     44  
 
               
J.
  Settlement Pool     44  
 
               
 
  1.   Purpose of Settlement Pool     44  
 
               
 
  2.   Payments from Settlement Pool     44  
 
               
 
  3.   Condition to Funding of Settlement Pool     44  
 
               
 
  4.   Evidence of Allowed Ineligible Unsecured Claims     44  
 
               
K.
  Release of Liens     44  
 
               
L.
  Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions; Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes     44  
 
               
ARTICLE VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS     45  
 
               
A.
  Distributions for Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date     45  
 
               
B.
  Method of Distributions to Holders of Claims and Interests     45  
 
               
C.
  Distributions on Account of Bondholder Claims     45  
 
               
D.
  Compensation and Reimbursement for Services Related to Distributions     45  
 
               
E.
  Provisions Governing Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve     46  
 
               
 
  1.   Funding of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve     46  
 
               
 
  2.   Dividends and Distributions     46  
 
               
 
  3.   Recourse     46  
 
               
 
  4.   Voting of Undelivered New Dana Holdco Common Stock     46  
 
               
 
  5.   Tax Treatment     47  
 
               
 
  6.   No Transfer of Rights     47  
 
               
F.
  Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions     47  
 
               
 
  1.   Delivery of Distributions     47  
 
               
 
  2.   Undeliverable Distributions Held by Disbursing Agents     48  
 
               
G.
  Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed     49  
 
               
 
  1.   Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Classes Other than 5B, 6D and 7B     49  
 
               
 
  2.   Valuation of New Dana Holdco Common Stock     49  
 
               
 
  3.   Postpetition Interest on Claims     49  
 
               
 
  4.   Post-Effective Date Interest on Claims     49  
 
               
 
  5.   Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B     49  
 
               
 
  6.   Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6D     50  
 
               
 
  7.   Distributions to Holders of Allowed Interests in Class 7A and Allowed Claims in Class 7B     50  
 
               
 
  8.   Distributions of New Dana Holdco Common Stock - No Fractional Shares; Rounding     51  

-iv-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
                 
            Page  
 
               
 
  9.   De Minimis Distributions     51  
 
               
 
  10.   Administration and Distribution of Union Emergence Shares     51  
 
               
H.
  Distribution Record Date     51  
 
               
I.
  Means of Cash Payments     51  
 
               
J.
  Foreign Currency Exchange Rate     52  
 
               
K.
  Establishment of Reserves     52  
 
               
L.
  Surrender of Canceled Instruments or Securities     52  
 
               
 
  1.   Tender of Bonds     52  
 
               
 
  2.   Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Bonds     52  
 
               
 
  3.   Failure to Surrender Bonds     52  
 
               
 
  4.   Tender of Old Common Stock of Dana     52  
 
               
 
  5.   Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Old Common Stock of Dana     53  
 
               
 
  6.   Failure to Surrender Old Common Stock of Dana     53  
 
               
M.
  Withholding and Reporting Requirements     53  
 
               
N.
  Setoffs     53  
 
               
O.
  Application of Distributions     54  
 
               
ARTICLE VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS     54  
 
               
A.
  Treatment of Disputed Claims     54  
 
               
 
  1.   ADR Procedures     54  
 
               
 
  2.   Tort Claims     54  
 
               
 
  3.   Disputed Insured Claims     55  
 
               
 
  4.   No Distributions Until Allowance; No Settlement Payments Unless Allowed by Effective Date     55  
 
               
B.
  Prosecution of Objections to Claims     55  
 
               
 
  1.   Objections to Claims     55  
 
               
 
  2.   Authority to Prosecute Objections     55  
 
               
 
  3.   Authority to Amend Schedules     55  
 
               
C.
  Distributions on Account of Disputed Claims Once Allowed     56  
 
               
D.
  Consent to Resolution of Certain Disputes     56  
 
               
ARTICLE VIII. CONSOLIDATION OF THE DEBTORS     56  
 
               
A.
  Consolidation     56  
 
               
B.
  Order Granting Consolidation     56  
 
               
ARTICLE IX. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION     57  
 
               
ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS     58  
 
               
A.
  Modification of the Plan     58  

-v-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
                 
            Page  
 
               
B.
  Revocation of the Plan     58  
 
               
C.
  Severability of Plan Provisions     58  
 
               
D.
  Successors and Assigns     58  
 
               
E.
  The New Investment Agreement and Union Settlement Agreements     59  
 
               
F.
  Service of Documents     59  
 
               
 
  1.   The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors     59  
 
               
 
  2.   The Creditors’ Committee     59  
 
               
 
  3.   The Retiree Committee     60  
 
               
 
  4.   The Ad Hoc Bondholders’ Committee     60  
 
               
 
  5.   Centerbridge and CBP     60  
 
               
 
  6.   The Unions     60  

-vi-


 

TABLE OF EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit I.A.63
  Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases
 
   
Exhibit I.A.88
  Principal Terms of the Exit Facility
 
   
Exhibit I.A.113
  Litigation Trust Agreement
 
   
Exhibit I.A.124
  New Series B Subscription Agreement
 
   
Exhibit I.A.136
  Pension Plans to Be Assumed and Assigned
 
   
Exhibit II.E.1.a
  Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be Assumed
 
   
Exhibit II.E.1.c
  Joint Venture Agreements to be Assumed and Assigned
 
   
Exhibit II.E.4
  Previously Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be Assigned
 
   
Exhibit II.E.5
  Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be Rejected
 
   
Exhibit III.A
  Collective Bargaining and Related Agreements to be Assumed and Assigned
 
   
Exhibit V.B.1
  Restructuring Transactions
 
   
Exhibit V.C.1.a
  Certificate of Incorporation (or Comparable Constituent Documents) of New Dana Holdco, including New Dana Holdco’s Certificate of Designations and Form Certificates of Incorporation (or Comparable Constituent Documents) for the Other Reorganized Debtors
 
   
Exhibit V.C.1.b
  Bylaws (or Comparable Constituent Documents) of New Dana Holdco and Form Bylaws (or Comparable Constituent Documents) for the Other Reorganized Debtors
 
   
Exhibit V.C.2
  Initial Directors and Officers of New Dana Holdco and Each Other Reorganized Debtor

-i-


 

INTRODUCTION
          Dana Corporation, a Virginia corporation, and the other above-captioned debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, as further defined below, the “Debtors”) propose the following third amended joint plan of reorganization for the resolution of the outstanding claims against and equity interests in the Debtors. The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan (as such term is defined below) within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code (as such term is defined below). Reference is made to the Debtors’ third amended Disclosure Statement (as such term is defined below), distributed contemporaneously with the Plan, for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, business, results of operations, historical financial information, projections and properties and for a summary and analysis of the Plan. Other agreements and documents supplement the Plan and have been or will be filed with the Bankruptcy Court (as such term is defined below). These supplemental agreements and documents are referenced in the Plan and the Disclosure Statement and will be available for review.
ARTICLE I.
DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION
AND COMPUTATION OF TIME
A. Defined Terms
          As used in the Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below. Any term that is not otherwise defined herein, but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules (as each such term is defined below), will have the meaning given to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable.
     1. “5.85% Bonds” means the unsecured notes issued under the 5.85% Bonds Indenture.
     2. “5.85% Bonds Indenture” means the Indenture for Senior Securities between Dana, as Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, dated December 10, 2004, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated October 10, 2004, relating to the $450 million 5.85% Notes due January 15, 2015, as the same may have been subsequently modified, amended or supplemented, together with all instruments and agreements related thereto.
     3. “6.5% and 7% Bonds” means the unsecured notes issued under the 6.5% and 7% Bonds Indenture.
     4. “6.5% and 7% Bonds Indenture” means the Indenture for Senior Securities between Dana, as Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, dated December 15, 1997, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated March 16, 1998, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated February 26, 1999, relating to the (a) $350 million 6.5% Notes due March 1, 2009, (b) $400 million 7% Notes due March 1, 2029, (c) $150 million 6.5% Notes due March 15, 2008 and (d) $200 million 7% Notes due March 15, 2028, as the same may have been subsequently modified, amended or supplemented, together with all instruments and agreements related thereto.
     5. “9% Bonds” means the unsecured notes issued under the 9% Bonds Indenture.
     6. “9% Bonds Indenture” means the Indenture between Dana, as Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent for the Dollar Securities, and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Euro Securities, dated August 8, 2001, relating to the (a) $575 million 9% Dollar Securities due August 15, 2011 and (b) 200 9% Euro Securities due August 15, 2011, as the same may have been subsequently modified, amended or supplemented, together with all instruments and agreements related thereto.
     7. “10.125% Bonds” means the unsecured notes issued under the 10.125% Bonds Indenture.
     8. “10.125% Bonds Indenture” means the Indenture between Dana, as Issuer, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent, dated March 11, 2002, relating to the $250 million 10.125% Notes due March 15, 2010, as the same may have been subsequently modified, amended or supplemented, together with all instruments and agreements related thereto.

-1-


 

     9. “Acquired Bond Claims” means Qualified Bond Claims that are transferred to a Person (a) who is a QIB and (b) who assumes all of the obligations of the transferor under the Plan Support Agreement in connection with such transfer. Acquired Bond Claims (as such term is defined in the preceding sentence) that are subsequently transferred to a Person who (a) is a QIB and (b) assumes all of the obligations of the transferor under the Plan Support Agreement and delivers a signature page to the Plan Support Agreement to Dana and Centerbridge within five Business Days of the closing of such transfer (but in no event later than the Confirmation Date) shall continue to be deemed Acquired Bond Claims.
     10. “Ad Hoc Bondholders’ Committee” means the ad hoc committee of holders of Bonds represented by Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP.
     11. “Ad Hoc Steering Committee” means Avenue Special Situations Fund IV, L.P.; Avenue Special Situations Fund V, L.P.; Avenue International, Ltd.; Avenue Investments, L.P.; Avenue-CDP Global Opportunities Fund, L.P.; Davidson Kempner Capital Management, LLC (together with investment vehicles advised by Davidson Kempner Capital Management, LLC and/or its Affiliates); Dune Capital Management, L.P.; Dune Capital, LLC; Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC; QDRF Master Ltd., Quadrangle Debt Recovery Income Fund Master Ltd. and Quadrangle Debt Opportunities Fund Master Ltd; and Silver Point Capital, L.P.
     12. “Administrative Claim” means a Claim against a Debtor or its Estate arising on or after the Petition Date and prior to the Effective Date for a cost or expense of administration in the Chapter 11 Cases that is entitled to priority or superpriority under sections 364(c)(1), 503(b), 503(c), 507(a)(2), 507(b) or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred after the Petition Date of preserving the Estates and operating the businesses of the Debtors (such as wages, salaries, commissions for services and payments for inventories, leased equipment and premises); (b) Claims under the DIP Credit Agreement; (c) compensation for legal, financial advisory, accounting and other services and reimbursement of expenses awarded or allowed under sections 330(a) or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code, including Fee Claims; (d) any Allowed Claims for reclamation under section 546(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code; (e) Claims, pursuant to section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code, for the value of goods received by the Debtors in the 20 days immediately prior to the Petition Date and sold to the Debtors in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ businesses; (f) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of title 28, United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1911-1930; (g) any Claims entitled to administrative priority under the Union Settlement Agreements as approved by the Global Settlement Order; (h) any Claims of Centerbridge entitled to superpriority under the New Investment Agreement as approved by the Global Settlement Order; (i) any Claims of the B-2 Backstop Investors entitled to superpriority under the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter and any order approving same; and (j) all Postpetition Intercompany Claims other than Postpetition Intercompany Claims entered into a Debtor’s “intercompany equity” account for internal accounting purposes after the close of 2006.
     13. “ADR Order” means the Order, Pursuant to Sections 105 and 502 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules 3007 and 9019, Approving Alternative Dispute Resolution Procedures to Promote the Resolution of Certain Prepetition Claims (Docket No. 5372), entered by the Bankruptcy Court on May 23, 2007, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
     14. “ADR Procedures” means the alternative dispute resolution procedures approved by the ADR Order, as such procedures may be modified by further Order of the Bankruptcy Court.
     15. “Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under Common Control with, another Person; provided that, Centerbridge and CBP are not to be considered Affiliates of Dana.
     16. “Allowed ... Claim” or “Allowed ... Interest” means an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as the case may be, in the particular Class or category specified.

-2-


 

     17. “Allowed Claim” when used:
          a. with respect to any Claim other than an Administrative Claim, means a Claim that is not a Disallowed Claim and:
               (i) (A) is listed on a Debtor’s Schedules and not designated in the Schedules as either disputed, contingent or unliquidated and (B) is not otherwise a Disputed Claim;
               (ii) (A) as to which no objection to allowance has been interposed on or before the Claims Objection Bar Date or such other applicable period of limitation fixed by the Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Rules or a Final Order for objecting to such Claims and (B) is not otherwise a Disputed Claim;
               (iii) that is allowed: (A) in any Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim executed by the applicable Claim holder on or after the Effective Date, (B) in any contract, instrument or other agreement entered into in connection with the Plan and, if prior to the Effective Date, approved by the Bankruptcy Court, (C) pursuant to a Final Order or (D) pursuant to the terms of the Plan;
               (iv) is asserted in a liquidated proof of Claim that is accepted, and is designated for allowance, by the Debtors, as set forth in one or more notices Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before the Effective Date; or
               (v) is any Claim that is not a Disputed Claim; provided, however, that, to the extent that (A) any portion of any Disputed General Unsecured Claim is identified in the Debtors’ Schedules in a liquidated, non-contingent, non-disputed amount, (B) no proof of Claim was Filed seeking a different priority or a lower amount than listed in the Schedules, (C) no objection has been filed with respect to such Disputed Claim seeking to modify the priority or reduce the amount below the amount set forth in the Schedules and (D) the scheduled portion of such Disputed Claim has not been settled, waived, paid or otherwise satisfied or resolved, then such portion of the Disputed General Unsecured Claim will be deemed an Allowed Claim as set forth in a notice to be filed no later than 5 business days prior to the Trade Claims Record Date, with a final updated notice of all Allowed Claims as of the Effective Date to be filed no later than five business days after the Effective Date or such later date that is reasonably agreed upon by the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee; and provided further that the deemed Allowance of a portion of any Disputed General Unsecured Claim under this Section I.A.17.a.v shall not limit the Debtors’, the Reorganized Debtors’ or, to the extent applicable, other parties’ ability to object to the remaining disputed portion of such Claim; and
          b. with respect to an Administrative Claim, means an Administrative Claim that is not a Disallowed Claim and:
               (i) (A) as to which no objection to allowance has been interposed on or before the Claims Objection Bar Date or such other applicable period of limitation fixed by the Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Rules or a Final Order for objecting to such Claims and (B) is not otherwise a Disputed Claim;
               (ii) that is allowed: (A) in any Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim executed by the applicable Claim holder on or after the Effective Date, (B) in any contract, instrument or other agreement entered into in connection with the Plan and, if prior to the Effective Date, approved by the Bankruptcy Court, (C) pursuant to a Final Order or (D) pursuant to Section II.A.1; or
               (iii) is asserted in a liquidated proof of Claim that is accepted, and is designated for allowance, by the Debtors, as set forth in one or more notices Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before the Effective Date.
     18. “Allowed Interest” means an Interest registered in the stock register, membership interest register or any similar register or schedule maintained by or on behalf of a Debtor as of the Distribution Record Date and not timely objected to or that is allowed by a Final Order.

-3-


 

     19. “Asbestos Personal Injury Claim” means any Claim, remedy, liability or demand, held by or asserted on behalf of an individual, now existing or hereafter arising against any Debtor, whether or not such Claim, remedy, liability or demand is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, whether or not the facts of or legal bases therefor are known or unknown, under any theory of law, equity, admiralty or otherwise (including piercing the corporate veil, alter ego and similar theories), for death, bodily injury, sickness, disease, medical monitoring or other personal injuries (whether physical, emotional or otherwise) to the extent allegedly arising out of or based on, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, the presence of or exposure to asbestos or asbestos-containing products or things that were installed, engineered, designed, manufactured, fabricated, constructed, sold, supplied, produced, specified, selected, distributed, released, marketed, serviced, maintained, repaired, purchased, owned, occupied, used, removed, replaced or disposed of by any Debtor or an entity for whose products or operations any Debtor allegedly has liability or for which any Debtor is otherwise allegedly liable, including any Claim, remedy, liability or demand for compensatory damages (such as loss of consortium, lost wages or other opportunities, wrongful death, medical monitoring, survivorship, proximate, consequential, general and special damages) or punitive damages related thereto, and any Claim under any settlement entered into by or on behalf of any Debtor prior to or after the Petition Date of an Asbestos Personal Injury Claim. Asbestos Personal Injury Claim does not include (a) a workers’ compensation claim brought directly by a past or present employee of any Debtor under an applicable workers’ compensation statute or (b) a Claim for indemnity, contribution or reimbursement asserted on account of an Asbestos Personal Injury Claim (as such term is defined in the preceding sentence) by entities other than the allegedly injured individual.
     20. “Assets” means all of a Debtor’s property, rights and interest that are property of a Debtor’s Estate pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
     21. “B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter” means the letter between Dana, Centerbridge and the B-2 Backstop Investors dated October 18, 2007, pursuant to which the B-2 Backstop Investors agreed to purchase up to 2,900,000 unsubscribed shares of the New Series B Preferred Stock.
     22. “B-2 Backstop Investors” means those investors that have executed signature pages to the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter.
     23. “Ballot” means the form or forms distributed to each holder of an impaired Claim or Interest entitled to vote on the Plan on which the holder indicates either acceptance or rejection of the Plan and (when applicable) any election for treatment of such Claim or Interest under the Plan.
     24. “Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, as now in effect or hereafter amended, as applicable to these Chapter 11 Cases.
     25. “Bankruptcy Court” means the United States District Court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases and, to the extent of any reference made pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 157, the bankruptcy unit of such District Court.
     26. “Bankruptcy Rules” means, collectively, the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure and the local rules of the Bankruptcy Court, as now in effect or hereafter amended.
     27. “Bar Date” means the applicable bar date by which a proof of Claim must be, or must have been, Filed, as established by an order of the Bankruptcy Court, including a Bar Date Order and the Confirmation Order.
     28. “Bar Date Order” means any order of the Bankruptcy Court establishing Bar Dates for Filing proofs of Claim in the Chapter 11 Cases, including the Order Establishing Bar Dates for Filing Proofs of Claim and Approving Form and Manner of Notice Thereof, entered on July 19, 2006 (Docket No. 2073), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented.
     29. “Bondholder” means a holder of a Bondholder Claim.

-4-


 

     30. “Bondholder Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor under or evidenced by a Bond, which Claim includes, but is not limited to, principal and interest as of the Petition Date and, only if applicable, Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest.
     31. “Bondholder Record Date” means August 13, 2007.
     32. “Bonds” means, collectively: (a) the 5.85% Bonds; (b) the 6.5% and 7% Bonds; (c) the 9% Bonds; and (d) the 10.125% Bonds.
     33. “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)).
     34. “Case Management Order” means the Amended Administrative Order, Pursuant to Rule 1015(c) of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, Establishing Case Management and Scheduling Procedures (Docket No. 574), entered on March 23, 2006, as it may be amended from time to time.
     35. “Cash” means legal tender of the United States of America and equivalents thereof.
     36. “Cash Investment Yield” means the net yield earned by the applicable Disbursing Agent from the investment of Cash held pending distribution pursuant to the Plan (including any Cash received by the Disbursing Agent on account of dividends and other distributions on the Reserved Shares), which investment will be in a manner consistent with Dana’s investment and deposit guidelines.
     37. “Catch-Up Distribution” means: (a) with respect to each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B that was previously a Disputed Claim, the amount of Reserved Shares and Reserved Excess Minimum Cash equal to the aggregate amount of any (i) Distributable Shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock, (ii) Distributable Excess Minimum Cash, (iii) Reserved Shares and (iv) Reserved Excess Minimum Cash (if any) that such holder would have received if its Claim had been an Allowed Claim on the Effective Date and each Periodic Distribution Date preceding the date the Claim became Allowed; (b) with respect to each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 6D that was previously a Disputed Claim, the amount of Reserved Shares and Reserved Excess Minimum Cash equal to the aggregate amount of any Reserved Shares and Reserved Excess Minimum Cash (if any) that such holder would have received if its Claim had been an Allowed Claim on the Periodic Distribution Date upon which (i) all Disputed Claims in Classes other than Class 6D and Class 7B entitled to distributions from the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve were resolved and (ii) all distributions to which the holders of such Claims were entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan were made from the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve; and (c) with respect to each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 7B that was previously a Disputed Claim, the amount of Reserved Shares and Reserved Excess Minimum Cash equal to the aggregate amount of any Reserved Shares and Reserved Excess Minimum Cash (if any) that such holder would have received if its Claim had been an Allowed Claim on the Periodic Distribution Date upon which (i) all Disputed Claims in Classes other than Class 7B entitled to distributions from the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve were resolved and (ii) all distributions to which the holders of such Claims were entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan were made from the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve.
     38. “CBP” means CBP Parts Acquisition Co. LLC, one of the New Equity Investors, or a successor or assign of CBP pursuant to the terms of the New Investment Agreement.
     39. “Centerbridge” means Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.
     40. “Centerbridge Purchaser Entities” means CBP and its permitted successors and assigns under the New Investment Agreement.
     41. “Chapter 11 Cases” means, collectively, the cases commenced under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code by the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.
     42. “Charging Lien” means any lien or other priority in payment to which the Indenture Trustee is entitled under each Indenture against distributions to be made to applicable Bondholders under each Indenture.

-5-


 

     43. “Claim” means a claim (as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code) against a Debtor.
     44. “Claims and Noticing Agent” means BMC Group, Inc.
     45. “Claims Objection Bar Date” means, for all Claims, including Claims asserting priority under section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code, other than Allowed Claims, the latest of: (a) 150 days after the Effective Date, subject to extension by order of the Bankruptcy Court; (b) 90 days after the Filing of a proof of Claim for such Claim; and (c) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by the Plan, the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Rules or a Final Order for objecting to such a Claim.
     46. “Class” means a class of Claims or Interests, as described in Article II.
     47. “Confirmation” means the entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Bankruptcy Court.
     48. “Confirmation Date” means the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on its docket, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.
     49. “Confirmation Exhibits” means, collectively, the documents listed on the “Table of Exhibits” included herein, which documents will be Filed no later than five days before the Confirmation Hearing, to the extent not filed earlier; provided, however, that Exhibits II.E.1.a, II.E.1.c, II.E.4 and II.E.5 will be filed no later than five Business Days prior to the Voting Deadline. All Confirmation Exhibits will be made available on the Document Websites once they are Filed. The Debtors reserve the right, in accordance with the terms hereof, to modify, amend, supplement, restate or withdraw any of the Confirmation Exhibits after they are Filed and shall promptly make such changes available on the Document Websites.
     50. “Confirmation Hearing” means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court on Confirmation of the Plan, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.
     51. “Confirmation Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.
     52. “Consolidated Debtors” means, collectively, all of the Debtors other than EFMG.
     53. “Contract Procedures Order” means an order of the Bankruptcy Court, entered on or prior to the Confirmation Date, which approves procedures to address the treatment of certain agreements in the Chapter 11 Cases in conjunction with the Plan, including the assumption, assumption and assignment or rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, and establishes the form and manner of notice to be given to counterparties to such agreements with the Debtors.
     54. “Control,” “Controlled by” and “under Common Control with” means possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     55. “Convenience Claims” means General Unsecured Claims (other than Bondholder Claims and Participating Claims) against any of the Consolidated Debtors that otherwise would be classified in Class 5B, but, with respect to each such Claim, either (a) the aggregate amount of such Claim is equal to or less than $5,000 or (b) the aggregate amount of such Claim is reduced to $5,000 pursuant to an election by the Claim holder made on the Ballot provided for voting on the Plan by the Voting Deadline; provided, however, that where any portion(s) of a single Claim has been transferred to a transferee, (a) the amount of all such portions will be aggregated to determine whether a Claim qualifies as a Convenience Claim and for purposes of the Convenience Claim election and (b) unless all transferees make the Convenience Claim election on the applicable Ballots, the Convenience Claim election will not be recognized for such Claim.

-6-


 

     56. “Creditors’ Committee” means the statutory official committee of unsecured creditors appointed by the United States Trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such appointment has been subsequently modified.
     57. “Creditors’ Committee Website” means the internet site address http://www.danacreditorcommittee.com at which all of the exhibits and schedules to the Plan and the Disclosure Statement will be available to creditors of the Debtors.
     58. “Cure Amount Claim” means a Claim based upon a Debtor’s defaults under an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease at the time such contract or lease is assumed by such Debtor under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code to the extent required by section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.
     59. “Dana” means Debtor Dana Corporation.
     60. “DCC” means Dana Credit Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a non-debtor affiliate of the Debtors.
     61. “DCC Bonds” means the: (a) $8.0 million 7.18% notes due April 8, 2006; (b) $12.0 million 6.93% notes due April 8, 2006; (c) $30.0 million 7.91% notes due August 16, 2006; (d) $30.0 million 6.88% notes due August 28, 2006; (e) $275.0 million 8.375% notes due August 15, 2007; and (f) $37.0 million 6.59% notes due December 1, 2007.
     62. “DCC Claim” means the $325 million General Unsecured Claim against Dana, Allowed pursuant to the Order Approving Settlement Agreement among the Debtors and Dana Credit Corporation (Docket No. 4199), entered on November 30, 2006.
     63. “Debtors” means, collectively, the above-captioned debtors and debtors in possession identified on Exhibit I.A.63.
     64. “Derivative Claim” means a claim (as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code) or cause of action against any Released Party that is the property of any of the Debtors’ Estates pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, those claims and causes of action asserted in Staehr v. Burns et al., Civil Action No. 3:06-cv-07069-JGC, N.D. Ohio (2006) and Casden v. Burns et al., Civil Action No. 3:06-cv-07068-JGC, N.D. Ohio (2006).
     65. “DIP Credit Agreement” means, collectively: (a) the Senior Secured Superpriority Debtor-In-Possession Credit Agreement among Dana (as borrower), the other Debtors (as guarantors), Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agents, and Citigroup Capital Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, and the other lenders party thereto; (b) all amendments thereto and extensions thereof; and (c) all security agreements and instruments related to the documents identified in (a) and (b).
     66. “DIP Lender Claim” means any Claim against a Debtor under or evidenced by (a) the DIP Credit Agreement and (b) the Final DIP Order.
     67. “DIP Lenders” means, collectively: (a) those entities identified as “Lenders” in the DIP Credit Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns (solely in their capacity as “Lenders” under the DIP Credit Agreement); and (b) any agent bank named therein (solely in its capacity as agent bank under the DIP Credit Agreement).
     68. “Disallowed,” when used with respect to a Claim, means a Claim that has been disallowed by a Final Order.

-7-


 

     69. “Disbursing Agent” means any Reorganized Debtor in its capacity as disbursing agent pursuant to Section VI.B or any Third Party Disbursing Agent.
     70. “Disclosure Statement” means the disclosure statement (including all exhibits and schedules thereto or referenced therein) that relates to the Plan and has been prepared and distributed by the Debtors, as plan proponents, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented.
     71. “Disputed Claim” means:
          a. a Claim that is listed on a Debtor’s Schedules as either disputed, contingent or unliquidated;
          b. a Claim that is listed on a Debtor’s Schedules as other than disputed, contingent or unliquidated, but the nature or amount of the Claim as asserted by the holder varies from the nature or amount of such Claim as it is listed on the Schedules;
          c. a Claim that is not listed on a Debtor’s Schedules;
          d. a Claim as to which the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, or, prior to the Confirmation Date, any other party in interest, has Filed an objection by the Claims Objection Bar Date and such objection has not been withdrawn or denied by a Final Order;
          e. a Claim for which a proof of Claim or request for payment of Administrative Claim is required to be Filed under the Plan and no such proof of Claim or request for payment of Administrative Claim is timely filed;
          f. a Tort Claim; or
          g. a Claim that is submitted to the ADR Procedures.
     72. “Disputed Insured Claim” and “Disputed Uninsured Claim” mean, respectively, an Insured Claim or an Uninsured Claim that is also a Disputed Claim.
     73. “Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve” means the reserve of Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets, which reserve (a) will maintain the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets in trust for (i) Pro Rata distributions to holders of Disputed Claims that become Allowed Claims in Class 5B and (ii) periodic Pro Rata distributions to holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, and (b) will not constitute property of the Reorganized Debtors.
     74. “Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets” means (a) the Reserved Shares and (b) any Reserved Excess Minimum Cash.
     75. “Distributable Excess Minimum Cash” means the Excess Minimum Cash, less the Reserved Excess Minimum Cash, to be distributed Pro Rata on the Effective Date to holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B.
     76. “Distributable Shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock” means the shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock issued on the Effective Date, less (a) the Reserved Shares and (b) the Emergence Shares, to be distributed Pro Rata on the Effective Date to holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B.
     77. “Distribution Record Date” means the close of business on the Confirmation Date.
     78. “Document Websites” means (a) the internet site address http://www.dana.bmcgroup.com at which all of the Exhibits and schedules to the Plan and the Disclosure Statement will be available to any party in interest and the public; and (b) the Creditors’ Committee Website.

-8-


 

     79. “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.
     80. “Effective Date” means a day, as determined by the Debtors, that is the Business Day as soon as reasonably practicable after all conditions to the Effective Date in Section IV.B have been met or waived in accordance with Section IV.C.
     81. “EFMG” means EFMG LLC, a Virginia limited liability company and one of the Debtors.
     82. “Emergence Shares” means, collectively, the Union Emergence Shares and the Non-Union Emergence Shares.
     83. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1301-1461.
     84. “Estate” means, as to each Debtor, the estate created for such Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
     85. “Excess Minimum Cash” means Cash in excess of (a) the minimum Cash required by the Reorganized Debtors to operate their businesses on the Effective Date and thereafter, plus (b) the amount of Cash needed, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, to satisfy all (i) Allowed Secured Claims, Allowed DIP Lender Claims, Allowed Administrative Claims, Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Priority Claims and Allowed Claims in Classes 4, 5A, 6B and 6C and (ii) Secured Claims, DIP Lender Claims, Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, Priority Claims or Claims in Classes 4, 5A, 6B and 6C that (A) are Disputed Claims and (B) may become Allowed Claims after the Effective Date, plus (c) the amount of Cash needed to satisfy the Remaining Non-Union Retiree VEBA Contribution, the USW Union Retiree VEBA Contribution and the UAW Union Retiree VEBA Contribution. To the extent there is a dispute as to the amount of Excess Minimum Cash, the amount of Excess Minimum Cash will be decided by the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Effective Date.
     86. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     87. “Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease” means a contract or lease to which a Debtor is a party that is subject to assumption, assumption and assignment or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code and includes any modifications, amendments, addenda or supplements thereto or restatements thereof.
     88. “Exit Facility” means a senior secured credit facility that: (a) includes (i) funded commitments not to exceed $1.5 billion and (ii) unfunded commitments; and (b) will be entered into by the Reorganized Debtors, the Exit Facility Agent and the other financial institutions party thereto on the Effective Date on substantially the terms set forth on Exhibit I.A.88.
     89. “Exit Facility Agent” means the agent under the Exit Facility.
     90. “Face Amount” means either (a) the full stated amount claimed by the holder of such Claim in any proof of Claim Filed by the Bar Date or otherwise deemed timely Filed under applicable law, if the proof of Claim specifies only a liquidated amount; (b) if no proof of Claim is Filed by the Bar Date or otherwise deemed timely Filed under applicable law, the full amount of the Claim listed on the Debtors’ Schedules, provided that such amount is not listed as disputed, contingent or unliquidated; or (c) the amount of the Claim (i) acknowledged by the applicable Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or, prior to the Effective Date, the Creditors’ Committee in conjunction with the Debtors in any objection Filed to such Claim, (ii) estimated by the Bankruptcy Court for such purpose pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) proposed by the Debtors in consultation with the Creditors’ Committee or the Reorganized Debtors if (A) no proof of Claim has been Filed by the Bar Date or has otherwise been deemed timely Filed under applicable law and such amount is not listed in the Debtors’ Schedules or is listed in the Debtors’ Schedules as disputed, contingent or unliquidated or (B) the proof of Claim specifies an unliquidated amount (in whole or in part).

-9-


 

     91. “Federal Judgment Rate” means the federal post-judgment interest rate, as established by 28 U.S.C. § 1961(a), of 4.74% on the Petition Date.
     92. “Fee Claim” means a Claim under sections 328, 330(a), 331, 503 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code for compensation of a Professional or other entity for services rendered or expenses incurred in the Chapter 11 Cases.
     93. “Fee Order” means the Order, Pursuant to Sections 105(a) and 331 of the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rule 2016(a) and Local Bankruptcy Rule 2016-1, Establishing Procedures for Interim Monthly Compensation for Professionals (Docket No. 732), entered by the Bankruptcy Court on March 29, 2006.
     94. “File,” “Filed” or “Filing” means file, filed or filing with the Bankruptcy Court or its authorized designee in the Chapter 11 Cases.
     95. “Final DIP Order” means the Final Order (I) Authorizing Debtors to (A) Obtain Postpetition Secured Financing Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Sections 105(a), 361, 362, 363, 364(c)(1), 364(c)(2), 364(c)(3), 364(d)(1), 364(e) and 507 and Fed. R. Bankr. P. 2002, 4001 and 9014 and (B) Utilize Cash Collateral Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 363, and (II) Granting Adequate Protection to Prepetition Secured Parties Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Sections 361, 362, 363 and 364 (Docket No. 721), entered by the Bankruptcy Court on March 29, 2006.
     96. “Final Distribution Date” means the date that is 90 days after all Disputed Claims have been resolved (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), which shall be the date a final distribution is made under this Plan.
     97. “Final Order” means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court, or other court of competent jurisdiction, as entered on the docket in the Chapter 11 Cases or the docket of any other court of competent jurisdiction, that has not been reversed, stayed, modified or amended, and as to which the time to appeal or petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, reargument or rehearing has expired, and as to which no appeal or petition for certiorari or other proceeding for a new trial, reargument or rehearing that has been timely taken is pending, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been timely filed has been withdrawn or resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed or from which certiorari was sought or the new trial, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order.
     98. “General Unsecured Claim” means any Claim and, only if applicable, Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest, that is not an Administrative Claim, Secured Claim, Cure Amount Claim, Priority Claim, Priority Tax Claim, Section 510(b) Securities Claim, Section 510(b) Old Common Stock Claim, Asbestos Personal Injury Claim, DCC Claim, Prepetition Intercompany Claim or the Union Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, General Unsecured Claims include but are not limited to (a) all Liabilities related to real property not owned or leased by the Debtors as of the Petition Date, (b) Bondholder Claims and (c) the Unions’ potential $908 million Claim against the Debtors under Appendix R to the Union Settlement Agreements.
     99. “Global Settlement” means the settlement among the Debtors, the Unions, certain Bondholders, and involving Centerbridge and CBP, documented in the Union Settlement Agreements, the Plan Support Agreement, the New Investment Agreement and their respective exhibits and appendices.
     100. “Global Settlement Order” means the Order Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 1113 and 1114(e) and Federal Rule of Bankruptcy Procedure 9019, Approving Settlement Agreements with the United Steelworkers and United Autoworkers, and Pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §§ 105(a), 363(b), 364(c), 503 and 507, Authorizing the Debtors to Enter Into Plan Support Agreement, Investment Agreement and Related Agreements, entered August 1, 2007 (Docket No. 5879), and the exhibits thereto.
     101. “Indenture Trustee” means Wilmington Trust Company, as successor indenture trustee under the Indentures pursuant to the Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated December 5, 2005, by and among the Issuer, Citibank, N.A., as the resigning trustee, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee.

-10-


 

     102. “Indenture Trustee Fee Claim” means, individually and collectively, a Claim against the Debtors arising from and after the Petition Date pursuant to the applicable Indentures relating to any compensation, disbursements, fees and expenses, including any Claim under such Indenture relating to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel of the Indenture Trustee, which Claims shall be satisfied and discharged in accordance with Section II.A.1.h.
     103. “Indentures” means, collectively: (a) the 6.5% and 7% Bonds Indenture; (b) the 9% Bonds Indenture; (c) the 10.125% Bonds Indenture; and (d) the 5.85% Bonds Indenture.
     104. “Independent Director” means a director of New Dana Holdco who qualifies as an “independent director” of New Dana Holdco under (a) NYSE Rule 303(A)(2) or (b) if New Dana Holdco is listed or quoted on another securities exchange or quotation system that has an independence requirement, the comparable rule or regulation of such securities exchange or quotation system on which the New Dana Holdco Common Stock is listed or quoted (whether by final rule or otherwise). In addition, in order for a director designated by Centerbridge to be deemed to be an “Independent Director,” such director would also have to be considered an “independent director” of Centerbridge and the Centerbridge Purchaser Entities under NYSE Rule 303(A)(2), assuming for this purpose that (a) such director were a director of Centerbridge and the Centerbridge Purchaser Entities (whether or not such director actually is or has been a director of Centerbridge or the Centerbridge Purchaser Entities) and (b) Centerbridge and the Centerbridge Purchaser Entities are each deemed to be a NYSE listed company.
     105. “Ineligible Unsecured Claims” means, collectively, General Unsecured Claims that are either Allowed or estimated by the Bankruptcy Court under section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code on or prior to the Effective Date and are held by a Person who is not, nor are any of its affiliates, a Qualified Investor but without regard to clauses (c) and (d) of that definition; provided, however, that Bondholder Claims which are not Participating Claims will be Ineligible Unsecured Claims even if held by such Persons. In no event will Union Claims, DCC Claims, any Claims of the non-union retirees represented by the Retiree Committee, Intercompany Claims, Convenience Claims or Asbestos Personal Injury Claims be Ineligible Unsecured Claims.
     106. “Insurance Contract” means any policy of third party liability insurance under which any of the Debtors could have asserted or did assert, or may in the future assert, a right to coverage for any claim, together with any other contracts which pertain or relate to such policy (including, by way of example and not limitation, any insurance settlement agreements, coverage-in-place agreements, or the agreement known as “the Wellington Agreement”).
     107. “Insured Claim” means that portion of any Claim arising from an incident or occurrence alleged to have occurred prior to the Effective Date: (a) as to which any Insurer is obligated pursuant to the terms, conditions, limitations, and exclusions of its Insurance Contract(s), to pay any judgment, settlement, or contractual obligation with respect to the Debtors, or (b) that any Insurer otherwise agrees to pay as part of a settlement or compromise of a claim made under the applicable Insurance Contract(s).
     108. “Insurer” means any company or other entity that issued, or is responsible for, a policy of third party liability insurance under which any of the Debtors could have asserted or did assert, or may in the future assert, a right to coverage for any claim under an Insurance Contract.
     109. “Intercompany Claim” means any Claim by any Debtor against another Debtor.
     110. “Interest” means the rights and interests of the holders of the Old Common Stock of any Debtor, any other instruments evidencing an ownership interest in a Debtor and the rights of any entity to purchase or demand the issuance of any of the foregoing, including: (a) redemption, conversion, exchange, voting, participation and dividend rights (including any rights in respect of accrued and unpaid dividends); (b) liquidation preferences; and (c) stock options and warrants.
     111. “Liabilities” means any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, Recovery Actions, Derivative Claims, causes of action and liabilities, whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, arising in law, equity or

-11-


 

otherwise, that are based in whole or in part on any act, event, injury, omission, transaction, agreement, employment, exposure or other occurrence taking place on or prior to the Effective Date.
     112. “Litigation Trust” means the trust established pursuant to Section V.G to oversee the Reorganized Debtors’ resolution of certain General Unsecured Claims and prosecute certain Recovery Actions and other causes of action of the Estates not released pursuant to the Plan as identified in the Litigation Trust Agreement.
     113. “Litigation Trust Agreement” means the trust agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Creditors’ Committee, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, Centerbridge and the Ad Hoc Steering Committee, establishing the terms governing the Litigation Trust, substantially in the form of Exhibit I.A.113.
     114. “Litigation Trustee” means the trustee for the Litigation Trust selected by the Debtors, with the consent of the Creditors’ Committee, after consultation with the Ad Hoc Steering Committee, pursuant to Section V.G and identified in the Litigation Trust Agreement (or any successor trustee), in his or her or its capacity as the trustee of the Litigation Trust.
     115. “Minimum Emergence Liquidity” means, as of the Effective Date, the sum, after giving effect to all Cash distributions to be made on the Effective Date pursuant to the Plan, of (a) Cash and Cash equivalents of the Debtors and their subsidiaries and (b) unused commitments under the Exit Facility.
     116. “New Dana Holdco” means Dana Corporation Holdings, a Delaware corporation.
     117. “New Dana Holdco Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of New Dana Holdco, authorized pursuant to the certificate of incorporation of New Dana Holdco, of which up to 100,000,000 shares shall be initially issued pursuant to the Plan as of the Effective Date.
     118. “New Equity Investment” means the $790,000,000 investment to be made by the New Equity Investors on the Effective Date in connection with the purchase of New Preferred Stock, pursuant to and in accordance with the New Investment Agreement, the New Series B Subscription Agreements and the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter.
     119. “New Equity Investors” means, individually and collectively, CBP, the B-2 Backstop Investors and those holders of Allowed Claims that are determined to be Qualified Investors who have agreed to purchase the New Preferred Stock pursuant to and in accordance with the New Investment Agreement, the New Series B Subscription Agreements and the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter.
     120. “New Investment Agreement” means, collectively, the Investment Agreement by and between Dana and Centerbridge and CBP, dated July 26, 2007, and the exhibits thereto, approved by the Global Settlement Order, as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or assigned in accordance with its terms, pursuant to which, among other things, CBP has agreed to purchase the New Series A Preferred Stock and up to 2,500,000 unsubscribed shares of New Series B Preferred Stock.
     121. “New Preferred Stock” means, collectively, the New Series A Preferred Stock and the New Series B Preferred Stock.
     122. “New Series A Preferred Stock” means, collectively, the 2,500,000 shares of 4.0% series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of New Dana Holdco, authorized pursuant to the certificate of incorporation (or comparable constituent documents) and certificate of designations of New Dana Holdco, the terms of which shall not be altered in any material manner without the reasonable consent of the Creditors’ Committee and the Ad Hoc Steering Committee and; provided, however, that the number of shares authorized may not be increased without the consent of the Creditors’ Committee and the Ad Hoc Steering Committee.
     123. “New Series B Preferred Stock” means, collectively, the 5,400,000 shares of 4.0% Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of New Dana Holdco, authorized pursuant to the certificate of

-12-


 

incorporation (or comparable constituent documents) and certificate of designations of New Dana Holdco, the terms of which shall not be altered in any material manner without the reasonable consent of the Creditors’ Committee and the Ad Hoc Steering Committee and; provided, however, that the number of shares authorized may not be increased without the consent of the Creditors’ Committee and the Ad Hoc Steering Committee.
     124. “New Series B Subscription Agreement” means the agreement by and between Dana and each of the New Equity Investors, other than CBP, substantially in the form of Exhibit I.A.124, pursuant to which each of the New Equity Investors, other than CBP, will subscribe to purchase the New Series B Preferred Stock.
     125. “Non-Union Emergence Shares” means the shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock to be reserved by New Dana Holdco for issuance as a post-emergence bonus to non-union hourly and salaried non-management employees as discussed in Section V.E.4.
     126. “Non-Union Retiree Settlement Order” means the Stipulation and Agreed Order Between Dana Corporation and the Official Committee of Non-Union Retirees (Docket No. 5356), entered by the Bankruptcy Court on May 22, 2007.
     127. “Non-Union Retiree VEBA” means the voluntary employees’ beneficiary association established pursuant to the Non-Union Retiree Settlement Order.
     128. “Notice Parties” means (a) prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors, the Creditors’ Committee, Centerbridge and the Unions; and (b) on or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, Centerbridge and the Unions.
     129. “NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.
     130. “NYSE Rule 303(A)(2)” means New York Stock Exchange Rule 303A(2), as such rule may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.
     131. “Official Committees” means, collectively, the Creditors’ Committee and the Retiree Committee.
     132. “Old Common Stock” means, when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the common stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other capital stock issued by such Debtor and outstanding immediately prior to the Petition Date, and any options, warrants or other rights with respect thereto.
     133. “Ordinary Course Professionals Order” means the Order, Pursuant to Sections 105(a), 327, 328 and 330 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 2014(a), Authorizing Debtors and Debtors in Possession to Retain, Employ and Pay Certain Professionals in the Ordinary Course of Their Businesses (Docket No. 76), entered by the Bankruptcy Court on March 6, 2006.
     134. “Participating Claims” means Qualified Bond Claims, Acquired Bond Claims and/or Qualified Trade Claims.
     135. “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, a wholly-owned United States government corporation and an agency of the United States that administers the defined benefit pension plan termination insurance program under Title IV of ERISA.
     136. “Pension Plans” means, individually and collectively, the pension plans listed on Exhibit I.A.136 (a) that are tax-qualified defined benefit pension plans covered by ERISA and (b) for which the Debtors are contributing sponsors. See 29 U.S.C. §§ 1301(a)(13) and (14).
     137. “Per Share Value” means the midpoint value per share of New Dana Holdco Common Stock as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, subject to modification by the Confirmation Order.

-13-


 

     138. “Periodic Distribution Date” means the twentieth day of the month following the end of each calendar quarter after the Effective Date (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); provided, however, that if the Effective Date is within 45 days of the end of a calendar quarter, the first Periodic Distribution Date will be the twentieth day of the month following the end of the first calendar quarter after the calendar quarter in which the Effective Date falls.
     139. “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.
     140. “Petition Date” means March 3, 2006, the date on which the Debtors Filed their petitions for relief commencing the Chapter 11 Cases.
     141. “Plan” means this joint plan of reorganization for the Debtors, and all exhibits attached hereto or referenced herein, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented.
     142. “Plan Support Agreement” means, collectively, the Amended Plan Support Agreement among Dana, Centerbridge, the Unions and certain holders of General Unsecured Claims, dated as of July 26, 2007, and the exhibits thereto, approved by the Global Settlement Order, as it may be further amended, modified or supplemented.
     143. “Plan Term Sheet” means Exhibit B to the Plan Support Agreement.
     144. “Port Authority” means the Toledo Lucas County Port Authority.
     145. “Port Authority Lease” means the Lease Agreement between the Port Authority and Spicer Driveshaft, Inc. (n/k/a Debtor Torque-Traction Technologies, LLC), dated October 1, 2002, as amended in accordance with the Port Authority Settlement Agreement.
     146. “Port Authority Secured Claim” means the Port Authority’s $18.875 million Secured Claim against Debtor Torque-Traction Technologies, LLC, allowed pursuant to the Port Authority Settlement Order.
     147. “Port Authority Settlement Agreement” means the Settlement Agreement by and among Dana, Debtor Torque-Traction Technologies, LLC, the Port Authority, the Director of Development of the State of Ohio, The Huntington National Bank and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., dated August 1, 2007, approved by the Bankruptcy Court on August 22, 2007, as it may be amended, supplemented or modified.
     148. “Port Authority Settlement Order” means the Order, Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, for an Order (I) Approving a Settlement Agreement by and among Certain Debtors, The Toledo-Lucas County Port Authority and Certain Other Parties, and (II) Allowing Claims of Toledo-Lucas County Port Authority Against Dana Corporation and Torque-Traction Technologies, LLC (Docket No. 6002), entered by the Bankruptcy Court on August 22, 2007.
     149. “Postpetition Intercompany Claim” means any Intercompany Claim that is not a Prepetition Intercompany Claim.
     150. “Postpetition Interest” means: (a) for a Bondholder Claim, the contractual rate of interest set forth in the applicable Indenture; (b) the rate of interest set forth in the contract or other applicable document between the holder of a Claim and the applicable Debtor giving rise to such holder’s Claim; (c) such interest, if any, as otherwise agreed to by the holder of a Claim and the applicable Debtor; or (d) if none of the foregoing apply, the Federal Judgment Rate.
     151. “Post-Effective Date Interest” means: (a) for a Bondholder Claim, the contractual rate of interest set forth in the applicable Indenture; (b) the rate of interest set forth in the contract or other applicable document between the holder of a Claim and the applicable Debtor giving rise to such holder’s Claim; (c) such interest, if any, as otherwise agreed to by the holder of a Claim and the applicable Debtor; or (d) if none of the foregoing apply, the Federal Judgment Rate.

-14-


 

     152. “Prepetition Intercompany Claim” means an Intercompany Claim that arose prior to the Petition Date.
     153. “Priority Claim” means a Claim that is entitled to priority in payment pursuant to section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code that is not an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim.
     154. “Priority Tax Claim” means a Claim that is entitled to priority in payment pursuant to section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.
     155. “Pro Rata” means, when used with reference to a distribution of property to holders of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in a particular Class or other specified group of Claims or Interests pursuant to Article II, proportionately so that with respect to a particular Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in such Class or in such group, the ratio of (a)(i) the amount of property to be distributed on account of such Claim or Interest to (ii) the amount of such Claim or Interest, is the same as the ratio of (b)(i) the amount of property to be distributed on account of all Allowed Claims or Interests in such Class or group of Claims or Interests to (ii) the amount of all Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests, as the case may be, in such Class or group of Claims or Interests. Until all Disputed Claims in a Class are resolved, Disputed Claims shall be treated as Allowed Claims in their Face Amount for purposes of calculating Pro Rata distribution of property to holders of Allowed Claims in such Class.
     156. “Professional” means any professional employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 327, 328, 363 or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code or any professional or other entity seeking compensation or reimbursement of expenses in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code. For the avoidance of doubt, “Professional” shall include any professional or other entity rendering services to the Unions in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases to the extent that the compensation or reimbursement of expenses sought by such professional or other entity is governed by the Union Fee Order.
     157. “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
     158. “Qualified Bond Claims” means the net Bondholder Claims (after subtracting short positions and/or other hedge positions) that are beneficially owned as of the Bondholder Record Date by a Person who (a) together with its Affiliates, holds Bondholder Claims and/or Trade Claims in an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the Threshold Amount; (b) is a QIB; and (c) executes and delivers a signature page to the Plan Support Agreement on or before the Bondholder Record Date.
     159. “Qualified Investor” means a Person, other than the Unions, who (a) together with its Affiliates, beneficially owns Participating Claims in an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the Threshold Amount; (b) is a QIB; (c) is qualified to make the representations and warranties in, and who delivers to the Subscription Agent by the Subscription Deadline, a duly executed copy of, a New Series B Subscription Agreement; and (d) has not at any time during the period from the Bondholder Record Date through and including the Effective Date, engaged in any short sales of New Dana Holdco Common Stock or Claims, any transactions involving options (including exchange-traded options), puts, calls or other derivatives involving securities of New Dana Holdco or any other transactions of any type that would have the effect of providing such Person with any other economic gain in the event of a decrease in the current or future market price of Claims or New Dana Holdco Common Stock (unless the Person has engaged in such activity pursuant to Section 4.7 of the Plan Support Agreement) or otherwise breached any covenants or agreements in the New Series B Subscription Agreement.
     160. “Qualified Investor Record Date” means the Bondholder Record Date or the Trade Claims Record Date, as applicable.
     161. “Qualified Trade Claims” means Trade Claims that are beneficially owned as of the Trade Claims Record Date by a Person who (a) together with its Affiliates, beneficially owns Trade Claims, Qualified Bond Claims and/or Acquired Bond Claims in an aggregate amount equal to or greater than the Threshold Amount; (b) is a QIB; and (c) executes and delivers a signature page to the Plan Support Agreement on or before the Trade Claims Record Date.

-15-


 

     162. “Real Property Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease” means, collectively, an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease relating to a Debtor’s interest in real property and any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease granting rights or interests related to or appurtenant to the applicable real property, including all easements; licenses; permits; rights; privileges; immunities; options; rights of first refusal; powers; uses; usufructs; reciprocal easement or operating agreements; vault, tunnel or bridge agreements or franchises; development rights; and any other interests in real estate or rights in rem related to the applicable real property.
     163. “Recovery Actions” means, collectively and individually, preference actions, fraudulent conveyance actions and other claims or causes of action under sections 510, 542, 544, 547, 548, 549 and 550 of the Bankruptcy Code and other similar state law claims and causes of action.
     164. “Reinstated” or “Reinstatement” means rendering a Claim or Interest unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code. Unless the Plan specifies a particular method of Reinstatement, when the Plan provides that a Claim or Interest will be Reinstated, such Claim or Interest will be Reinstated, at Dana’s sole discretion, in accordance with one of the following:
  a.   The legal, equitable and contractual rights to which such Claim or Interest entitles the holder will be unaltered; or
 
  b.   Notwithstanding any contractual provisions or applicable law that entitles the holder of such Claim or Interest to demand or receive accelerated payment of such Claim or Interest after the occurrence of a default:
  i.   any such default that occurred before or after the commencement of the applicable Chapter 11 Case, other than a default of a kind specified in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, will be cured;
 
  ii.   the maturity of such Claim or Interest as such maturity existed before such default will be reinstated;
 
  iii.   the holder of such Claim or Interest will be compensated for any damages incurred as a result of any reasonable reliance by such holder on such contractual provision or such applicable law;
 
  iv.   if such Claim arises from any failure to perform a nonmonetary obligation, other than a default arising from failure to operate a nonresidential real property lease subject to section 365(b)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code, the holder of such Claim will be compensated for any actual pecuniary loss incurred by such holder as a result of such failure; and
 
  v.   the legal, equitable or contractual rights to which such Claim or Interest entitles the holder of such Claim or Interest will not otherwise be altered.
     165. “Released Parties” means, collectively and individually, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Official Committees and their members (solely in their capacity as such), the Unions and any consultants of the Unions, the DIP Lenders (solely in their capacity as such and not in their capacity as the Debtors’ prepetition lenders), Centerbridge, CBP, Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P. and permitted successors and assigns under the New Investment Agreement, the Ad Hoc Steering Committee and its predecessor members from and after July 5, 2007 (solely in their capacity as such), the Indenture Trustee and the Representatives of each of the foregoing.
     166. “Remaining Non-Union Retiree VEBA Contribution” means $53.8 million in Cash.
     167. “Reorganized .. . . ” means, when used in reference to a particular Debtor, such Debtor on or after the Effective Date.

-16-


 

     168. “Reorganized Debtors” means the Debtors on and after the Effective Date and any entities created as part of the Restructuring Transactions, including but not limited to New Dana Holdco.
     169. “Representatives” means, with respect to any entity, successor, predecessor, officer, director, partner, employee, agent, attorney, advisor, investment banker, financial advisor, accountant or other Professional of such entity, and committee of which such entity is a member, in each case in such capacity, serving on or after February 28, 2006.
     170. “Reserved Excess Minimum Cash” means (a) the Excess Minimum Cash to be contributed to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, (b) any Cash dividends or other distributions received by the Disbursing Agent on account of the Reserved Shares, (c) any Cash deposited into the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve by the Litigation Trust or Litigation Trustee and (d) any related Cash Investment Yield.
     171. “Reserved Shares” means the shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock to be contributed to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve.
     172. “Restructuring Transactions” means, collectively, those mergers, consolidations, restructurings, dispositions, liquidations or dissolutions that the Debtors determine to be necessary or appropriate to effect a corporate restructuring of their respective businesses or otherwise to simplify the overall corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors, as described in greater detail in Section V.B.1.
     173. “Retiree Committee” means the official committee of non-union retired employees appointed by the United States Trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such committee may be reconstituted from time to time.
     174. “Schedules” means the schedules of assets and liabilities and the statement of financial affairs Filed by a Debtor on June 30, 2006, as required by section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code, as the same may have been or may be amended, modified or supplemented.
     175. “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     176. “Secondary Liability Claim” means a Claim that arises from a Debtor being liable as a guarantor of, or otherwise being jointly, severally or secondarily liable for, any contractual, tort, guaranty or other obligation of another Debtor, including any Claim based on: (a) vicarious liability; (b) liabilities arising out of piercing the corporate veil, alter ego liability or similar legal theories; (c) guaranties of collection, payments or performance; (d) indemnity bonds, obligations to indemnify or obligations to hold harmless; (e) performance bonds; (f) contingent liabilities arising out of contractual obligations or out of undertakings (including any assignment or transfer) with respect to leases, operating agreements or other similar obligations made or given by a Debtor or relating to the obligations or performance of another Debtor; (g) several liability of a member of a consolidated (or equivalent) group of corporations for Taxes of other members of the group or of the entire group; or (h) any other joint or several liability, including Claims for indemnification or contribution, that any Debtor may have in respect of any obligation that is the basis of a Claim.
     177. “Section 510(b) Old Common Stock Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors: (a) arising from rescission of a purchase or sale of Old Common Stock; (b) for damages arising from the purchase or sale of Old Common Stock; or (c) for reimbursement or contribution allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such a Claim.
     178. “Section 510(b) Securities Claim” means any Claim against any of the Debtors: (a) arising from rescission of a purchase or sale of a Bond or any other security of a Consolidated Debtor other than Old Common Stock; (b) for damages arising from the purchase or sale of a Bond or any other security of a Consolidated Debtor other than Old Common Stock; or (c) for reimbursement or contribution allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such a Claim.

-17-


 

     179. “Secured Claim” means a Claim that is secured by a lien on property in which an Estate has an interest or that is subject to setoff under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the Claim holder’s interest in such Estate’s interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined pursuant to sections 506(a) and, if applicable, 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
     180. “Secured Tax Claim” means a Secured Claim arising out of a Debtor’s liability for any Tax.
     181. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     182. “Securities Litigation” means the putative class action captioned Howard Frank, Individually and On Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated v. Dana Corporation, et al, Case No. 3:05-cv-07393, N.D. Ohio (2005).
     183. “Settlement Pool” means Cash equal to $40 million, which shall be funded from the proceeds from the sale of New Series B Preferred Stock as described in Section V.J and which amount of Cash shall not be altered in any manner, or any other consideration added or reduced, without the consent of the Ad Hoc Steering Committee and the Creditors’ Committee.
     184. “Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim” means a stipulation or other agreement between a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor and a holder of a Claim or Interest, that, prior to the Effective Date, is approved by the Bankruptcy Court, or an agreed order of the Bankruptcy Court, establishing the amount and nature of a Claim or Interest, including any agreements made pursuant to that authority granted in the Order Establishing Claims Objection and Settlement Procedures (Docket No. 4044), entered on November 9, 2006 or other orders of the Bankruptcy Court. Any such stipulation or other agreement between a Reorganized Debtor and a holder of a Claim or Interest executed after the Effective Date is not subject to approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however, that if the Litigation Trustee Files an objection, as permitted by Section V.G.2, to such stipulation or other agreement within ten days of receiving written notice of such stipulation or other agreement, Bankruptcy Court approval will be required.
     185. “Subscription Agent” means BMC Group, Inc.
     186. “Subscription Deadline” means 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on December 5, 2007.
     187. “Subsidiary Debtor” means any Debtor other than Dana.
     188. “Subsidiary Debtor Equity Interests” means, as to a particular Subsidiary Debtor, any Interests in such Debtor.
     189. “Supporting Creditor” means any holder of a General Unsecured Claim that has (a) timely submitted an executed signature page to the Plan Support Agreement to the Debtors or (b) timely executed a transferee acknowledgment in accordance with the Plan Support Agreement.
     190. “Tax” means: (a) any net income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, license, property, environmental or other tax, assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever (together in each instance with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount) imposed by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority; or (b) any liability for payment of any amounts of the foregoing types as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group, or being a party to any agreement or arrangement whereby liability for payment of any such amounts is determined by reference to the liability of any other entity.
     191. “Third Party Disbursing Agent” means an entity (including but not limited to the Indenture Trustee) designated by a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, in consultation with the Creditors’ Committee, to act as a Disbursing Agent pursuant to Article VI.B.
     192. “Threshold Amount” means $25 million.

-18-


 

     193. “Tort Claim” means any Claim, other than an Asbestos Personal Injury Claim, that has not been settled, compromised or otherwise resolved that: (a) arises out of allegations of personal injury, wrongful death, property damage, products liability or similar legal theories of recovery; or (b) arises under any federal, state or local statute, rule, regulation or ordinance governing, regulating or relating to health, safety, hazardous substances or the environment.
     194. “Trade Claims” means all Allowed Claims in Class 5B that are not Bondholder Claims.
     195. “Trade Claims Record Date” means November 28, 2007.
     196. “UAW” means the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America and its applicable affiliated entities, including local unions.
     197. “UAW Settlement Agreement” means, collectively, the Settlement Agreement between Dana Corporation and the International Union, UAW, dated July 5, 2007, and the exhibits thereto, approved by the Global Settlement Order, as it may be amended, supplemented or modified.
     198. “UAW Union Retiree VEBA” means the VEBA established pursuant to the UAW Settlement Agreement.
     199. “UAW Union Retiree VEBA Contribution” means the $465.3 million Cash contribution to be made by the Reorganized Debtors to the UAW Union Retiree VEBA pursuant to the UAW Settlement Agreement.
     200. “Uninsured Claim” means any Claim that is not an Insured Claim.
     201. “Union Claim” means the Claim of the Unions arising out of the Union Settlement Agreements, asserted by the Unions in the aggregate amount of $1.1 billion.
     202. “Union Emergence Shares” means the shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock reserved by New Dana Holdco for issuance as emergence bonuses to employees of the Unions in accordance with Appendix J to the Union Settlement Agreements pursuant to Section III.E.
     203. “Union Fee Order” means the Order, Pursuant to Sections 105(a), 363 and 503(c)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, Approving Amended Agreement for the Payment of Certain Reasonable Fees and Expenses of Advisors to the Debtors’ Unions (Docket No. 5819), entered by the Bankruptcy Court on July 26, 2007.
     204. “Union Retiree Benefit Termination Date” means the later of January 1, 2008 or the Effective Date.
     205. “Union Settlement Agreements” means, collectively, the UAW Settlement Agreement and the USW Settlement Agreement.
     206. “Unions” means, collectively, the UAW and USW.
     207. “United States Trustee” means the Office of the United States Trustee for the Southern District of New York.
     208. “USW” means the United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers International Union and its applicable affiliated entities, including local unions.
     209. “USW Settlement Agreement” means the Settlement Agreement between Dana Corporation and the United Steelworkers, dated July 5, 2007, and the exhibits thereto, approved by the Global Settlement Order, as it may be amended, supplemented or modified.

-19-


 

     210. “USW Union Retiree VEBA” means the VEBA established pursuant to the USW Settlement Agreement.
     211. “USW Union Retiree VEBA Contribution” means the $298.7 million Cash contribution to be made by the Reorganized Debtors to the USW Union Retiree VEBA pursuant to the USW Settlement Agreement.
     212. “VEBA” means a voluntary employees’ beneficiary association.
     213. “Voting Deadline” means the deadline for submitting Ballots to either accept or reject the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code that is specified in the Disclosure Statement, the Ballots or related solicitation documents approved by the Bankruptcy Court.
     214. “Wholly-Owned and Majority-Owned Non-Debtor Affiliates Other than DCC” means all wholly-owned and majority-owned non-debtor direct or indirect subsidiaries of Dana other than DCC.
B. Rules of Interpretation and Computation of Time
  1.   Rules of Interpretation
          For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise provided herein: (a) whenever from the context it is appropriate, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, will include both the singular and the plural; (b) unless otherwise provided in the Plan, any reference in the Plan to a contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that such document will be substantially in such form or substantially on such terms and conditions; (c) any reference in the Plan to an existing document or Exhibit Filed or to be Filed means such document or Exhibit, as it may have been or may be amended, modified or supplemented pursuant to the Plan, Confirmation Order or otherwise; (d) any reference to an entity as a holder of a Claim or Interest includes that entity’s successors, assigns and affiliates; (e) all references in the Plan to Sections, Articles and Exhibits are references to Sections, Articles and Exhibits of or to the Plan; (f) the words “herein,” “hereunder” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (g) captions and headings to Articles and Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan; (h) subject to the provisions of any contract, articles or certificates of incorporation, bylaws, codes of regulation, similar constituent documents, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising under the Plan will be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules; and (i) the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code will apply to the extent not inconsistent with any other provision of this Section I.B.1.
  2.   Computation of Time
          In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) will apply.
ARTICLE II.
CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS;
CRAMDOWN; EXECUTORY CONTRACTS & UNEXPIRED LEASES
          All Claims and Interests, except Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims, are placed in the following Classes. In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims and Priority Tax Claims, as described in Section II.A, have not been classified and thus are excluded from the following Classes. A Claim or Interest is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any remainder of the Claim or Interest qualifies within the description of such other Classes.

-20-


 

A. Unclassified Claims
  1.   Payment of Administrative Claims
  a.   Administrative Claims in General
          Except as specified in this Section II.A.1, and subject to the bar date provisions herein, unless otherwise agreed by the holder of an Administrative Claim and the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, or unless an order of the Bankruptcy Court provides otherwise, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim will receive, in full satisfaction of its Administrative Claim, Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim either (i) on the Effective Date or (ii) if the Administrative Claim is not allowed as of the Effective Date, 30 days after the date on which such Administrative Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Claim.
  b.   Statutory Fees
          On or before the Effective Date, Administrative Claims for fees payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930 will be paid in Cash equal to the amount of such Administrative Claims. All fees payable pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1930 after the Effective Date will be paid by the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance therewith until the earlier of the conversion or dismissal of the applicable Chapter 11 Case under section 1112 of the Bankruptcy Code, or the closing of the applicable Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 350(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.
  c.   Ordinary Course Liabilities
          Allowed Administrative Claims based on liabilities incurred by a Debtor in the ordinary course of its business, including Administrative Claims arising from or with respect to the sale of goods or provision of services on or after the Petition Date in the ordinary course of the applicable Debtor’s business, Administrative Claims of governmental units for Taxes (including Tax audit Claims related to Tax years or portions thereof ending after the Petition Date), Administrative Claims arising from those contracts and leases of the kind described in Section II.E.4 and Intercompany Claims that are Administrative Claims, will be paid by the applicable Reorganized Debtor, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to those Administrative Claims, without further action by the holders of such Administrative Claims or further approval by the Bankruptcy Court.
  d.   Claims Under the DIP Credit Agreement
          Unless otherwise agreed by the DIP Lenders pursuant to the DIP Credit Agreement, on or before the Effective Date, DIP Lender Claims that are Allowed Administrative Claims will be paid in Cash equal to the amount of those Allowed Administrative Claims.
  e.   Administrative Claims of Centerbridge
          Unless otherwise agreed by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and Centerbridge, any Administrative Claims of Centerbridge and the CBP Purchaser Entities arising under Article 7 of the New Investment Agreement (as approved by the Global Settlement Order) will be paid by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of their businesses without further action by Centerbridge or further approval by the Bankruptcy Court.
  f.   Administrative Claims of B-2 Backstop Investors
          Unless otherwise agreed by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and the B-2 Backstop Investors, any Administrative Claims of the B-2 Backstop Investors arising under the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter and the order approving the same will be paid by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of their businesses without further action by the B-2 Backstop Investors or further approval by the Bankruptcy Court as long as the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter remains in full force and effect.

-21-


 

  g.   Contribution to Non-Union Retiree VEBA
     On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will make the Remaining Non-Union Retiree VEBA Contribution.
  h.   Special Provisions Regarding the Claims of the Indenture Trustee
     In full satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee Fee Claims, on the Effective Date, the Indenture Trustee Fee Claims shall be allowed as an Administrative Claim against the Debtors pursuant to section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors without the need for the Indenture Trustee to file an application for allowance with the Bankruptcy Court. To receive payment pursuant to this Section II.A.1.h, the Indenture Trustee shall provide reasonable and customary detail or invoices in support of its Claims to counsel to the Reorganized Debtors and counsel to Centerbridge no later than ten days after the Effective Date. Such parties shall have the right to File objections to such Claims based on a “reasonableness” standard within 20 days after receipt of supporting documentation. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay any such Claims by the later of (i) 30 days after the receipt of supporting documentation from the Indenture Trustee, or (ii) ten Business Days after the resolution of any objections to the Claims of the Indenture Trustee. Any disputed amount of the Indenture Trustee Fee Claims shall be subject to the jurisdiction of, and resolution by, the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that the relevant objecting party is unable to resolve a dispute with respect to an Indenture Trustee Fee Claim, the Indenture Trustee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) submit any such dispute to the Bankruptcy Court for resolution or (ii) assert its Charging Lien to obtain payment of such disputed Indenture Trustee Claim. The Charging Lien held by the Indenture Trustee against distributions to Bondholders on account of the Indenture Trustee Fee Claim will be deemed released upon payment of the Indenture Trustee Fee Claim in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indentures and this Plan. Except as provided herein, distributions received by Bondholders on account of Allowed Bondholder Claims pursuant to the Plan will not be reduced on account of the payment of the Indenture Trustee’s Claims.
  i.   Bar Dates for Administrative Claims
  i.   General Bar Date Provisions
           Except as otherwise provided in Section II.A.1.i.ii or in a Bar Date Order or other order of the Bankruptcy Court, unless previously Filed, requests for payment of Administrative Claims must be Filed and served on the Notice Parties pursuant to the procedures specified in the Confirmation Order and the notice of entry of the Confirmation Order, no later than 30 days after the Effective Date. Holders of Administrative Claims that are required to File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims and that do not File and serve such a request by the applicable Bar Date will be forever barred from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or their respective property, and such Administrative Claims will be deemed discharged as of the Effective Date. Objections to such requests must be Filed and served on the Notice Parties and the requesting party by the latest of (A) 150 days after the Effective Date, (B) 60 days after the Filing of the applicable request for payment of Administrative Claims or (C) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by a Final Order for objecting to such Administrative Claims.
  ii.   Bar Dates for Certain Administrative Claims
  A.   Professional Compensation
          Professionals or other entities asserting a Fee Claim for services rendered before the Effective Date must File and serve on the Notice Parties and such other entities who are designated by the Bankruptcy Rules, the Fee Order, the Confirmation Order or other order of the Bankruptcy Court an application for final allowance of such Fee Claim no later than 60 days after the Effective Date; provided, however, that any professional who may receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses pursuant to the Ordinary Course Professionals Order may continue to receive such compensation and reimbursement of expenses for services rendered before the Effective Date pursuant to the Ordinary Course Professionals Order without further Bankruptcy Court review or approval (except as provided in the Ordinary Course Professionals Order). Objections to any Fee Claim must be Filed and served on the Notice Parties and the requesting party by the later of (1) 90 days after the Effective Date, (2) 30 days

-22-


 

after the Filing of the applicable request for payment of the Fee Claim or (3) such other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by a Final Order for objecting to such Fee Claims. To the extent necessary, the Confirmation Order will amend and supersede any previously entered order of the Bankruptcy Court regarding the payment of Fee Claims; provided, however, that Fee Claims Filed by Union Professionals will continue to be governed by, and paid in accordance with, the Union Fee Order.
  B.   Ordinary Course Liabilities
          Holders of Administrative Claims arising from liabilities incurred by a Debtor in the ordinary course of its business on or after the Petition Date, including Administrative Claims arising from or with respect to the sale of goods or provision of services on or after the Petition Date in the ordinary course of the applicable Debtor’s business, Administrative Claims of governmental units for Taxes (including Tax audit Claims related to Tax years or portions thereof ending after the Petition Date), Administrative Claims arising from those contracts and leases of the kind described in Section II.E.4 and Intercompany Claims that are Administrative Claims, will not be required to File or serve any request for payment of such Administrative Claims. Such Administrative Claims will be satisfied pursuant to Section II.A.1.c. Any Administrative Claims that are filed contrary to this Section II.A.1.i.ii.B shall be deemed disallowed and expunged, subject to resolution and satisfaction in the ordinary course outside these Chapter 11 Cases.
  C.   Claims Under the DIP Credit Agreement and Related Orders
          Holders of Administrative Claims on account of DIP Lender Claims will not be required to File or serve any request for payment or application for allowance of such Claims. Such Administrative Claims will be satisfied pursuant to Section II.A.1.d.
  D.   Administrative Claims of Centerbridge
          Centerbridge and the CBP Purchaser Entities will not be required to File or serve any request for payment or application for allowance of its Administrative Claims, if any, arising under Article 7 of the New Investment Agreement (as approved by the Global Settlement Order) and such Administrative Claims will be satisfied pursuant to Section II.A.1.e.
  E.   Administrative Claims of the B-2 Backstop Investors
          So long as the B-2 Commitment Letter remains in full force and effect, the B-2 Backstop Investors will not be required to File or serve any request for payment or application for allowance of their Administrative Claims, if any, arising under the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter or the order approving same and such Administrative Claims will be satisfied pursuant to Section II.A.1.f.
  iii.   No Modification of Bar Date Order
          The Plan does not modify any Bar Date Order already in place, including Bar Dates for Claims entitled to administrative priority under section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.
  2.   Payment of Priority Tax Claims
  a.   Priority Tax Claims
          Pursuant to section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless otherwise agreed by the holder of a Priority Tax Claim and the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will receive, in full satisfaction of its Priority Tax Claim, Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim either (i) on the Effective Date or (ii) if the Priority Tax Claim is not allowed as of the Effective Date, 30 days after the date on which such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim.

-23-


 

  b.   Other Provisions Concerning Treatment of Priority Tax Claims
           Notwithstanding the provisions of Section II.A.2.a or Section I.A.190, the holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will not be entitled to receive any payment on account of any penalty arising with respect to or in connection with the Allowed Priority Tax Claim. Any such Claim or demand for any such penalty will be subject to treatment in Classes 5A or 5B, as applicable, if not subordinated to Class 5A or 5B Claims pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court. The holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will not assess or attempt to collect such penalty from the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or their respective property (other than as a holder of a Class 5A or 5B Claim).
B. Classified Claims and Interests
     1. Priority Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 1A Claims) are unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 1A will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim, unless the holder of such Priority Claim and the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor agree to a different treatment.
     2. Priority Claims Against EFMG (Class 1B Claims) are unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 1B will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim, unless the holder of such Priority Claim and EFMG or Reorganized EFMG agree to a different treatment.
     3. Secured Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors Other Than the Port Authority Secured Claim (Class 2A Claims) are unimpaired. On the Effective Date, unless otherwise agreed by a Claim holder and the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2A will receive treatment on account of such Allowed Secured Claim in the manner set forth in Option A, B or C below, at the election of the applicable Debtor. The applicable Debtor will be deemed to have elected Option B except with respect to (a) any Allowed Secured Claim as to which the applicable Debtor elects either Option A or Option C in one or more certifications Filed prior to the conclusion of the Confirmation Hearing and (b) any Allowed Secured Tax Claim, with respect to which the applicable Debtor will be deemed to have elected Option A.
Option A: On the Effective Date, Allowed Claims in Class 2A with respect to which the applicable Debtor elects Option A will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim.
Option B: On the Effective Date, Allowed Claims in Class 2A with respect to which the applicable Debtor elects or is deemed to have elected Option B will be Reinstated.
Option C: On the Effective Date, a holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2A with respect to which the applicable Debtor elects Option C will be entitled to receive (and the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor shall release and transfer to such holder) the collateral securing such Allowed Claim.
     Notwithstanding either the foregoing or Section I.A.190, the holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim in Class 2A will not be entitled to receive any payment on account of any penalty arising with respect to or in connection with such Allowed Secured Tax Claim. Any such Claim or demand for any such penalty will be subject to treatment in Class 5B, if not subordinated to Class 5B Claims pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court. The holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim will not assess or attempt to collect such penalty from the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or their respective property (other than as a holder of a Class 5B Claim).
     4. Secured Claims Against EFMG (Class 2B Claims) are unimpaired. On the Effective Date, unless otherwise agreed by a Claim holder and EFMG or Reorganized EFMG, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2B will receive treatment on account of such Allowed Secured Claim in the manner set forth in Option A, B or C below, at the election of EFMG. EFMG will be deemed to have elected Option B except with respect to (a) any Allowed Secured Claim as to which EFMG elects either Option A or Option C in one or more certifications Filed prior to the conclusion of the Confirmation Hearing and (b) any Allowed Secured Tax Claim, with respect to which EFMG will be deemed to have elected Option A.

-24-


 

Option A: On the Effective Date, Allowed Claims in Class 2B with respect to which EFMG elects Option A will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim.
Option B: On the Effective Date, Allowed Claims in Class 2B with respect to which EFMG elects or is deemed to have elected Option B will be Reinstated.
Option C: On the Effective Date, a holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 2B with respect to which EFMG elects Option C will be entitled to receive (and EFMG or Reorganized EFMG shall release and transfer to such holder) the collateral securing such Allowed Claim.
     Notwithstanding either the foregoing or Section I.A.190, the holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim in Class 2B will not be entitled to receive any payment on account of any penalty arising with respect to or in connection with such Allowed Secured Tax Claim. Any such Claim or demand for any such penalty will be subject to treatment in Class 5A, if not subordinated to Class 5A Claims pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court. The holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim will not assess or attempt to collect such penalty from the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or their respective property (other than as a holder of a Class 5A Claim).
     5. Port Authority Secured Claim (Class 2C Claim) is impaired. In accordance with and subject to the terms of the Port Authority Settlement Agreement, on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, the Port Authority Secured Claim will be satisfied by: (a) Reorganized Torque-Traction Technologies, LLC entering into and assuming as amended the Port Authority Lease in the form attached to the Port Authority Settlement Agreement as Exhibit 1; (b) New Dana Holdco executing and delivering an amended guaranty in the form attached to the Port Authority Settlement Agreement as Exhibit 2; and (c) Reorganized Torque-Traction Technologies, LLC and New Dana Holdco executing and delivering any other agreements necessary to implement the Port Authority Settlement Agreement.
     6. Asbestos Personal Injury Claims (Class 3 Claims) are unimpaired. On the Effective Date, the Asbestos Personal Injury Claims will be Reinstated.
     7. Convenience Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 4 Claims) are unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Convenience Claim will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claims (as reduced, if applicable, pursuant to an election by the holder thereof in accordance with Section I.A.55).
     8. General Unsecured Claims Against EFMG (Class 5A Claims) are unimpaired. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against EFMG will receive Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Claim.
     9. General Unsecured Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 5B Claims) are impaired. In full satisfaction of its Allowed Claim, each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B will receive (a) on the Effective Date, its Pro Rata share, based upon the principal amount of each holder’s Allowed Claim of the Distributable Shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and the Distributable Excess Minimum Cash; and (b) after the Effective Date, such periodic distributions of Reserved Shares and Reserved Excess Minimum Cash as are set forth in Section VI.G.5.b.
     10. Union Claim (Class 5C Claim) is impaired. On the Effective Date, in full satisfaction of the Union Claim, the Debtors will make the UAW Retiree VEBA Contribution and the USW Retiree VEBA Contribution.
     11. Prepetition Intercompany Claims (Class 6A Claims) are impaired. On the Effective Date, Prepetition Intercompany Claims in Class 6A that are not eliminated by operation of law in the Restructuring Transactions will be deemed settled and compromised in exchange for the consideration and other benefits provided to the holders of Prepetition Intercompany Claims and not entitled to any distribution of Plan consideration under the Plan. Each holder of a Class 6A Claim will be deemed to have accepted the Plan.

-25-


 

     12. Claims of Wholly-Owned and Majority-Owned Non-Debtor Affiliates Other than DCC (Class 6B Claims) are unimpaired. On the Effective Date, Claims of Wholly-Owned and Majority-Owned Non-Debtor Affiliates Other than DCC against the Debtors will be Reinstated.
     13. DCC Claim (Class 6C Claim) is impaired. On the Effective Date, in full satisfaction of the DCC Claim, the Reorganized Debtors will satisfy in Cash DCC’s outstanding liability under the DCC Bonds.
     14. Section 510(b) Securities Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 6D Claims) are impaired. Holders of Section 510(b) Securities Claims in Class 6D will receive, in full satisfaction of such Allowed Claim, a contingent, residual interest in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets that will entitle each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 6D to receive, to the extent holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B have been paid in full plus Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest, its Pro Rata share of any remaining Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, because the Debtors do not currently anticipate that holders of Class 6D Claims will receive any distribution pursuant to the Plan, and consistent with the language of section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, each holder of a Class 6D Claim will be deemed to have rejected the Plan.
     15. Old Common Stock of Dana (Class 7A Interests) are impaired. On the Effective Date, the Old Common Stock of Dana and all Interests related thereto will be canceled, and each holder of an Allowed Interest in Class 7A will receive, in full satisfaction of such Allowed Interest, a contingent, residual interest in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets that will entitle each holder of an Allowed Interest in Class 7A to receive, to the extent holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 5B and 6D have been paid in full plus Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest, its Pro Rata share, based upon the number of shares of Old Common Stock of Dana (a) owned by the holder on the Distribution Record Date and (b) to which the holder would have been entitled upon the conversion of any related Interests owned on the Distribution Record Date and taking into account Allowed Claims in Class 7B (which are pari passu with Allowed Interests in Class 7A), of any remaining Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, because the Debtors do not currently anticipate that holders of Class 7A Interests will receive any distribution pursuant to the Plan, and consistent with the language of section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, each holder of a Class 7A Interest will be deemed to have rejected the Plan.
     16. Section 510(b) Old Common Stock Claims Against the Consolidated Debtors (Class 7B Claims) are impaired. Holders of Section 510(b) Old Common Stock Claims in Class 7B will receive, in full satisfaction of such Allowed Claim, a contingent, residual interest in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets that will entitle each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 7B to receive, to the extent holders of Allowed Claims in Classes 5B and 6D have been paid in full plus Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest, its Pro Rata share and taking into account Allowed Interests in Class 7A (which are pari passu with Allowed Claims in Class 7B), of any remaining Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, because the Debtors do not currently anticipate that holders of Class 7B Claims will receive any distribution pursuant to the Plan, and consistent with the language of section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, each holder of a Class 7B Claim will be deemed to have rejected the Plan.
     17. Subsidiary Debtor Equity Interests (Class 8 Interests) are unimpaired. On the Effective Date, the Subsidiary Debtor Equity Interests will be Reinstated, subject to the Restructuring Transactions.
C.   Special Provisions Regarding the Treatment of Allowed Secondary Liability Claims; Maximum Recovery
          The classification and treatment of Allowed Claims under the Plan take into consideration all Allowed Secondary Liability Claims. On the Effective Date, Allowed Secondary Liability Claims will be treated as follows:
     1. The Allowed Secondary Liability Claims arising from or related to any Debtor’s joint or several liability for the obligations under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is being assumed or deemed assumed by another Debtor or under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is being assumed by and assigned to another Debtor will be Reinstated.

-26-


 

     2. Except as provided in Section II.C.1, holders of Allowed Secondary Liability Claims against any Consolidated Debtor will be entitled to only one distribution in respect of the Liabilities related to such Allowed Secondary Liability Claim and will be deemed satisfied in full by the distributions on account of the related underlying Allowed Claim. Notwithstanding the existence of a Secondary Liability Claim, no multiple recovery on account of any Allowed Claim against any Consolidated Debtor will be provided or permitted.
     3. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, holders of Allowed Secondary Liability Claims against a Consolidated Debtor and EFMG may not receive in the aggregate from all Debtors more than 100% of the value of the underlying Claim giving rise to such multiple Claims.
D. Confirmation Without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes
          The Debtors request Confirmation under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to any impaired Class that has not accepted or is deemed not to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code.
E. Treatment of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
  1.   Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to Be Assumed
  a.   Assumption and Assignment Generally
          Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, in any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan or in a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or as requested in any motion Filed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, the applicable Debtor or Debtors will assume or assume and assign, as indicated, each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease listed on Exhibit II.E.1.a; provided, however, that the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors reserve the right, at any time on or prior to the Effective Date, to amend Exhibit II.E.1.a to: (i) delete any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease listed therein, thus providing for its rejection pursuant to Section II.E.5; (ii) add any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease thereto, thus providing for its assumption or assumption and assignment pursuant to this Section II.E.1.a.; or (iii) modify the amount of the Cure Amount Claim. Moreover, pursuant to the Contract Procedures Order, the Debtors reserve the right, at any time until the date that is 30 days after the Effective Date, to amend Exhibit II.E.1.a to identify or change the identity of the Reorganized Debtor party that will be an assignee of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Each contract and lease listed on Exhibit II.E.1.a will be assumed only to the extent that any such contract or lease constitutes an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Listing a contract or lease on Exhibit II.E.1.a will not constitute an admission by a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor that such contract or lease (including any related agreements as described in Section II.E.1.b) is an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder.
  b.   Assumptions and Assignments of Ancillary Agreements
          Each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease listed on Exhibit II.E.1.a will include any modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument or other document that in any manner affects such contract or lease, irrespective of whether such agreement, instrument or other document is listed on Exhibit II.E.1.a, unless any such modification, amendment, supplement, restatement or other agreement is rejected pursuant to Section II.E.5 or designated for rejection in accordance with Section II.E.2.
  c.   Joint Venture Agreements
          The joint venture agreements listed on Exhibit II.E.1.c shall be deemed assumed and assigned to New Dana Holdco in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code as of the Effective Date.

-27-


 

  d.   Customer Agreements
          To the extent (i) the Debtors are party to any contract, purchase order or similar agreement providing for the sale of the Debtors’ products or services, (ii) any such agreement constitutes an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease and (iii) such agreement (A) has not been rejected pursuant to a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (B) is not subject to a pending motion for reconsideration or appeal of an order authorizing the rejection of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, (C) is not subject to a motion to reject such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease Filed on or prior to the Effective Date, (D) is not listed on Exhibit II.E.1.a, (E) is not listed on Exhibit II.E.5 or (F) has not been designated for rejection in accordance with Section II.E.2, such agreement (including any related agreements as described in Section II.E.1.b), purchase order or similar agreement will be assumed by the Debtors and assigned to the Reorganized Debtor that will be the owner of the business that performs the obligations to the customer under such agreement, or such Reorganized Debtor’s parent company, in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code as of the Effective Date. The Cure Amount Claim to be paid in connection with the assumption of such a customer-related contract, purchase order or similar agreement that is not specifically identified on Exhibit II.E.1.a shall be $0.00. Listing a contract, purchase order or similar agreement providing for the sale of the Debtors’ products or services on Exhibit II.E.5 will not constitute an admission by a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor that such agreement (including related agreements as described in Section II.E.1.b) is an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder.
  2.   Approval of Assumptions and Assignments; Assignments Related to Restructuring Transactions
          The Confirmation Order will constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the assumption (including any related assignment resulting from the Restructuring Transactions or otherwise) of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pursuant to Section II.E as of the Effective Date, except for Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that (a) have been rejected pursuant to a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, (b) are subject to a pending motion for reconsideration or appeal of an order authorizing the rejection of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, (c) are subject to a motion to reject such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease Filed on or prior to the Effective Date, (d) are rejected pursuant to Section II.E.5 or (e) are designated for rejection in accordance with the last sentence of this paragraph. As of the effective time of an applicable Restructuring Transaction, any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be held by any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor and assumed hereunder or otherwise in the Chapter 11 Cases, if not expressly assigned to a third party previously in the Chapter 11 Cases or assigned to a particular Reorganized Debtor pursuant to the procedures described above, will be deemed assigned to the surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation in the applicable Restructuring Transaction, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code. If an objection to a proposed assumption, assumption and assignment or Cure Amount Claim is not resolved in favor of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease may be designated by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors for rejection within five Business Days of the entry of the order of the Bankruptcy Court resolving the matter against the Debtors. Such rejection shall be deemed effective as of the Effective Date.
  3.   Payments Related to the Assumption of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases
          To the extent that such Claims constitute monetary defaults, the Cure Amount Claims associated with each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to be assumed pursuant to the Plan will be satisfied, pursuant to section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, at the option of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor: (a) by payment of the Cure Amount Claim in Cash on the Effective Date or (b) on such other terms as are agreed to by the parties to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. If there is a dispute regarding: (a) the amount of any Cure Amount Claim, (b) the ability of the applicable Reorganized Debtor or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) under the contract or lease to be assumed or (c) any other matter pertaining to the assumption of such contract or lease, the payment of any Cure Amount Claim required by section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code will be made within 30 days following the entry of a Final Order or the execution of a Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim resolving the dispute and approving the assumption.

-28-


 

  4.   Contracts and Leases Entered Into or Assumed After the Petition Date
          Contracts, leases and other agreements entered into after the Petition Date by a Debtor, including, without limitation, the Union Settlement Agreements and any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases assumed by a Debtor, will be performed by such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor in the ordinary course of its business, as applicable. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order; provided, however, that any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases assumed by a Debtor and not previously assigned will be assigned to the Reorganized Debtor identified on Exhibit II.E.4. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors reserve the right, at any time until the date that is 30 days after the Effective Date, to amend Exhibit II.E.4 to identify or change the identity of the Reorganized Debtor party that will be the assignee of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.
  5.   Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
          On the Effective Date, except for an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that was previously assumed, assumed and assigned or rejected by an order of the Bankruptcy Court or that is assumed pursuant to Section II.E (including any related agreements assumed pursuant to Section II.E.1.b), each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease entered into by a Debtor prior to the Petition Date that has not previously expired or terminated pursuant to its own terms will be rejected pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to be rejected will include the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases listed on Exhibit II.E.5. Each contract and lease listed on Exhibit II.E.5 will be rejected only to the extent that any such contract or lease constitutes an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Listing a contract or lease on Exhibit II.E.5 will not constitute an admission by a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor that such contract or lease (including related agreements as described in Section II.E.1.b) is an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. Irrespective of whether an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is listed on Exhibit II.E.5, it will be deemed rejected unless such contract (a) is listed on Exhibit II.E.1.a or Exhibit II.E.1.c, (b) was not previously assumed, assumed and assigned or rejected by order of the Bankruptcy Court or (c) is not deemed assumed pursuant to the other provisions of this Section II.E. The Confirmation Order will constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such rejections, pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, as of the later of: (a) the Effective Date; or (b) the resolution of any objection to the proposed rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Any Claims arising from the rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be treated as a Class 5A Claim or Class 5B Claim, as applicable (General Unsecured Claims), subject to the provisions of section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code.
  6.   Bar Date for Rejection Damages
          Except as otherwise provided in a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, Claims arising out of the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before the later of: (a) 30 days after the Effective Date or (b) for Executory Contracts identified on Exhibit II.E.5, 30 days after (i) the service of a notice of such rejection is served under the Contract Procedures Order, if the contract counterparty does not timely file an objection to the rejection in accordance with the Contract Procedures Order or (ii) if such an objection to rejection is timely filed with the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the Contract Procedures Order, the date that an Order is entered approving the rejection of the applicable contract or lease or the date that the objection to rejection is withdrawn. Any Claims not Filed within such applicable time periods will be forever barred from receiving a distribution from the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or the Estates.
  7.   Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease Notice Provisions
          In accordance with the Contract Procedures Order, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will provide (a) notice to each party whose Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is being assumed pursuant to the Plan of: (i) the contract or lease being assumed; (ii) the Cure Amount Claim, if any, that the applicable Debtor believes it would be obligated to pay in connection with such assumption; (iii) any assignment of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions or otherwise); and (iv) the procedures for such party to object to the assumption of the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, the amount of the proposed Cure Amount Claim or any assignment of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease;

-29-


 

(b) notice to each party whose Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is being rejected pursuant to the Plan; (c) notice to each party whose Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease is being assigned pursuant to the Plan; (d) notice of any amendments to Exhibit II.E.1.a, Exhibit II.E.1.c, Exhibit II.E.4 or Exhibit II.E.5; and (e) any other notices relating to the assumption, assumption and assignment or rejection Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases required under the Plan or Contract Procedures Order in accordance with the Contract Procedures Order.
  8.   Special Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease Issues
  a.   Obligations to Indemnify Directors, Officers and Employees
               i. Prior to the Effective Date, Dana shall make arrangements to continue liability and fiduciary (including ERISA) insurance for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees for the period from and after the Effective Date, and, prior to the Effective Date, shall fully pay the annual premium for such insurance. With respect to its pre-Effective Date officers and directors’ liability insurance, Dana shall obtain and pay for a run-off policy continuing existing policy limits on substantially the same terms and conditions as existing officers and directors’ liability policies, for a term of six years, and providing coverage to all parties covered by policies in effect during the pendency of the cases.
               ii. The obligations of each Debtor or Reorganized Debtor to indemnify any person who was serving as one of its directors, officers or employees on or after February 28, 2006 by reason of such person’s prior or future service in such a capacity or as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership or other legal entity, to the extent provided in the applicable certificates of incorporation, bylaws or similar constituent documents, by statutory law or by written agreement, policies or procedures of or with such Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, will be deemed and treated as executory contracts that are assumed by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor pursuant to the Plan and section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code as of the Effective Date. Accordingly, such indemnification obligations will survive and be unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order, irrespective of whether such indemnification is owed for an act or event occurring before or after the Petition Date.
               iii. The obligations of each Debtor or Reorganized Debtor to indemnify any person who was serving as one of its directors, officers or employees prior to February 28, 2006 by reason of such person’s prior service in such a capacity or as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership or other legal entity, to the extent provided in the applicable certificates of incorporation, bylaws or similar constituent documents, by statutory law or by written agreement, policies or procedures of or with such Debtor, will terminate and be discharged pursuant to section 502(e) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that to the extent that such indemnification obligations no longer give rise to contingent Claims that can be disallowed pursuant to section 502(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, such indemnification obligations will be deemed and treated as Executory Contracts that are rejected by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor pursuant to the Plan and section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code as of the Effective Date, and any Claims arising from such indemnification obligations (including any rejection damage claims) will be subject to the Bar Date provisions of Section II.E.6.
  9.   No Change in Control
          The consummation of the Plan, the implementation of the Restructuring Transactions or the assumption or assumption and assignment of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to another Reorganized Debtor is not intended to, and shall not, constitute a change in ownership or change in control under any employee benefit plan or program, financial instrument, loan or financing agreement, Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or contract, lease or agreement in existence on the Effective Date to which a Debtor is a party.
ARTICLE III.
THE GLOBAL SETTLEMENT
          The provisions of the Plan are intended to continue the implementation of the Global Settlement and the transactions contemplated thereby, as approved by the Global Settlement Order. Transactions to be implemented pursuant to the Global Settlement include, but are not limited to, the following:

-30-


 

A. Assumption and Assignment of Collective Bargaining Agreements
          On the Effective Date, Reorganized Dana will assume and assign to the applicable Reorganized Debtor, in consultation with the applicable Unions, (1) the collective bargaining agreements listed on Exhibit III.A, which include the Union Settlement Agreements and the new collective bargaining agreements to be entered into by the Debtors and the UAW or USW at the following bargaining units: (a) Fort Wayne, IN — Local Union 903; (b) Henderson, KY — Local Union 9443-02; (c) Marion, IN — Local Union 113; (d) Auburn Hills, MI — UAW Local 771; (e) Rochester Hills, MI — UAW Local 771; (f) Longview, TX — UAW Local 3057; (g) Lima, OH — UAW Local 1765; (h) Elizabethtown, KY — UAW Local 3047; and (i) Pottstown, PA — UAW Local 644, (2) any new collective bargaining agreements entered into between Dana and the UAW or USW, (3) the respective Neutrality Agreements (as defined in the Union Settlement Agreements) and (4) any and all other related agreements necessary to effect the Union Settlement Agreements. Upon assumption, all proofs of claim filed by the Unions or any individual relating to such collective bargaining agreements will be deemed withdrawn. Ordinary course obligations arising under the assumed agreements shall be unaltered by the Plan and shall be satisfied in the ordinary course of business.
B. Cessation of Union Retiree and Long Term Disability Benefits
          On the Union Retiree Benefit Termination Date, the Reorganized Debtors, in accordance with the Union Settlement Agreements, will cease providing and paying (1) all retiree benefits (as defined in section 1114(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) to all UAW and USW-represented retirees and (2) all long term disability income and medical benefits to individuals who are Union Disableds (as defined in the Union Settlement Agreements).
C. Contributions to UAW Union Retiree VEBA and USW Union Retiree VEBA
          On or after the Effective Date, in accordance with the terms of the Union Settlement Agreements, the Reorganized Debtors will make (1) the UAW Union Retiree VEBA Contribution and (2) the USW Union Retiree VEBA Contribution; provided, however, that, to the extent the Debtors pursue a transaction other than the New Equity Investment with Centerbridge, including a majority investment transaction, a sale of substantially all of the Debtors’ assets and any similar transaction, the Unions may elect to receive, in accordance with the terms of the Union Settlement Agreements, either an Allowed Administrative Claim in the amount of $764 million or an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in Class 5B in the amount of $908 million.
D. Assumption and Assignment of Pension Benefits
          On the Effective Date, Reorganized Dana shall assume and assign the Pension Plans to New Dana Holdco, which will become the sponsor and continue to administer the Pension Plans, satisfy the minimum funding standards pursuant to 26 U.S.C. § 412 and 29 U.S.C. § 1082 and administer the Pension Plans in accordance with their terms and the provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code. Furthermore, nothing in the Plan shall be construed as discharging, releasing or relieving the Debtors or the Debtors’ successors from any liability imposed under any law or regulatory provision with respect to the Pension Plans. Neither the PBGC, the Pension Plans nor any participant or beneficiary of the Pension Plans shall be enjoined or precluded from enforcing such liability with respect to the Pension Plans.
E. Emergence Bonus for Union Employees
          In accordance with the terms of the Union Settlement Agreements, New Dana Holdco will reserve New Dana Holdco Common Stock having a maximum aggregate Per Share Value of $22.53 million to be distributed to certain current and former union employees as a post-emergence bonus in accordance with Appendix J to the Union Settlement Agreements.
F. The New Equity Investment
          On the Effective Date, New Dana Holdco, will (1) issue the New Preferred Stock and (2) receive the New Equity Investment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the New Investment Agreement, the New

-31-


 

Series B Subscription Agreements and the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter. New Dana Holdco is authorized to execute and deliver those documents necessary or appropriate to facilitate the offer and issuance of the New Preferred Stock and to take any necessary or appropriate actions in connection therewith.
G. New Employment Agreements
          Prior to the Effective Date, the individuals who will serve as directors of New Dana Holdco, shall appoint a three-person committee of such directors to negotiate, in consultation with Centerbridge, post-Effective Date employment agreements with New Dana Holdco’s anticipated senior management team. Such employment agreements shall (1) be at market terms, (2) be reasonably acceptable in form and substance to Centerbridge, in consultation with the Ad Hoc Steering Committee as set forth in the Plan Term Sheet, and (3) be approved by New Dana Holdco’s board of directors on the Effective Date.
H. Limitations on Sales of Core Businesses Prior to Effective Date
          Except for the sale of certain businesses specified by the Debtors and disclosed in confidence to the Unions, the Creditors’ Committee and Centerbridge on or before July 1, 2007, and in addition to any requirements or consents required by the DIP Lenders under the DIP Facility, the Debtors will not sell any business line within their Automotive Systems Group or Commercial Vehicles Group prior to the Effective Date without (1) the agreement of the International President of the affected Union(s) (or any designee(s) of such officer(s)) and (2) the consent of Centerbridge.
ARTICLE IV.
CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN
A. Conditions Precedent to Confirmation
          The following conditions are conditions to the entry of the Confirmation Order unless such conditions, or any of them, have been satisfied or duly waived pursuant to Section IV.C:
     1. The Confirmation Order will be reasonably acceptable in form and substance to (a) the Debtors, (b) Centerbridge, (c) the Unions, (d) the Creditors’ Committee and (e) the Ad Hoc Steering Committee.
     2. The Plan shall not have been materially amended, altered or modified from the Plan as Filed on October 23, 2007, unless such material amendment, alteration or modification has been made in accordance with Section X.A of the Plan.
     3. All Exhibits to the Plan are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to (a) the Debtors, (b) the Unions, (c) Centerbridge, (d) the Creditors’ Committee and (e) the Ad Hoc Steering Committee.
     4. Any modification of, amendment, supplement or change to the Plan or any Plan Exhibit that (a) alters in any way the Settlement Pool or the parties to whom it shall be made available; (b) makes available any consideration to Ineligible Unsecured Claims other than the Settlement Pool; or (c) provides for the receipt of additional consideration for Centerbridge or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall not have been made without the consent of the Ad Hoc Steering Committee and the Creditors’ Committee.
B. Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date
          The Effective Date will not occur, and the Plan will not be consummated, unless and until the following conditions have been satisfied or duly waived pursuant to Section IV.C:
     1. The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order on or before February 28, 2008.
     2. The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered an order (contemplated to be part of the Confirmation Order) approving and authorizing the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors to take all actions necessary or

-32-


 

appropriate to implement the Plan, including completion of the Restructuring Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by the Plan and the implementation and consummation of the contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan.
     3. No stay of the Confirmation Order shall then be in effect.
     4. The documents effectuating the Exit Facility shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Debtors and Centerbridge and shall have been executed and delivered by the Reorganized Debtors, the Exit Facility Agent and each of the lenders under the Exit Facility.
     5. The total amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims (excluding any General Unsecured Claims held by the Unions (including the Union Claim), any General Unsecured Claims held by the Retiree Committee, Convenience Claims, General Unsecured Claims against EFMG, Prepetition Intercompany Claims and the DCC Claim) shall not exceed $3.25 billion.
     6. The total amount of funded debt of the Reorganized Debtors, on a consolidated basis, shall not exceed $1.5 billion.
     7. The Reorganized Debtors’ Minimum Emergence Liquidity shall be reasonably acceptable to the Unions and Centerbridge.
     8. The Effective Date shall occur on or before May 1, 2008.
     9. The Plan and all Exhibits to the Plan shall not have been materially amended, altered or modified from the Plan as confirmed by the Confirmation Order, unless such material amendment, alteration or modification has been made in accordance with Section X.A of the Plan.
     10. Any modification of, amendment, supplement or change to the Plan or any Plan Exhibit that (a) alters in any way the Settlement Pool or the parties to whom it shall be made available; (b) makes available any consideration to Ineligible Unsecured Claims other than the Settlement Pool; or (c) provides for the receipt of additional consideration for Centerbridge or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates shall not have been made without the consent of the Ad Hoc Steering Committee and the Creditors’ Committee.
     11. The Debtors shall have complied with their obligations under the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter to sell New Series B Preferred Stock to the Series B-2 Investors in accordance with the terms of the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter, provided the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter has not been terminated and the B-2 Investors shall have funded the purchase of New Series B Preferred Stock thereunder.
C. Waiver of Conditions to the Confirmation or Effective Date
          The conditions to Confirmation and the conditions to the Effective Date may be waived in whole or in part at any time by the agreement of (1) the Debtors, (2) Centerbridge, (3) the Unions, (4) the Creditors’ Committee and (5) the Ad Hoc Steering Committee without an order of the Bankruptcy Court, provided, however, that (a) the condition precedent to the Effective Date in Section IV.B.5 may be waived only by the Creditors’ Committee acting reasonably and consistently with its fiduciary duties to all unsecured creditors and after taking into account the efforts that the Debtors, the Creditors’ Committee and other parties, if applicable, have made to resolve unsecured Claims and (b) the condition precedent to the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date in Sections IV.A.4 and IV.B.10, respectively, may be waived only with the consent of Centerbridge, the Creditors’ Committee and the Ad Hoc Steering Committee.
D. Effect of Nonoccurrence of Conditions to the Effective Date
          If each of the conditions to the Effective Date is not satisfied or duly waived in accordance with Section IV.C, then upon motion by the Debtors made before the time that each of such conditions has been satisfied and upon notice to such parties in interest as the Bankruptcy Court may direct, the Confirmation Order will be

-33-


 

vacated by the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the Filing of such motion, the Confirmation Order may not be vacated if each of the conditions to the Effective Date is satisfied before the Bankruptcy Court enters an order granting such motion. If the Confirmation Order is vacated pursuant to this Section IV.D: (1) the Plan will be null and void in all respects, including with respect to (a) the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests pursuant to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) the assumptions, assignments or rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to Section II.E and (c) the releases described in Section IV.E; and (2) nothing contained in the Plan will (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by or against, or any Interest in, any Debtor or (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any other party in interest.
E. Effect of Confirmation of the Plan
  1.   Dissolution of Official Committees
          On the Effective Date, the Official Committees, to the extent not previously dissolved, will dissolve, and the members of the Official Committees and their respective Professionals will cease to have any role arising from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases; provided, however, that the Creditors’ Committee (a) shall continue to exist for the purpose of objecting to and litigating Fee Claims and applications for fees and expenses under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) to the extent (i) an appeal to the Confirmation Order is pending as of the Effective Date and (ii) the Creditors’ Committee is a party to and is actively participating in such appeal, the Creditors’ Committee shall continue to exist for the purpose of participating in such appeal. The Professionals retained by the Official Committees and the respective members thereof will not be entitled to assert any Fee Claim for any services rendered or expenses incurred after the Effective Date, except for reasonable fees for services rendered, and actual and necessary expenses incurred, in connection with (a) any applications for allowance of compensation and reimbursement of expenses pending on the Effective Date or Filed and served after the Effective Date pursuant to Section II.A.1.i.ii.A and (b) with respect to the Creditors’ Committee (i) objecting to and litigating Fee Claims and applications for fees and expenses under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) to the extent applicable, the Creditors’ Committee’s active participation in any appeal of the Confirmation Order. Upon the later of (a) the resolution of the Creditors’ Committee’s outstanding objections to any Fee Claims and applications for fees and expenses under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) the resolution of any appeal of the Confirmation Order in which the Creditors’ Committee is actively participating, the Creditors’ Committee will dissolve, and its Professionals will cease to have any role arising from or relating to the Chapter 11 Cases. The Reorganized Debtors will pay the reasonable expenses of the members of the Creditors’ Committee and the reasonable fees and expenses of the Creditors’ Committee’s Professionals incurred in connection with (a) objecting to and litigating Fee Claims and applications for fees and expenses under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) to the extent applicable, actively participating in an appeal of the Confirmation Order, without further Bankruptcy Court approval.
  2.   Preservation of Rights of Action by the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors; Recovery Actions
          Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, release or other agreement, including the Litigation Trust Agreement, entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors will retain and may enforce any claims, demands, rights, defenses and causes of action that the Debtors or the Estates may hold against any entity, including any Recovery Actions, to the extent not expressly released under the Plan or by any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court.
  3.   Comprehensive Settlement of Claims and Controversies
          Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all claims or controversies relating to the rights that a holder of a Claim (including Prepetition Intercompany Claims) or Interest may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest. The entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, as of the Effective Date, of the compromise or settlement of all such claims or

-34-


 

controversies and the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that all such compromises or settlements are in the best interests of the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, Estates and their respective property and Claim and Interest holders and are fair, equitable and reasonable.
  4.   Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests
  a.   Complete Satisfaction, Discharge and Release
          Except as provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, the rights afforded under the Plan and the treatment of Claims and Interests under the Plan will be in exchange for and in complete satisfaction, discharge and release of all Claims and termination of all Interests arising on or before the Effective Date, including any interest accrued on Claims from and after the Petition Date. Except as provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, Confirmation will, as of the Effective Date and immediately after cancellation of the Old Common Stock of Dana: (i) discharge the Debtors from all Claims or other debts that arose on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in section 502(g), 502(h) or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, whether or not (A) a proof of Claim based on such debt is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code, (B) a Claim based on such debt is allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code or (C) the holder of a Claim based on such debt has accepted the Plan; and (ii) terminate all Interests and other rights of holders of Interests in the Debtors.
  b.   Discharge and Termination
          In accordance with the foregoing, except as provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order will be a judicial determination, as of the Effective Date and immediately after the cancellation of the Old Common Stock of Dana, but prior to the issuance of the New Dana Holdco Common Stock, of a discharge of all Claims and other debts and Liabilities against the Debtors and a termination of all Interests and other rights of the holders of Interests in the Debtors, pursuant to sections 524 and 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, and such discharge will void any judgment obtained against the Debtors at any time, to the extent that such judgment relates to a discharged Claim or terminated Interest.
  5.   Injunction
          On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided herein or in the Confirmation Order,
          a. all Persons who have been, are or may be holders of Claims against or Interests in a Debtor shall be enjoined from taking any of the following actions against or affecting a Debtor, its Estate or its Assets with respect to such Claims or Interests (other than actions brought to enforce any rights or obligations under the Plan and appeals, if any, from the Confirmation Order):
               1. commencing, conducting or continuing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any suit, action or other proceeding of any kind against a Debtor, its Estate, its Assets or any direct or indirect successor in interest to a Debtor, or any assets or property of such successor (including, without limitation, all suits, actions and proceedings that are pending as of the Effective Date, which must be withdrawn or dismissed with prejudice);
               2. enforcing, levying, attaching, collecting or otherwise recovering by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, any judgment, award, decree or order against a Debtor, its Estate or its Assets or any direct or indirect successor in interest to a Debtor, or any assets or property of such successor;
               3. creating, perfecting or otherwise enforcing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any lien against a Debtor, its Estate or its Assets, or any direct or indirect successor in interest to a Debtor, or any assets or property of such successor other than as contemplated by the Plan;
               4. except as provided herein, asserting any setoff, right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind, directly or indirectly, against any obligation due a Debtor, its Estate or its Assets, or any direct or indirect successor in interest to a Debtor, or any assets or property of such successor; and

-35-


 

               5. proceeding in any manner in any place whatsoever that does not conform to or comply with the provisions of the Plan or the settlements set forth herein to the extent such settlements have been approved by the Bankruptcy Court in connection with Confirmation of the Plan.
          b. All Persons that have held, currently hold or may hold any Liabilities released or exculpated pursuant to Sections IV.E.6 and IV.E.7, respectively, will be permanently enjoined from taking any of the following actions against any Released Party or its property on account of such released Liabilities: (i) commencing, conducting or continuing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any suit, action or other proceeding of any kind; (ii) enforcing, levying, attaching, collecting or otherwise recovering by any manner or means, directly or indirectly, any judgment, award, decree or order; (iii) creating, perfecting or otherwise enforcing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any lien; (iv) except as provided herein, asserting any setoff, right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind, directly or indirectly, against any obligation due a Released Party; and (v) commencing or continuing any action, in any manner, in any place that does not comply with or is inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.
          c. Notwithstanding the foregoing and except with respect to Derivative Claims and holders of Claims that vote in favor of the Plan, nothing in the Plan shall enjoin the prosecution of the claims asserted, or to be asserted, solely on account of alleged conduct occurring prior to the Petition Date, against any non-Debtor defendant in the Securities Litigation. In addition, nothing in the Plan shall prevent the holders of Asbestos Personal Injury Claims from exercising their rights against any applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor or its Estate or Assets with respect to their Asbestos Personal Injury Claims. Solely with respect to Asbestos Personal Injury Claims, the automatic stay imposed by section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code will be terminated as of the date that is 60 days after the Effective Date and, pursuant to section 108(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, the applicable statute of limitations with respect to any such Claim that did not expire prior to the Petition Date will cease to be tolled as of that date.
  6.   Releases
  a.   General Releases by Debtors and Reorganized Debtors
          Without limiting any other applicable provisions of, or releases contained in, the Plan, as of the Effective Date the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, on behalf of themselves and their affiliates, the Estates and their respective successors, assigns and any and all entities who may purport to claim by, through, for or because of them, will forever release, waive and discharge all Liabilities that they have, had or may have against any Released Party except with respect to obligations arising under the Plan, the Global Settlement and the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions shall not affect the liability of any Released Party that otherwise would result from any act or omission to the extent that act or omission subsequently is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct, or any actions of the Debtors’ prepetition lenders with respect to the Debtors’ prepetition credit facility.
  b.   General Releases by Holders of Claims or Interests
          Without limiting any other applicable provisions of, or releases contained in, the Plan, as of the Effective Date, in consideration for the obligations of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan and the consideration and other contracts, instruments, releases, agreements or documents to be entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, each holder of a Claim that votes in favor of the Plan, to the fullest extent permissible under law, will be deemed to forever release, waive and discharge all Liabilities in any way relating to a Debtor, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Estates, the Plan, the Confirmation Exhibits or the Disclosure Statement that such entity has, had or may have against any Released Party (which release will be in addition to the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests provided herein and under the Confirmation Order and the Bankruptcy Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing and except with respect to Derivative Claims and holders of Claims that vote in favor of the Plan, nothing in the Plan shall release the claims asserted, or to be asserted, solely on account of alleged conduct occurring prior to the Petition Date, against any non-Debtor defendant in the Securities Litigation. In addition, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to release any applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor from any Liability arising from or related to Asbestos Personal Injury Claims.

-36-


 

  c.   Release of Released Parties by Other Released Parties
          From and after the Effective Date, except with respect to obligations arising under the Plan, the Global Settlement and the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Released Parties shall release each other from any and all Liabilities that any Released Party is entitled to assert against any other Released Party in any way relating to any Debtor, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Estates, the formulation, preparation, negotiation, dissemination, implementation, administration, confirmation or consummation of any of the Plan, or the property to be distributed under the Plan, the Confirmation Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement, any contract, employee pension or other benefit plan, instrument, release or other agreement or document related to any Debtor, the Chapter 11 Cases or the Estates created, modified, amended, terminated or entered into in connection with either the Plan or any agreement between the Debtors and any Released Party or any other act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with the Debtors’ bankruptcy; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions shall not affect the liability of any Released Party that otherwise would result from any act or omission to the extent that act or omission is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct.
  7.   Exculpation
          From and after the Effective Date, the Released Parties shall neither have nor incur any liability to any Person for any act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with the Debtors’ restructuring, including the formulation, preparation, dissemination, implementation, confirmation or approval of the Global Settlement, the Plan, the Confirmation Exhibits, the Disclosure Statement or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document provided for or contemplated in connection with the consummation of the transactions set forth in the Plan; provided, however, that this section shall not apply to the obligations arising under the Plan, the Global Settlement and the B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter of the parties thereto; and provided further, however, that the foregoing provisions shall not affect the liability of any Person that otherwise would result from any such act or omission to the extent that act or omission is determined in a Final Order to have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any of the foregoing parties in all respects shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities under the Plan.
  8.   Termination of Certain Subordination Rights and Settlement of Related Claims and Controversies
  a.   Termination
          The classification and manner of satisfying all Claims and Interests under the Plan take into consideration all subordination rights, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, contract, section 510(c) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, that a holder of a Claim or Interest may have against other Claim or Interest holders with respect to any distribution made pursuant to the Plan. Except as provided in Section IV.E.8.c, all subordination rights that a holder of a Claim may have with respect to any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan will be discharged and terminated, and all actions related to the enforcement of such subordination rights will be permanently enjoined. Accordingly, distributions pursuant to the Plan to holders of Allowed Claims will not be subject to payment to a beneficiary of such terminated subordination rights or to levy, garnishment, attachment or other legal process by a beneficiary of such terminated subordination rights.
  b.   Settlement
          Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all claims or controversies relating to the subordination rights that a holder of a Claim may have with respect to any Allowed Claim or any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim, except as provided in Section IV.E.8.c. The entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, as of the Effective Date, of the compromise or settlement of all such claims or controversies and the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that such compromise or settlement is in the best interests of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and their respective property and Claim and Interest holders and is fair, equitable and reasonable.

-37-


 

  c.   Preservation of Subordination under Section 510(b)
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section IV.E.8, the provisions of section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent applicable, are expressly preserved and shall be enforced pursuant to the Plan.
ARTICLE V.
MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN
A. Continued Corporate Existence and Vesting of Assets
          Except as otherwise provided herein (including with respect to the Restructuring Transactions described in Section V.B): (1) on or before the Effective Date, New Dana Holdco will be incorporated and shall exist as a separate corporate entity, with all corporate powers in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware and the certificates of incorporation, bylaws and certificate of designations attached hereto as Exhibits V.C.1.a and V.C.1.b; (2) each Debtor will, as a Reorganized Debtor, continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate legal entity, with all of the powers of such a legal entity under applicable law and without prejudice to any right to alter or terminate such existence (whether by merger, dissolution or otherwise) under applicable state law; (3) on the Effective Date, all property of the Estate of a Debtor, and any property acquired by a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor under the Plan, will vest, subject to the Restructuring Transactions, in such Reorganized Debtor free and clear of all Claims, liens, charges, other encumbrances, Interests and other interests. On and after the Effective Date, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire and dispose of property and compromise or settle any claims without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, other than those restrictions expressly imposed by the Plan or the Confirmation Order. Without limiting the foregoing, each Reorganized Debtor may pay the charges that it incurs on or after the Effective Date for Professionals’ fees, disbursements, expenses or related support services (including fees relating to the preparation of Professional fee applications) without application to, or the approval of, the Bankruptcy Court.
B. Restructuring Transactions
  1.   Restructuring Transactions Generally
          On or after the Confirmation Date, the applicable Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may enter into such Restructuring Transactions and may take such actions as the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may determine to be necessary or appropriate to effect, in accordance with applicable non-bankruptcy law, a corporate restructuring of their respective businesses or simplify the overall corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors, including but not limited to the restructuring transactions identified on Exhibit V.B.1, all to the extent not inconsistent with any other terms of the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the terms of a Restructuring Transaction, all such Restructuring Transactions will be deemed to occur on the Effective Date and may include one or more mergers, consolidations, restructurings, dispositions, liquidations or dissolutions, as may be determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to be necessary or appropriate. The actions to effect these transactions may include: (a) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, consolidation, restructuring, disposition, liquidation or dissolution containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the requirements of applicable state law and such other terms to which the applicable entities may agree; (b) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, duty or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having such other terms to which the applicable entities may agree; (c) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of merger, consolidation, dissolution or change in corporate form pursuant to applicable state law; and (d) the taking of all other actions that the applicable entities determine to be necessary or appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable state law in connection with such transactions. Any such transactions may be effected on or subsequent to the Effective Date without any further action by the stockholders or directors of any of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

-38-


 

  2.   Obligations of Any Successor Corporation in a Restructuring Transaction
          The Restructuring Transactions may result in substantially all of the respective assets, properties, rights, liabilities, duties and obligations of certain of the Reorganized Debtors vesting in one or more surviving, resulting or acquiring corporations. In each case in which the surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation in any such transaction is a successor to a Reorganized Debtor, such surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation will perform the obligations of the applicable Reorganized Debtor pursuant to the Plan to pay or otherwise satisfy the Allowed Claims against such Reorganized Debtor, except as provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument or other agreement or document effecting a disposition to such surviving, resulting or acquiring corporation, which may provide that another Reorganized Debtor will perform such obligations.
C. Corporate Governance and Directors and Officers
  1.   Certificates of Incorporation and Bylaws of New Dana Holdco and the Other Reorganized Debtors
          As of the Effective Date, the certificates of incorporation and the bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) of New Dana Holdco and the other Reorganized Debtors, including the certificate of designations with respect to New Dana Holdco, will be substantially in the forms set forth in Exhibits V.C.1.a and V.C.1.b, respectively. The certificates of incorporation and bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) of New Dana Holdco and each other Reorganized Debtor, among other things, will: (a) prohibit the issuance of nonvoting equity securities to the extent required by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) with respect to New Dana Holdco, authorize (i) the issuance of New Dana Holdco Common Stock in amounts not less than the amounts necessary to permit the distributions required or contemplated by the Plan and (ii) the issuance of the New Preferred Stock. After the Effective Date, New Dana Holdco and each other Reorganized Debtor may amend and restate their articles of incorporation or bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) as permitted by applicable state law, subject to the terms and conditions of such constituent documents. On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, New Dana Holdco and each other Reorganized Debtor shall file such certificates of incorporation (or comparable constituent documents) with the secretaries of state of the states in which New Dana Holdco and such other Reorganized Debtors are incorporated or organized, to the extent required by and in accordance with the applicable corporate law of such states.
  2.   Directors and Officers of New Dana Holdco and the Other Reorganized Debtors
          Subject to any requirement of Bankruptcy Court approval pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date: (a) the initial officers of New Dana Holdco and the other Reorganized Debtors will consist of the individuals identified on Exhibit V.C.2; (b) the initial board of directors of New Dana Holdco will be comprised of seven members (to be identified on Exhibit V.C.2 as selected), as follows: (i) three directors (one of whom must be independent) chosen by Centerbridge, (ii) two Independent Directors chosen by the Creditors’ Committee, (iii) one Independent Director chosen by the Creditors’ Committee from a list of three Independent Directors proffered by Centerbridge, provided, however, if none of the Independent Directors on the list are reasonably satisfactory to the Creditors’ Committee, then Centerbridge shall proffer the names of additional Independent Directors until the name of an Independent Director reasonably satisfactory to the Creditors’ Committee is put forth and at any time during that process, the Creditors’ Committee may submit its own list, which would then be subject to the same proffer process and (iv) the Chief Executive Officer of New Dana Holdco; and (c) the initial board of directors of each of the other Reorganized Debtors will consist of the individuals identified, or will be designated pursuant to the procedures specified, on Exhibit V.C.2. Each such director and officer will serve from and after the Effective Date until his or her successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) of New Dana Holdco or the applicable other Reorganized Debtor and state law.

-39-


 

  3.   Compliance with Exchange Act by New Dana Holdco
          From and after the Effective Date, New Dana Holdco shall timely file with the SEC the annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
D. New Dana Holdco Common Stock
  1.   Issuance and Distribution of New Dana Holdco Common Stock
          The New Dana Holdco Common Stock, when issued or distributed as provided in the Plan, will be duly authorized, validly issued and, if applicable, fully paid and nonassessable. Each distribution and issuance under the Plan shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each person or entity receiving such distribution or issuance.
  2.   Listing
          New Dana Holdco will apply to list the New Dana Holdco Common Stock on a national exchange on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date when New Dana Holdco meets the applicable listing requirements. If New Dana Holdco is not able to list the New Dana Holdco Common Stock on a national exchange, it will cooperate with any registered broker-dealer who may seek to initiate price quotations for the New Dana Holdco Common Stock on the OTC Bulletin Board.
  3.   Section 1145 Exemption
          To the maximum extent provided by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable nonbankruptcy law, the issuance of the New Dana Holdco Common Stock under the Plan will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
E. Employment, Retirement and Other Related Agreements; Cessation of Retiree Benefits; Workers’ Compensation Programs
  1.   Employment-Related Agreements
          As of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will have authority to: (a) maintain, amend or revise existing employment, retirement, welfare, incentive, severance, indemnification and other agreements with its active directors, officers and employees, subject to the terms and conditions of any such agreement; and (b) enter into new employment, retirement, welfare, incentive, severance, indemnification and other agreements for active employees.
  2.   Cessation of Retiree Benefits
          Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors ceased providing and paying all retiree benefits (as defined in section 1114(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) to: (a) non-union retirees and their dependents in accordance with the Non-Union Retiree Settlement Order; and (b) retirees who had been members of the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers and their dependents in accordance with the Agreed Order Approving Settlement Agreement Between Dana Corporation and the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers (Docket No. 5180), dated April 27, 2007. Retiree benefits (as defined in section 1114(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) to all UAW and USW-represented retirees will be terminated in accordance with the Global Settlement Order and Section III.B above.

-40-


 

  3.   Continuation of Workers’ Compensation Programs
          From and after the Effective Date, (a) the Reorganized Debtors will continue to administer and pay all valid claims for benefits and liabilities arising under the Debtors’ workers’ compensation programs for which the Debtor or Reorganized Debtors are responsible under applicable state workers’ compensation law, regardless of when the applicable injuries were incurred, in accordance with the Debtors’ prepetition practices and procedures, applicable plan documents and governing state workers’ compensation law, and (b) nothing in the Plan shall discharge, release, or relieve the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors from any current or future liability under applicable state workers’ compensation law in the jurisdictions where the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors participate in workers’ compensation programs, including guarantees given to Michigan’s Workers’ Compensation Agency by Dana on account of payment obligations of certain Debtor subsidiaries. The Debtors expressly reserve the right to challenge the validity of any claim for benefits or liabilities arising under any workers’ compensation program.
  4.   Emergence Bonus for Non-Union Employees
          Nothing in the Plan shall prevent, as applicable, (a) New Dana Holdco from reserving or (b) the Debtors from seeking Bankruptcy Court approval of New Dana Holdco’s reservation of, New Dana Holdco Common Stock having an aggregate Per Share Value of $22.0 million for distribution after the Effective Date as a post-emergence bonus to non-union hourly and salaried non-management employees, excluding in all events employees that will be eligible for management bonus programs after the Effective Date. Such Non-Union Emergence Shares would be issued on terms and conditions established by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors consistent with the description of such terms and conditions previously provided to the Unions.
  5.   Equity Incentive Plan
          The Debtors anticipate that after the Effective Date, New Dana Holdco will implement an equity incentive plan for management that will reserve up to 5-10% of the fully-diluted outstanding shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock. The Debtors anticipate that a copy of the equity incentive plan will be Filed as a supplement to the Plan.
F. Corporate Action
          The Restructuring Transactions; the adoption of new or amended and restated certificates of incorporation and bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) for New Dana Holdco and the other Reorganized Debtors and the certificate of designations for New Dana Holdco; the initial selection of directors and officers for each Reorganized Debtor; the entry into the Exit Facility and receipt of the proceeds thereof; the establishment of the Litigation Trust and appointment of the Litigation Trustee; the issuance of the New Preferred Stock and New Dana Holdco Common Stock; the distribution of the New Dana Holdco Common Stock and Cash pursuant to the Plan; the adoption, execution, delivery and implementation of all contracts, leases, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents related to any of the foregoing; the adoption, execution and implementation of employment, retirement and indemnification agreements, incentive compensation programs, retirement income plans, welfare benefit plans and other employee plans and related agreements; and the other matters provided for under the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors or corporate action to be taken by or required of a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor will be deemed to occur and be effective as of the Effective Date, if no such other date is specified in such other documents, and will be authorized and approved in all respects and for all purposes without any requirement of further action by the stockholders or directors of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.
G. Litigation Trust
  1.   Creation
          On or before November 25, 2007, the Creditors’ Committee, in consultation with the Ad Hoc Steering Committee, will provide the Debtors with the names of two candidates to serve as a Litigation Trustee. The

-41-


 

Debtors will solicit bids from such candidates, as well as two candidates selected by the Debtors, and, with the consent of the Creditors’ Committee (in consultation with the Ad Hoc Steering Committee), will select the most cost-effective and qualified candidate to serve as Litigation Trustee and the Debtors, in consultation with Centerbridge, the Creditors’ Committee and the Ad Hoc Steering Committee, will negotiate and enter into the Litigation Trust Agreement. The identity of the Litigation Trustee and the Litigation Trust Agreement shall be Filed no later than five days prior to the Confirmation Hearing and will be effective as of the Effective Date.
  2.   Rights and Responsibilities
          The powers, rights and responsibilities of the Litigation Trust and Litigation Trustee shall be specified in the Litigation Trust Agreement and shall be limited to the authority and responsibility to: (a) consult with the Reorganized Debtors with respect to any proposed Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim, settlement, other agreement or agreed order that would result in an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000; (b) File an objection to any proposed Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim, settlement, other agreement or agreed order that would result in an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000 within ten days of receiving written notice of such proposed Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim, settlement, other agreement or agreed order; (c) object to any General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000 where (i) the Litigation Trustee has requested the Debtors in writing to object to a General Unsecured Claim, which written request shall in no event be served upon the Reorganized Debtors prior to the later of (A) 60 days after the Effective Date or (B) 45 days after the Filing of a proof of Claim for such General Unsecured Claim, and (ii) the Debtors have not filed the objection requested by the Litigation Trustee within 20 days of the Reorganized Debtors’ receipt of such request; and (d) prosecute Recovery Actions and other Estate causes of action not released by the Plan or in any other order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Confirmation Order), including potential Recovery Actions against the Debtors’ prepetition secured lenders, to the extent that such causes of action are transferred pursuant to, and identified in, the Litigation Trust Agreement. In connection with its responsibilities, the Litigation Trust may employ, without further order of the Bankruptcy Court, professionals to assist in carrying out its duties under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Litigation Trust Agreement or the Plan, the consultation and objection rights of the Litigation Trustee with respect to Claims shall be limited to General Unsecured Claims that, if Allowed pursuant to a Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim, other settlement, other agreement or agreed order, would result in an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000. Any net proceeds recovered by the Litigation Trust from the prosecution or resolution of the Recovery Actions and other Estate causes of action discussed above shall be deposited into the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve for distribution in accordance with the Plan.
  3.   Fees and Expenses of the Litigation Trust
          Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the reasonable and necessary fees and expenses of the Litigation Trust and the Litigation Trustee (including the reasonable and necessary fees and expenses of any professionals assisting the Litigation Trust in carrying out its duties under the Plan) will be funded by the Reorganized Debtors in accordance with the Litigation Trust Agreement without further order from the Bankruptcy Court.
  4.   Tax Treatment
          The Litigation Trust is intended to be treated, for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, as a grantor trust, the sole beneficiary of which is the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, a disputed ownership fund within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.468B-9(b)(1), and which, accordingly, is a part of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve.
  5.   No Transfer
          The beneficial interest of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve in the Litigation Trust will be non-transferable.

-42-


 

H. Special Provisions Regarding Insured Claims
  1.   Limitations on Amounts to Be Distributed to Holders of Allowed Insured Claims
          Distributions under the Plan to each holder of an Allowed Insured Claim will be in accordance with the treatment provided under the Plan for the Class in which such Allowed Insured Claim is classified, but solely to the extent that such Allowed Insured Claim is not satisfied from proceeds payable to the holder thereof under any pertinent insurance policies and applicable law. Nothing in this Section V.H will constitute a waiver of any claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action or liabilities that any entity may hold against any other entity, including the Debtors’ insurance carriers.
  2.   Assumption and Continuation of Insurance Policies
          From and after the Effective Date, each of the Insurance Contracts will be, as applicable, either deemed assumed by the applicable Reorganized Debtor pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code and Section V.A of the Plan or continued in accordance with its terms such that each of the parties’ contractual, legal and equitable rights under each Insurance Contract shall remain unaltered, and the parties to each Insurance Contract will continue to be bound by such Insurance Contract as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not occurred. Nothing in the Plan, shall affect, impair or prejudice the rights and defenses of the Insurers or the Reorganized Debtors under the Insurance Contracts in any manner, and such Insurers and Reorganized Debtors shall retain all rights and defenses under the Insurance Contracts, and the Insurance Contracts shall apply to, and be enforceable by and against, the Reorganized Debtors and the applicable Insurer(s) as if the Chapter 11 Cases had not occurred. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (a) from and after the Effective Date, the litigation currently pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio captioned, collectively, as Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company v. Hartford Accident and Indemnity Company, Case No. 03-03CV7168; American Insurance Company v. Celotex Corp., No. 85-7997; and Dana Corp. v. Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company, No. 83-1153, shall continue before the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio, and Claims relating to such litigation shall be adjudicated and resolved in the course of such litigation, rather than in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) nothing in the Plan (including any other provision that purports to be preemptory or supervening), shall in any way operate to, or have the effect of, impairing any party’s legal, equitable or contractual rights and/or obligations under any Insurance Contract, if any, in any respect. Any such rights and obligations shall be determined under the Insurance Contracts, any agreement of the parties and applicable law.
  3.   Liquidation of Asbestos Personal Injury Claims
          All Asbestos Personal Injury Claims will be liquidated, determined or otherwise resolved in the appropriate non-bankruptcy forum, and no Asbestos Personal Injury Claim will be subject to the Claims allowance process set forth in the Plan.
I. Cancellation and Surrender of Instruments, Securities and Other Documentation
  1.   Bonds
          Except as provided in any contract, instrument or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan or as otherwise provided for herein, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to Article VI, the Indentures and the Bonds will be deemed canceled and of no further force and effect against the Debtors, without any further action on the part of any Debtor. The holders of the Bonds will have no rights against the Debtors arising from or relating to such instruments and other documentation or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that no distribution under the Plan will be made to or on behalf of any holder of an Allowed Bondholder Claim until such Bonds are surrendered to and received by the applicable Third Party Disbursing Agent to the extent required in Section VI.L. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in the Plan, the applicable provisions of the Indentures will continue in effect solely for the purposes of (a) allowing the Indenture Trustee or other Disbursing Agent to make distributions on account of Bondholder Claims under the Plan as provided in Section VI.F of the Plan and (b) permitting the Indenture Trustee to maintain or assert any rights or Charging Liens it may have on
          

-43-


 

distributions to Bondholders for the Indenture Trustee Fee Claim pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Indenture. The Reorganized Debtors shall have not have any obligations to the Indenture Trustee for any fees, costs or expenses except as expressly provided in the Plan.
  2.   Old Common Stock
          The Old Common Stock of Dana shall be deemed canceled and of no further force and effect on the Effective Date. The holders of or parties to such canceled securities and other documentation will have no rights arising from or relating to such securities and other documentation or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided pursuant to the Plan.
J. Settlement Pool
  1.   Purpose of Settlement Pool
          The Settlement Pool will be established to settle a dispute between the Creditors’ Committee, the Debtors, the Ad Hoc Steering Committee and Centerbridge and provides for settlement payments to holders of Allowed Ineligible Unsecured Claims.
  2.   Payments from Settlement Pool
          Each holder of an Allowed Ineligible Unsecured Claim will receive, on the 45th day following the Effective Date, its pro rata portion of the Settlement Pool, which under no circumstances shall exceed $.085 per $1.00 of each such Allowed Ineligible Unsecured Claim. Any funds remaining in the Settlement Pool after all payments have been made to holders of Allowed Ineligible Unsecured Claims will be deemed Minimum Excess Cash.
  3.   Condition to Funding of Settlement Pool
          The Settlement Pool will be funded from the proceeds from the sale of the New Series B Preferred Stock, pursuant to the New Investment Agreement and B-2 Backstop Commitment Letter, in excess of $500 million.
  4.   Evidence of Allowed Ineligible Unsecured Claims
          In order for a holder of an Allowed Ineligible Unsecured Claim to receive a payment from the Settlement Pool on account of such Claim, each holder will be required to provide the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reasonable evidence that its Claims are Allowed Ineligible Unsecured Claims no later than 15 days after the Effective Date. The Debtors anticipate sending out requests for such information no later than 15 days prior to the Effective Date.
K. Release of Liens
          Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, on the Effective Date and except as specified in the treatment provided for Claims and Interests in Article II, all mortgages, deeds of trust, liens or other security interests against the property of any Estate will be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, liens or other security interests, including any rights to any collateral thereunder, will revert to the applicable Reorganized Debtor and its successors and assigns. As of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to execute and file on behalf of creditors Form UCC-3 Termination Statements or such other forms as may be necessary or appropriate to implement the provisions of this Section V.K.
L. Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions; Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes
          The President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of each Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, will be authorized to execute, deliver, file or record such contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and implement the provisions of the Plan. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of each Debtor or

-44-


 

Reorganized Debtor will be authorized to certify or attest to any of the foregoing actions. Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the following will not be subject to any stamp Tax, real estate transfer Tax, mortgage recording Tax, sales or use Tax or similar Tax: (1) the issuance, transfer or exchange of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and New Preferred Stock; (2) the creation of any mortgage, deed of trust, lien or other security interest; (3) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease; (4) the execution and delivery of the Exit Facility; (5) any Restructuring Transaction; or (6) the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of or in connection with the Plan, including any merger agreements, agreements of consolidation, restructuring, disposition, liquidation or dissolution, deeds, bills of sale or assignments executed in connection with any of the foregoing or pursuant to the Plan.
ARTICLE VI.
PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS
A. Distributions for Claims and Interests Allowed as of the Effective Date
          Except as otherwise provided in this Article VI, distributions of Cash (including Distributable Excess Minimum Cash) and Distributable Shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock to be made on the Effective Date to holders of Claims or Interests as provided by Article II that are allowed as of the Effective Date shall be deemed made on the Effective Date if made on the Effective Date or as promptly thereafter as practicable, but in any event no later than: (1) 60 days after the Effective Date; or (2) with respect to any particular Claim, such later date when the applicable conditions of Section II.E.3 (regarding cure payments for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases being assumed), Section VI.F.2 (regarding undeliverable distributions) or Section VI.L (regarding surrender of canceled instruments and securities), as applicable, are satisfied. Distributions on account of Claims and Interests that become Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests, respectively, after the Effective Date will be made pursuant to Section VII.C.
B. Method of Distributions to Holders of Claims and Interests
          The Reorganized Debtors, or such Third Party Disbursing Agents as the Reorganized Debtors, may employ in their sole discretion, will make all distributions of Cash, New Dana Holdco Common Stock and other instruments or documents required under the Plan. Each Disbursing Agent will serve without bond, and any Disbursing Agent may employ or contract with other entities to assist in or make the distributions required by the Plan. The duties of any Third Party Disbursing Agent shall be set forth in the applicable agreement retaining such Third Party Disbursing Agent.
C. Distributions on Account of Bondholder Claims
          Distributions on account of Allowed Bondholder Claims shall be made (1) to the Indenture Trustee or (2) with the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee, through the facilities of DTC or, if applicable, a Third Party Disbursing Agent. If a distribution is made to the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, in its capacity as Third Party Disbursing Agent, shall administer the distributions in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Indenture and be compensated in accordance with Section VI.D below.
D. Compensation and Reimbursement for Services Related to Distributions
          Each Third Party Disbursing Agent providing services related to distributions pursuant to the Plan will receive from the Reorganized Debtors, without further Bankruptcy Court approval, reasonable compensation for such services and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services. These payments will be made by the Reorganized Debtors and will not be deducted from distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan to holders of Allowed Claims receiving distributions from a Third Party Disbursing Agent. For purposes of reviewing the reasonableness of the fees and expenses of any Third Party Disbursing Agent, the Reorganized Debtors shall be provided with copies of invoices of each Third Party Disbursing Agent in the form typically rendered in the regular course of the applicable Third Party Disbursing Agent’s business but with sufficient detail that reasonableness may be assessed. To the extent that there are any disputes that the Reorganized Debtors

-45-


 

are unable to resolve with a Third Party Disbursing Agent, the Reorganized Debtors may submit such dispute to the Bankruptcy Court for resolution.
E. Provisions Governing Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve
  1.   Funding of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve
          On the Effective Date or otherwise prior to the initial distributions under Section VI.G.1, the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve will be established by the Disbursing Agent and the Reserved Shares and/or Reserved Excess Minimum Cash will be placed in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve by the Disbursing Agent for the benefit of holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B and Disputed Claims that become Allowed Claims in Class 5B. For the purpose of calculating the amount of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and/or Excess Minimum Cash to be contributed to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, all Disputed Claims will be treated (solely for purposes of establishing the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve) as Allowed Claims in the Face Amount of such Claims as of the Effective Date. In addition, Disputed Claims rendered duplicative as a result of the consolidation of the Consolidated Debtors pursuant to Section VIII.A will only be counted once for purposes of establishing the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve. As Disputed Claims are resolved, the Disbursing Agent shall make adjustments to the reserves for Disputed Claims, but the Reorganized Debtors shall not be required to increase such reserves from and after the Effective Date. The Debtors may File a motion seeking an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving additional procedures for the establishment of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve.
  2.   Dividends and Distributions
          Cash dividends and other distributions received by the Disbursing Agent on account of the Reserved Shares and any Cash deposited into the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve from the Litigation Trust, along with any Cash Investment Yield on Cash held in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, will (a) be deposited in a segregated bank account in the name of the Disbursing Agent for the benefit of holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B and Disputed Claims that become Allowed Claims in Class 5B, (b) will be accounted for separately and (c) will not constitute property of the Reorganized Debtors. The Disbursing Agent will invest any Cash held in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve in a manner consistent with Dana’s investment and deposit guidelines.
  3.   Recourse
          Each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B and each holder of a Disputed Claim that ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim in Class 5B will have recourse only to the initial distribution of Distributable Shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and Distributable Excess Cash and the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets and not to any other assets held by the Reorganized Debtors, their property or any assets previously distributed on account of any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest. Each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 6D will have recourse, to the extent each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B has been paid in full, plus Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest, only to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets, if any, and not to any other assets held by any Disbursing Agent, the Reorganized Debtors, their property or any assets previously distributed on account of any Allowed Claim. Each holder of an Allowed Interest in Class 7A or an Allowed Claim in Class 7B will have recourse, to the extent each holder of an Allowed Claim in Classes 5B and 6D has been paid in full, plus Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest, only to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets, if any, and not to any other assets held by any Disbursing Agent, the Litigation Trust, the Litigation Trustee, the Reorganized Debtors, their property or any assets previously distributed on account of any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest.
  4.   Voting of Undelivered New Dana Holdco Common Stock
          The Disbursing Agent shall vote, and shall be deemed to vote, the Reserved Shares held by it in its capacity as Disbursing Agent in the same proportion as all outstanding shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock properly cast in a shareholder vote.

-46-


 

  5.   Tax Treatment
          The Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve is intended to be treated, for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, as a disputed ownership fund within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.468B-9(b)(1).
  6.   No Transfer of Rights
          The rights of holders of Allowed Claims to receive distributions from the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve in accordance with the Plan will be non-transferable, except with respect to a transfer by will, the laws of descent and distribution or operation of law.
F. Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions
  1.   Delivery of Distributions
  a.   Generally
          Except as provided in Section VI.F.1.b, distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and, to the extent applicable, Allowed Interests, will be made by a Disbursing Agent: (i) at (A) the addresses set forth on the respective proofs of Claim Filed by holders of such Claims and (B) the address of such record holder listed with the registrar or transfer agent for such Interest; (ii) at the address for a Claim transferee set forth in a valid notice of transfer of Claim; (iii) at the addresses set forth in any written certification of address change delivered to the Claims and Noticing Agent after the date of Filing of any related proof of Claim; (iv) at the addresses reflected in the applicable Debtor’s Schedules if no proof of Claim has been Filed and the Disbursing Agent has not received a written notice of a change of address; or (v) if clauses (i) through (iv) are not applicable, at the last address directed by such holder in a Filing made after such Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest.
  b.   Special Provisions for Distributions to Holders of Bondholder Claims and Interests on Account of Old Common Stock of Dana
          i. Except as provided in Section VI.C, and subject to the requirements of Section VI.L and Section VI.F.1.b.ii below, distributions to holders of Allowed Bondholder Claims will be made by a Disbursing Agent to the record holders of the Bonds as of the Distribution Record Date, as identified on a record holder register to be provided to the Disbursing Agent by the Indenture Trustee within five Business Days after the Distribution Record Date. This record holder register (A) will provide the name, address and holdings of each respective registered holder as of the Distribution Record Date and (B) must be consistent with the applicable holder’s Claim, if Filed, or as otherwise determined by the Court.
          ii. Except as provided in Section VI.C, with respect to the Allowed Bondholder Claims, on the Effective Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter in accordance with Section VI.A), a Disbursing Agent will distribute the Distributable Shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and Distributable Excess Minimum Cash on account of the Allowed Bondholder Claims to the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee then will distribute the New Dana Holdco Common Stock and Distributable Excess Minimum Cash in accordance with the Plan to the holders of the Allowed Bondholder Claims who surrender the Bonds to the Indenture Trustee in accordance with Sections V.I.1 and VI.L. For purposes of distributions under this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall be considered a Third Party Disbursing Agent.
          iii. Subject to the requirements of Section VI.L, any distributions to holders of Allowed Interests on account of Old Common Stock of Dana will be made by a Disbursing Agent at the address of such record holder listed with the registrar or transfer agent for such Interest, to be provided by such registrar or transfer agent to the Disbursing Agent within five Business Days after the Distribution Record Date.
          iv. The Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors and any Disbursing Agent shall only be required to act and make distributions in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Such parties shall have no

-47-


 

(A) liability to any party for actions taken in accordance with the Plan or in reliance upon information provided to it in accordance with the Plan or (B) obligation or liability for distributions under the Plan to any party who does not hold a Claim against or Interest in the Debtors as of the Distribution Record Date or who does not otherwise comply with the terms of the Plan, including Sections V.I and VI.L.
          v. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to impair, waive or extinguish any rights of the Indenture Trustee with respect to a Charging Lien, provided, however, that any such Charging Lien will be released upon payment of the Indenture Trustee’s reasonable fees and expenses in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indentures and this Plan.
  2.   Undeliverable Distributions Held by Disbursing Agents
  a.   Holding of Undeliverable Distributions; Undelivered New Dana Holdco Common Stock
          i. Subject to Section VI.F.2.c, distributions returned to a Disbursing Agent or otherwise undeliverable will remain in the possession of the applicable Disbursing Agent pursuant to this Section VI.F.2.a.i until such time as a distribution becomes deliverable. Subject to Section VI.E.6F.2.c, undeliverable Cash or New Dana Holdco Common Stock will be held by the applicable Disbursing Agent for the benefit of the potential claimants of such Cash or New Dana Holdco Common Stock.
          ii. Pending the distribution of any New Dana Holdco Common Stock, the Disbursing Agent shall vote, and shall be deemed to vote, all New Dana Holdco Common Stock held by such Disbursing Agent, whether relating to undeliverable distributions or undelivered distributions, in the same proportion as all outstanding shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock properly cast in a shareholder vote.
  b.   After Distributions Become Deliverable
          On each Periodic Distribution Date, the applicable Disbursing Agent will make all distributions that become deliverable to holders of Allowed Claims and, as applicable, Allowed Interests during the preceding calendar quarter; provided, however, that the applicable Disbursing Agent may, in its sole discretion, establish a record date prior to each Periodic Distribution Date, such that only Claims Allowed as of the record date will participate in such periodic distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicable Disbursing Agent reserves the right, to the extent it determines a distribution on any Periodic Distribution Date is uneconomical or unfeasible, or is otherwise unadvisable, to postpone a Periodic Distribution Date.
  c.   Failure to Claim Undeliverable Distributions
          Any holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest that does not assert a claim pursuant to the Plan for an undeliverable distribution to be made by a Disbursing Agent within one year after the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the last date on which a distribution was deliverable to such holder will have its claim for such undeliverable distribution discharged and will be forever barred from asserting any such claim against the Reorganized Debtors. In such cases, unclaimed distributions held by a Third Party Disbursing Agent will be returned to New Dana Holdco. If, on the later of (i) one year after the Effective Date and (ii) the first Business Day after the Final Distribution Date, (A) Allowed Claims in Class 5B have not been paid in full plus Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest and (B) the aggregate amount of such unclaimed distributions would result in a Pro Rata distribution exceeding $500 to holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B, such unclaimed distributions will be distributed Pro Rata to holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B in accordance with Section VI.G.5. Any unclaimed distributions not distributed pursuant to the foregoing proviso, or any such distributions that are returned as undeliverable, will become property of New Dana Holdco, free of any restrictions thereon. Nothing contained in the Plan will require any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or Disbursing Agent to attempt to locate any holder of an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest.

-48-


 

G. Timing and Calculation of Amounts to Be Distributed
  1.   Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Classes Other than 5B, 6D and 7B
          Subject to Section VI.A, on the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Claim in a Class other than 5B, 6D and 7B will receive the full amount of the distributions that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims in the applicable Class. No later than each Periodic Distribution Date, distributions also will be made to holders of Disputed Claims in any such Class that were allowed during the preceding calendar quarter. Such periodic distributions also will be in the full amount that the Plan provides for Allowed Claims in the applicable Class.
  2.   Valuation of New Dana Holdco Common Stock
          For the purposes of (a) establishing the value of all distributions of New Dana Holdco Common Stock to be made pursuant to the Plan and (b) calculating the amount of New Dana Holdco Common Stock to be reserved under the Plan, each share of New Dana Holdco Common Stock shall be valued at the Per Share Value.
  3.   Postpetition Interest on Claims
          Except as expressly provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release, settlement or other agreement entered into in connection with the Plan, or as required by applicable bankruptcy law, Postpetition Interest shall not accrue on account of any Claim.
  4.   Post-Effective Date Interest on Claims
          Except as expressly provided in the Plan, Post-Effective Date Interest shall not accrue on account of any Claim.
  5.   Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B
  a.   Initial Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B
          Subject to Section VI.A and VI.C, on the Effective Date, the Disbursing Agent will distribute to each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B its Pro Rata share of the Distributable Shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and Distributable Excess Minimum Cash.
          If, prior to a Periodic Distribution Date, a Disputed Claim in Class 5B is Disallowed or Allowed in an amount that is less that the amount utilized by the Disbursing Agent in calculating the initial distribution, the applicable amount of Reserved Shares and Reserved Excess Minimum Cash will be distributed, subject to Section VI.G.5.b, to the applicable holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B on the next Periodic Distribution Date.
  b.   Periodic Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B
          On the applicable Periodic Distribution Date, the Disbursing Agent will distribute to each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B its Pro Rata share of the Reserved Shares and Reserved Excess Minimum Cash, until such time as all Disputed Claims entitled to such distributions have been resolved. On an applicable Periodic Distribution Date, a holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B that ceased being a Disputed Claim subsequent to the Effective Date will receive a Catch-Up Distribution as its first distribution after such Claim is Allowed. The Disbursing Agent may, in its sole discretion, establish a record date prior to each Periodic Distribution Date, such that only Claims Allowed as of the record date will participate in such periodic distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Disbursing Agent reserves the right, to the extent it determines a distribution on any Periodic Distribution Date is uneconomical or unfeasible, or is otherwise unadvisable, to postpone a Periodic Distribution Date.

-49-


 

  6.   Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6D
  a.   Initial Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6D
          On the Periodic Distribution Date upon which (i) all Disputed Claims in Class 5B entitled to distributions have been resolved and (ii) all distributions to which the holders of such Claims are entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan will be made from the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, the Disbursing Agent will distribute to each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 6D its Pro Rata share of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets, if any.
          If, prior to a Periodic Distribution Date, a Disputed Claim in Class 6D is Disallowed or Allowed in an amount that is less that the amount utilized by the Disbursing Agent in calculating the initial distribution to Class 6D, the applicable Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets will be distributed, subject to Section VI.G.6.b, to the applicable holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6D on the next Periodic Distribution Date.
  b.   Periodic Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims in Class 6D
          On the applicable Periodic Distribution Date, the Disbursing Agent will distribute to each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 6D its Pro Rata share of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets, until such time as all Disputed Claims in Class 6D entitled to such distributions have been resolved. On an applicable Periodic Distribution Date, a holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 6D that ceased being a Disputed Claim subsequent to the Effective Date will receive a Catch-Up Distribution as its first distribution after such Claim is Allowed. The Disbursing Agent may, in its sole discretion, establish a record date prior to each Periodic Distribution Date, such that only Claims Allowed as of the record date will participate in such periodic distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Disbursing Agent reserves the right, to the extent it determines a distribution on any Periodic Distribution Date is uneconomical or unfeasible, or is otherwise unadvisable, to postpone a Periodic Distribution Date.
  7.   Distributions to Holders of Allowed Interests in Class 7A and Allowed Claims in Class 7B
  a.   Initial Distributions to Holders of Allowed Interests in Class 7A and Allowed Claims in Class 7B
          On the Periodic Distribution Date upon which (a) all Disputed Claims in Classes 5B and 6D entitled to distributions have been resolved and (b) all distributions to which the holders of such Claims are entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan have been made from the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, the Disbursing Agent will distribute to each holder of an Allowed Interest in Class 7A and an Allowed Claim in Class 7B its Pro Rata share of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets remaining in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, if any. For the purpose of calculating the amount of Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets to be initially distributed to holders of Allowed Interests in Class 7A and Allowed Claims in Class 7B, (i) all Allowed Interests will be valued based on the per share value of Old Dana Common Stock at the close of business on the Petition Date and (ii) all Disputed Claims in Class 7B will be treated as though such Claims will be Allowed Claims in the principal amount of such Claims, or as estimated by the Bankruptcy Court, as applicable.
          If, prior to a Periodic Distribution Date, a Disputed Claim in Class 7B is Disallowed or Allowed in an amount that is less that the amount utilized by the Disbursing Agent in calculating the initial distribution, the applicable Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets will be distributed, subject to Section VI.G.7.b, to the applicable holders of Allowed Interests in Class 7A and Allowed Claims in Class 7B on the next Periodic Distribution Date.
  b.   Periodic Distributions to Holders of Allowed Interests in Class 7A and Allowed Claims in Class 7B
          On the applicable Periodic Distribution Date, the Disbursing Agent will distribute to each holder of an Allowed Interest in Class 7A and an Allowed Claim in Class 7B its Pro Rata share of the Disputed Unsecured

-50-


 

Claims Reserve Assets, until such time as all Disputed Claims in Class 7B entitled to such distributions have been resolved. On an applicable Periodic Distribution Date, a holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 7B that ceased being a Disputed Claim subsequent to the Effective Date will receive a Catch-Up Distribution as its first distribution after such Claim is Allowed. The Disbursing Agent may, in its sole discretion, establish a record date prior to each Periodic Distribution Date, such that only Claims Allowed as of the record date will participate in such periodic distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Disbursing Agent reserves the right, to the extent it determines a distribution on any Periodic Distribution Date is uneconomical or unfeasible, or is otherwise unadvisable, to postpone a Periodic Distribution Date.
  8.   Distributions of New Dana Holdco Common Stock — No Fractional Shares; Rounding
          Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, only whole numbers of shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock will be distributed. For purposes of all distributions other than the distribution on the Final Distribution Date, fractional shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock will be carried forward to the next Periodic Distribution Date. On the Final Distribution Date, fractional shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock will be rounded up or down to the nearest whole number or zero, as applicable. No New Dana Holdco Common Stock will be distributed on account of fractional shares that are rounded down.
  9.   De Minimis Distributions
          A Disbursing Agent will not distribute Cash (including Excess Minimum Cash) to the holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, if the amount of Cash (including Excess Minimum Cash) to be distributed on any Periodic Distribution Date is less than $500.
  10.   Administration and Distribution of Union Emergence Shares
          Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Union Emergence Shares shall be administered and distributed in accordance with Appendix J to the Union Settlement Agreements.
H. Distribution Record Date
     1. A Disbursing Agent will have no obligation to, and will not, recognize the transfer of, or the sale of any participation in, any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest that occurs after the Distribution Record Date and will be entitled for all purposes herein to recognize and make distributions only to those holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests that are holders of such Claims and Interests, or participants therein, as of the Distribution Record Date.
     2. As of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date, each transfer register for (a) the Bonds, as maintained by the Indenture Trustee, and (b) the Old Common Stock of Dana, as maintained by the transfer agent, will be closed. The applicable Disbursing Agent will have no obligation to, and will not, recognize the transfer or sale of any Bondholder Claim or any Interest on account of Old Common Stock of Dana that occurs after the close of business on the Distribution Record Date and will be entitled for all purposes herein to recognize and make distributions only to those holders who are holders of such Claims or Interests as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.
     3. Except as otherwise provided in a Final Order, the transferees of Claims that are transferred pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001 prior to the Distribution Record Date will be treated as the holders of such Claims for all purposes, notwithstanding that any period provided by Bankruptcy Rule 3001 for objecting to such transfer has not expired by the Distribution Record Date.
I. Means of Cash Payments
     Except as otherwise specified herein, Cash payments made pursuant to the Plan will be by checks drawn on a domestic bank or foreign bank, as applicable, selected by the applicable Disbursing Agent or, at the option of the applicable Disbursing Agent, by wire transfer from a domestic bank or foreign bank, as applicable.

-51-


 

J. Foreign Currency Exchange Rate
          Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Bankruptcy Court order, as of the Effective Date, any General Unsecured Claim asserted in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall automatically be deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate as of March 2, 2006, as set forth in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release for such date.
K. Establishment of Reserves
          The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may establish any reserves that they deem necessary or advisable to make distributions to holders of Allowed Claims or otherwise to satisfy their obligations under the Plan.
L. Surrender of Canceled Instruments or Securities
  1.   Tender of Bonds
          a. Except as provided in Section VI.L.2 for lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Bonds and except as provided in subsection (b) below, each holder of any Bond not held through book entry must tender such Bond to the applicable Third Party Disbursing Agent in accordance with a letter of transmittal to be provided to such holders by the Third Party Disbursing Agent as promptly as practicable on the Effective Date. The letter of transmittal will include, among other provisions, customary provisions with respect to the authority of the holder of such Bond to act and the authenticity of any signatures required thereon. All surrendered Bonds will be marked as canceled and delivered to the Reorganized Debtors.
          b. If the record holder of a Bondholder Claim is DTC or its nominee or such other securities depository or custodian thereof, or if a Bondholder Claim is held in book-entry or electronic form pursuant to a global security held by DTC, then the beneficial holder of such a Bondholder Claim shall be deemed to have surrendered such holder’s security, note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness upon surrender of such global security by DTC or such other securities depository or custodian thereof.
  2.   Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Bonds
          Any holder of an Allowed Bondholder Claim with respect to which the underlying Bond has been lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed must, in lieu of surrendering such Bond, deliver to the Third Party Disbursing Agent: (a) evidence satisfactory to the Third Party Disbursing Agent of the loss, theft, mutilation or destruction; and (b) such security or indemnity as may be required by the Third Party Disbursing Agent to hold the Third Party Disbursing Agent, the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors harmless from any damages, liabilities or costs incurred in treating such individual as a holder of such Bond. Upon compliance with this Section VI.L.2 by a holder of an Allowed Bondholder Claim, such holder will, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to have surrendered the applicable Bond.
  3.   Failure to Surrender Bonds
          Any holder of a Bond not held through book entry that fails to surrender or is deemed not to have surrendered the applicable Bond within one year after the Effective Date will have its right to distributions pursuant to the Plan on account thereof discharged and will be forever barred from asserting any such Claim against the Reorganized Debtors or their respective property. In such case, any New Dana Holdco Common Stock held for distribution on account thereof will be treated pursuant to the provisions set forth in Section VI.F.2.c.
  4.   Tender of Old Common Stock of Dana
          Except as provided in Section VI.L.5 for lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed certificates of Old Common Stock of Dana, each holder of Old Common Stock of Dana not held through book entry must tender the Old Common Stock of Dana certificates to the Third Party Disbursing Agent in accordance with a letter of transmittal to be provided to such holders by the Third Party Disbursing Agent on or before the Effective Date. The

-52-


 

letter of transmittal will include, among other provisions, customary provisions with respect to the authority of the holder of such certificates to act and the authenticity of any signatures required thereon. All surrendered certificates of Old Common Stock of Dana will be marked as canceled and delivered to the Reorganized Debtors.
  5.   Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Old Common Stock of Dana
          Any holder of an Allowed Interest on account of Old Common Stock of Dana with respect to which the underlying Old Common Stock of Dana certificate has been lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed must, in lieu of surrendering such certificate, deliver to the Third Party Disbursing Agent: (a) evidence satisfactory to the Third Party Disbursing Agent of the loss, theft, mutilation or destruction; and (b) such security or indemnity as may be required by the Third Party Disbursing Agent to hold the Third Party Disbursing Agent, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors harmless from any damages, liabilities or costs incurred in treating such individual as a holder of such Old Common Stock of Dana. Upon compliance with this Section VI.L.5 by a holder of an Allowed Interest on account of Old Common Stock of Dana, such holder will, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to have surrendered the applicable stock certificate.
  6.   Failure to Surrender Old Common Stock of Dana
          Any holder of an Allowed Interest on account of Old Common Stock of Dana not held through book entry that fails to surrender or is deemed not to have surrendered the applicable stock certificate will have its right to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan on account of its Allowed Interest discharged and will be forever barred from asserting any such Interest or related Claims against the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or their respective property.
M. Withholding and Reporting Requirements
          1. In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, each Disbursing Agent will comply with all applicable Tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on it by any governmental unit, and all distributions pursuant to the Plan will be subject to applicable withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, each Disbursing Agent will be authorized to take any actions that may be necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including, without limitation, liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding Taxes or establishing any other mechanisms the Disbursing Agent believes are reasonable and appropriate, including requiring Claim holders to submit appropriate Tax and withholding certifications. To the extent any Claim holder fails to submit appropriate Tax and withholding certifications as required by the Disbursing Agent, such Claim holder’s distribution will be deemed undeliverable and subject to Section VI.F.2.
          2. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, each entity receiving a distribution of Cash or New Dana Holdco Common Stock pursuant to the Plan will have sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any Tax obligations imposed on it by any governmental unit on account of the distribution, including income, withholding and other Tax obligations.
          3. The Debtors reserve the right to allocate and distribute all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support and other spousal awards, liens and similar encumbrances.
N. Setoffs
          Except with respect to claims of a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor released pursuant to the Plan or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor or, as instructed by a Reorganized Debtor, a Third Party Disbursing Agent may, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or applicable nonbankruptcy law, set off against any Allowed Claim and the distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan on account of the Claim (before any distribution is made on account of the Claim) the claims, rights and causes of action of any nature that the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor may hold against the holder of the Allowed Claim; provided, however, that neither the failure to effect a

-53-


 

setoff nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder will constitute a waiver or release by the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor of any claims, rights and causes of action that the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor may possess against the Claim holder.
O. Application of Distributions
          To the extent applicable, all distributions to a holder of an Allowed Claim will apply first to the principal amount of such Claim until such principal amount is paid in full and then to any interest accrued on such Claim prior to the Petition Date, and the remaining portion of such distributions, if any, will apply to any interest accrued on such Claim after the Petition Date.
ARTICLE VII.
PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING DISPUTED CLAIMS
A. Treatment of Disputed Claims
  1.   ADR Procedures
          At the Debtors’ or, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors’ option, any Disputed Claim may be submitted to the ADR Procedures in accordance with the terms of the ADR Procedures. Disputed Claims not resolved through the ADR Procedures will be resolved pursuant to the Plan.
  2.   Tort Claims
          At the Debtors’ or, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors’ option, any unliquidated Tort Claim (as to which a proof of Claim was timely Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases) not resolved through the ADR Procedures or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court will be determined and liquidated in the administrative or judicial tribunal(s) in which it is pending on the Effective Date or, if no action was pending on the Effective Date, in any administrative or judicial tribunal of appropriate jurisdiction. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may exercise the above option by service upon the holder of the applicable Tort Claim of a notice informing the holder of such Tort Claim that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors have exercised such option. Upon a Debtor’s or Reorganized Debtor’s service of such notice, the automatic stay provided under section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or after the Effective Date, the discharge injunction, will be deemed modified, without the necessity for further Bankruptcy Court approval, solely to the extent necessary to allow the parties to determine or liquidate the Tort Claim in the applicable administrative or judicial tribunal(s). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times prior to or after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction relating to Tort Claims, including the Debtors’ right to have such Claims determined and/or liquidated in the Bankruptcy Court (or the United States District Court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases) pursuant to section 157(b)(2)(B) of title 28 of the United States Code, as may be applicable. Any Tort Claim determined and liquidated pursuant to a judgment obtained in accordance with this Section VII.A.2 and applicable non-bankruptcy law that is no longer appealable or subject to review will be deemed an Allowed Claim, as applicable, in Classes 5A and 5B against the applicable Debtor in such liquidated amount, provided that only the amount of such Allowed Claim that is less than or equal to the Debtor’s self-insured retention or deductible in connection with any applicable insurance policy and is not satisfied from proceeds of insurance payable to the holder of such Allowed Claim under the Debtors’ insurance policies will be treated as an Allowed Claim for the purposes of distributions under the Plan. In no event will a distribution be made under the Plan to the holder of a Tort Claim on account of any portion of an Allowed Claim in excess of the applicable Debtor’s deductible or self-insured retention under any applicable insurance policy. In the event a Tort Claim is determined and liquidated pursuant to a judgment or order that is obtained in accordance with this Section VII.A.2 and is no longer appealable or subject to review, and applicable non-bankruptcy law provides for no recovery against the applicable Debtor, such Tort Claim will be deemed expunged without the necessity for further Bankruptcy Court approval upon the applicable Debtor’s service of a copy of such judgment or order upon the holder of such Tort Claim. Nothing contained in this Section will constitute or be deemed a waiver of any claim, right or cause of action that a Debtor may have against any person or entity in connection with or arising out of any Tort Claim, including but not limited to any rights under section 157(b)(5) of title 28 of the United States Code. All claims, demands, rights, defenses and causes of action that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have

-54-


 

against any person or entity in connection with or arising out of any Tort Claim are expressly retained and preserved.
  3.   Disputed Insured Claims
          The resolution of Disputed Insured Claims, including Tort Claims, pursuant to this Section VII.A shall be subject to the provisions of Section V.H of the Plan.
  4.   No Distributions Until Allowance; No Settlement Payments Unless Allowed by Effective Date
          Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no payments or distributions will be made on account of a Disputed Claim until (a) such Claim (or a portion of such Claim) becomes an Allowed Claim, if ever and (b) solely with respect to Allowed Ineligible Unsecured Claims, any portion of such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim as of the Effective Date. In lieu of distributions under the Plan to holders of Disputed Claims in Class 5B, the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve will be established on the Effective Date to hold the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets for the benefit of those Claim holders.
B. Prosecution of Objections to Claims
  1.   Objections to Claims
          All objections to Claims must be Filed and served on the holders of such Claims, and any amendment to the Schedules to reduce the scheduled Claim of such holder, must be made by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors by the Claims Objection Bar Date. If an objection has not been Filed to a Claim or an amendment has not been made to the Schedules with respect to a scheduled Claim by the Claims Objection Bar Date, the particular Claim will be treated as an Allowed Claim if such Claim has not been allowed earlier.
  2.   Authority to Prosecute Objections
  a.   Objections Filed Prior to the Effective Date
          After the Confirmation Date, but prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee will have the authority to File, settle, compromise, withdraw or litigate to judgment objections to Claims, including pursuant to any alternative dispute resolution or similar procedures approved by the Bankruptcy Court.
  b.   Objections Filed On or After the Effective Date
          Except as provided in Section V.G of the Plan, on or after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will have the sole authority to File, settle, compromise, withdraw or litigate to judgment objections to Claims.
  c.   Settlement or Compromise of Disputed Claims On or After the Effective Date
          On or after the Effective Date, only the Reorganized Debtors, subject to Section V.G of the Plan, may settle or compromise any Disputed Claim or any objection or controversy relating to any Claim, without approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
  3.   Authority to Amend Schedules
          The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will have the authority to amend the Schedules with respect to any Claim and to make distributions based on such amended Schedules without approval of the Bankruptcy Court. If any such amendment to the Schedules reduces the amount of a Claim or changes the nature or priority of a Claim, the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor will provide (a) the holder of such Claim and (b) the Creditors’ Committee or Litigation Trustee (as applicable) with notice of such amendment and such parties will have 20 days to File an objection to such amendment with the Bankruptcy Court. If no such objection is Filed, the

-55-


 

applicable Disbursing Agent may proceed with distributions based on such amended Schedules without approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
C. Distributions on Account of Disputed Claims Once Allowed
          Distributions on account of Disputed Claims that become Allowed Claims after the Effective Date shall be made in accordance with Article VI of the Plan.
D. Consent to Resolution of Certain Disputes
          If (1) the resolution by the Debtors of an objection to the Plan or Disclosure Statement made by or on behalf of a holder of a Class 5B Claim or (2) a resolution of the appeal of the order approving the Global Settlement with Appaloosa Management, L.P. or any Affiliate thereof would require, in either such case, a payment to be made by the Debtors or other consideration to be provided to the non-Debtor party, the Debtors may agree to such resolution only with the reasonable consent of the Series B-2 Backstop Investors, Centerbridge and the Creditors’ Committee.
ARTICLE VIII.
CONSOLIDATION OF THE DEBTORS
A. Consolidation
          Pursuant to the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Court shall approve the consolidation of the Consolidated Debtors solely for the purpose of implementing the Plan, including for purposes of voting, Confirmation and distributions to be made under the Plan. Pursuant to such order: (1) all assets and Liabilities of the Consolidated Debtors will be deemed merged; (2) all guarantees by one Consolidated Debtor of the obligations of any other Consolidated Debtor will be deemed eliminated so that any Claim against any Consolidated Debtor and any guarantee thereof executed by any other Consolidated Debtor and any joint or several liability of any of the Consolidated Debtors will be deemed to be one obligation of the Consolidated Debtors; and (3) each and every Claim Filed or to be Filed in the Chapter 11 Case of any of the Consolidated Debtors will be deemed Filed against the Consolidated Debtors and will be deemed one Claim against and a single obligation of the Consolidated Debtors.
          Such consolidation (other than for the purpose of implementing the Plan) shall not affect: (1) the legal and corporate structures of the Consolidated Debtors, subject to the right of the Consolidated Debtors to effect restructurings as provided in Section V.B; (2) pre- and post-Effective Date guarantees, liens and security interests that are required to be maintained (a) in connection with contracts or leases that were entered into during the Chapter 11 Cases or Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases that have been or will be assumed or (b) pursuant to the Plan; (3) Interests between and among the Consolidated Debtors; (4) distributions from any insurance policies or proceeds of such policies; (5) the revesting of assets in the separate Reorganized Debtors pursuant to Section V.A. In addition, such consolidation shall not constitute a waiver of the mutuality requirement for setoff under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.
B. Order Granting Consolidation
          This Plan serves as a motion seeking entry of an order consolidating the Consolidated Debtors, as described and to the limited extent set forth in Section VIII.A above. Unless an objection to such consolidation is made in writing by any creditor affected by the Plan, Filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served on the parties listed in Section X.F on or before five days before either the Voting Deadline or such other date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court, the consolidation order (which may be the Confirmation Order) may be entered by the Bankruptcy Court. In the event any such objections are timely Filed, a hearing with respect thereto shall occur at or before the Confirmation Hearing. Notwithstanding this provision, nothing herein shall affect the obligation of each and every Debtor to pay quarterly fees to the Office of the United States Trustee in accordance with 28 U.S.C. § 1930.

-56-


 

ARTICLE IX.
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION
          Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court will retain such jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases after the Effective Date as is legally permissible, including jurisdiction to:
     A. Allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, reduce, classify, re-classify, estimate or establish the priority or secured or unsecured status of any Claim or Interest (other than Asbestos Personal Injury Claims and any Claim of an Insurer or any other litigation between or among any Reorganized Debtor and any Insurer arising under or relating to an Insurance Contract that has been assumed or continued under the Plan), including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any objections to the amount, allowance, priority or classification of Claims or Interests;
     B. Either grant or deny any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan for periods ending on or before the Effective Date;
     C. Resolve any matters related to the assumption, assumption and assignment or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which any Debtor is a party or with respect to which any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine and, if necessary, liquidate any Claims arising therefrom, including any Cure Amount Claims;
     D. Ensure that distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;
     E. Decide or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters and any other matters and either grant or deny any applications involving any Debtor or any Reorganized Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date or brought thereafter (other than with respect to any litigation between or among any Reorganized Debtor and any Insurer arising under or relating to an Insurance Contract that has been assumed or continued under the Plan);
     F. Enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Litigation Trust Agreement, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order;
     G. Resolve any cases, controversies, suits or disputes that may arise in connection with the consummation, interpretation or enforcement of the Plan, the Litigation Trust Agreement or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document that is entered into or delivered pursuant to the Plan, the Litigation Trust Agreement or any entity’s rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with the Plan, the Litigation Trust Agreement or such documents;
     H. Modify the Plan before or after the Effective Date pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code; modify the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order; or remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into, delivered or created in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order, in such manner as may be necessary or appropriate to consummate the Plan;
     I. Issue injunctions, enforce the injunctions contained in the Plan and the Confirmation Order, enter and implement other orders or take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any entity with consummation, implementation or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order;

-57-


 

     J. Enter and implement such orders as are necessary or appropriate if the Confirmation Order is for any reason or in any respect modified, stayed, reversed, revoked or vacated or distributions pursuant to the Plan are enjoined or stayed;
     K. Determine any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order;
     L. Enforce or clarify any orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases;
     M. Enter a final decree or decrees closing the Chapter 11 Cases;
     N. Determine matters concerning state, local and federal Taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, including any Disputed Claims for Taxes;
     O. Recover all assets of the Debtors and their Estates, wherever located; and
     P. Hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.
ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. Modification of the Plan
          Subject to the restrictions on alteration, amendment and modification set forth in section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, the New Investment Agreement, the Plan Support Agreement and Appendix R to the Union Settlement Agreements, the Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend or modify the Plan before the Effective Date; however, with respect to any such modification identified in Section IV.A.4, the Debtors may not do so without the consent of the Ad Hoc Steering Committee and the Creditors’ Committee
B. Revocation of the Plan
          The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation does not occur, then the Plan will be null and void in all respects, and nothing contained in the Plan will: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any claims by or against, or any Interests in, any Debtor; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of any Debtor or any other party in interest; or (3) constitute an admission of any sort by any Debtor or any other party in interest.
C. Severability of Plan Provisions
          If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated by such holding, alteration or interpretation. The Confirmation Order will constitute a judicial determination and will provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.
D. Successors and Assigns
          The rights, benefits and obligations of any entity named or referred to in the Plan will be binding on, and will inure to the benefit of, any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign of such entity.

-58-


 

E. The New Investment Agreement and Union Settlement Agreements
          Nothing in this Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall be deemed to be an amendment of the New Investment Agreement or the Union Settlement Agreements. To the extent there is a conflict between the terms of the Plan and the New Investment Agreement and/or the Union Settlement Agreements, the terms of the New Investment Agreement and/or the Union Settlement Agreements shall control; provided, however, that to the extent there is a conflict between the terms of the Plan and the Plan Term Sheet, the terms of the Plan shall control.
F. Service of Documents
          Any pleading, notice or other document required by the Plan or the Confirmation Order to be served on or delivered to (1) the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors; (2) the Creditors’ Committee; (3) the Retiree Committee; (4) the Ad Hoc Bondholders’ Committee; (5) Centerbridge and CBP; or (6) the Unions must be sent by overnight delivery service, facsimile transmission, courier service or messenger to:
  1.   The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors
Corinne Ball, Esq.
Richard H. Engman, Esq.
JONES DAY
222 East 41st Street
New York, New York 10017
Telephone: (212) 326-3939
Facsimile: (212) 755-7306
               - and -
Heather Lennox, Esq.
Carl E. Black, Esq.
Ryan T. Routh, Esq.
JONES DAY
North Point
901 Lakeside Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
Telephone: (216) 586-3939
Facsimile: (216) 579-0212
               - and -
Jeffrey B. Ellman, Esq.
JONES DAY
1420 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 800
Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3053
Telephone: (404) 521-3939
Facsimile: (404) 581-8330
(Counsel to the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors)
  2.   The Creditors’ Committee
Thomas Moers Mayer, Esq.
Matthew J. Williams, Esq.
Stephen D. Zide, Esq.
KRAMER LEVIN NAFTALIS & FRANKEL LLP

-59-


 

1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
(212) 715-9100 (Telephone)
(212) 715-8000 (Facsimile)
(Counsel to the Creditors’ Committee)
  3.   The Retiree Committee
Trent P. Cornell, Esq.
Jon Cohen, Esq.
STAHL COWEN CROWLEY LLC
55 West Monroe Street
Suite 1200
Chicago, Illinois 60603
(312) 641-0060 (Telephone)
(312) 641-6959 (Facsimile)
(Counsel to the Retiree Committee)
  4.   The Ad Hoc Bondholders’ Committee
Kristopher M. Hansen, Esq.
Sayan Bhattacharyya, Esq.
STROOCK & STROOCK & LAVAN LLP
180 Maiden Lane
New York, New York 10038
(212) 806-6056 (Telephone)
(212) 806-9056 (Facsimile)
(Counsel to the Ad Hoc Bondholders’ Committee)
  5.   Centerbridge and CBP
Matthew A. Feldman, Esq.
Paul V. Shalhoub, Esq.
Morris J. Massel, Esq.
WILLKIE FARR GALLAGHER LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
(212) 728-8000 (Telephone)
(212) 728-8111 (Facsimile)
(Counsel to Centerbridge and CBP)
  6.   The Unions
Niraj R. Ganatra, Esq.
Associate General Counsel
International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace
and Agricultural Implement Workers of America
8000 East Jefferson Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48214
(313) 926-5216 (Telephone)
(313) 926-5240 (Facsimile)

-60-


 

               - and -
Lowell Peterson, Esq.
Meyer Suozzi English & Klein PC
1350 Broadway
Suite 501
New York, New York 10018
(212) 239-4999 (Telephone)
(212) 239-1311 (Facsimile)
(Counsel to the UAW)
               - and -
David R. Jury, Esq.
Associate General Counsel
United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber, Manufacturing,
     Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers International Union
Five Gateway Center
Suite 807
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222
(412) 562-2400 (Telephone)
(412) 562-2574 (Facsimile)
               - and -
Babette Ceccotti, Esq.
Cohen Weiss and Simon LLP
330 West 42nd Street
New York, New York 10036
(212) 356-0227 (Telephone)
(646) 473-8227 (Facsimile)
(Counsel to the Unions)

-61-


 

         
Dated: October 23, 2007  Respectfully submitted,

Dana Corporation, on its own behalf and on behalf
of each affiliate Debtor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Marc S. Levin    
    Name:   Marc S. Levin   
    Title:   Acting Secretary   

-62-


 

         
COUNSEL:
Corinne Ball (CB 8203)
Richard H. Engman (RE 7861)
JONES DAY
222 East 41st Street
New York, New York 10017
Telephone: (212) 326-3939
Facsimile: (212) 755-7306
Heather Lennox (HL 3046)
Carl E. Black (CB 4803)
Ryan T. Routh (RR 1994)
JONES DAY
North Point
901 Lakeside Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
Telephone: (216) 586-3939
Facsimile: (216) 579-0212
Jeffrey B. Ellman (JE 5638)
JONES DAY
1420 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 800
Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3053
Telephone: (404) 521-3939
Facsimile: (404) 581-8330
ATTORNEYS FOR DEBTORS
AND DEBTORS IN POSSESSION

-63-

EX-2.2
 

Exhibit 2.2
JONES DAY
222 East 41st Street
New York, New York 10017
Telephone: (212) 326-3939
Facsimile: (212) 755-7306
Corinne Ball (CB 8203)
Richard H. Engman (RE 7861)
JONES DAY
North Point
901 Lakeside Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
Telephone: (216) 586-3939
Facsimile: (216) 579-0212
Heather Lennox (HL 3046)
Carl E. Black (CB 4803)
Ryan T. Routh (RR 1994)
JONES DAY
1420 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 800
Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3053
Telephone: (404) 521-3939
Facsimile: (404) 581-8330
Jeffrey B. Ellman (JE 5638)
Attorneys for Debtors
    and Debtors in Possession
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK
             
    X    
 
      :    
In re
      :   Chapter 11
 
      :    
 
      :   Case No. 06-10354 (BRL)
Dana Corporation, et al.,
      :    
 
      :   (Jointly Administered)
 
  Debtors.   :    
    x    
FIRST MODIFICATIONS TO THIRD AMENDED JOINT PLAN
OF REORGANIZATION OF DEBTORS AND DEBTORS IN POSSESSION
          The above-captioned debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “Debtors”) hereby propose the following additions and modifications to the Third Amended Joint Plan of

 


 

Reorganization of Debtors and Debtors in Possession, dated October 23, 2007 (Docket No. 6671) (the “Plan”), pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, and Section X.A of the Plan:1
          1. Section I.A. 102 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     “Indenture Trustee Fee Claim” means, individually and collectively, a Claim against the Debtors (a) arising from and after the Petition Date pursuant to the applicable Indentures relating to any compensation, disbursements, fees and expenses, including any Claim under such Indenture relating to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel of the Indenture Trustee and (b)  in the amount of $34,696.49 arising prior to the Petition Date and owing to the Indenture Trustee and its predecessor pursuant to the applicable Indentures, which Claims shall be satisfied and discharged in accordance with Section II.A.1.h.
          2. Section I.A.105 of the Plan is modified and restates as follows:
     “Ineligible Unsecured Claims” means, collectively, General Unsecured Claims that are either Allowed or estimated by the Bankruptcy Court under section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code on or prior to the Effective Date and (i) are held by a Person who is not, nor are any of its affiliates, a Qualified Investor but without regard to clauses (c) and (d) of that definition; and (ii) were not Participating Claims as of the Subscription Deadline; provided, however, that Bondholder Claims which are not Participating Claims will be Ineligible Unsecured Claims even if held by such Persons. In no event will Union Claims, DCC Claims, any Claims of the non-union retirees represented by the Retiree Committee, Intercompany Claims, Convenience Claims or Asbestos Personal Injury Claims be Ineligible Unsecured Claims.
          3. Sections I.A.112, 113 and 114 of the Plan are deleted in their entirety.
          4. Section I.A.116 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     “New Dana Holdco” means Dana Corporation Holdings Dana Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
          5. Section I.A.150 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     “Postpetition Interest” means: (a) for a Bondholder Claim, the contractual rate of interest set forth in the applicable Indenture; (b) the rate of interest set forth in the contract or other applicable document between the holder of a Claim and the applicable Debtor giving rise to such holder’s Claim; (c) such interest, if any, as otherwise agreed to by the holder of a Claim and the applicable Debtor; or (d) with respect to Secured Tax Claims or Priority Tax Claims, the rate of interest determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law; or (e) if none of the foregoing apply, the Federal Judgment Rate.
          6. Section I.A.151 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
 
1   All modified and restated Plan provisions are marked to reflect the modifications thereto. apitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

2


 

     “Post-Effective Date Interest” means: (a) for a Bondholder Claim, the contractual rate of interest set forth in the applicable Indenture; (b) the rate of interest set forth in the contract or other applicable document between the holder of a Claim and the applicable Debtor giving rise to such holder’s Claim; (c) such interest, if any, as otherwise agreed to by the holder of a Claim and the applicable Debtor; or (d) with respect to Secured Tax Claims or Priority Tax Claims, the rate of interest determined under applicable nonbankruptcy law; or (e) if none of the foregoing apply, the Federal Judgment Rate.
          7. Section I.A.165 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     “Released Parties” means, collectively and individually, the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, the Official Committees and their current and former members (solely in their capacity as such), the Unions and any consultants of the Unions, the DIP Lenders (solely in their capacity as such and not in their capacity as the Debtors’ prepetition lenders), Centerbridge, CBP, Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P. and permitted successors and assigns under the New Investment Agreement, the Ad Hoc Steering Committee and its predecessor members from and after July 5, 2007 (solely in their capacity as such), the Indenture Trustee and the Representatives of each of the foregoing.
          8. Section I.A. 170 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     “Reserved Excess Minimum Cash” means (a) the Excess Minimum Cash to be contributed to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, (b) any Cash dividends or other distributions received by the Disbursing Agent on account of the Reserved Shares, (c) any Cash Preference Recovery Net Proceeds deposited into the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve by the Litigation Trust or Litigation Trustee Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and (d) any related Cash Investment Yield.
          9. Section I.A.184 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     “Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim” means a stipulation or other agreement between a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor and a holder of a Claim or Interest, that, prior to the Effective Date, is approved by the Bankruptcy Court, or an agreed order of the Bankruptcy Court, establishing the amount and nature of a Claim or Interest, including any agreements made pursuant to that authority granted in the Order Establishing Claims Objection and Settlement Procedures (Docket No. 4044), entered on November 9, 2006 or other orders of the Bankruptcy Court. Any such stipulation or other agreement between a Reorganized Debtor and a holder of a Claim or Interest executed after the Effective Date is not subject to approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however, that if the Litigation Trustee Claims Monitor Files an objection, as permitted by Section V.G.2, to such stipulation or other agreement within ten days of receiving written notice of such stipulation or other agreement, Bankruptcy Court approval will be required.
          10. Section I.A.199 is modified and restated as follows:
     “UAW Union Retiree VEBA Contribution” means the $465.3 million Cash contribution to be made by the Reorganized Debtors to the UAW Union Retiree VEBA pursuant to the UAW Settlement Agreement.

3


 

          11. Section I.A.211 is modified and restated as follows:
     “USW Union Retiree VEBA Contribution” means the $298.7 million Cash contribution to be made by the Reorganized Debtors to the USW Union Retiree VEBA pursuant to the USW Settlement Agreement.
          12. Section I.A.215 is added to the Plan:
     “Claims Monitor” means Ocean Ridge Capital Advisors, LLC .
          13. Section I.A. 216 is added to the Plan:
     “Claims Reserve Order” means the Order Approving (A) Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserves for Certain Unliquidated Claims in Connection with Distributions to Be Made Under the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization, as It May Be Amended; and (B) Additional Procedures Related to Plan Reserves (Docket No. 7236), entered by the Bankruptcy Court on November 28, 2007.
          14. Section I.A.217 is added to the Plan:
     “Net Preference Recovery Proceeds” means, with respect to any Specified Recovery Action as to which Cash proceeds are received by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors as contemplated by Section VI.E.2, such Cash proceeds, if any, remaining after subtracting therefrom [(a)] all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors (including the fees and expenses of counsel) in the pursuit of such Specified Recovery Action and (b) a charge for the services provided by employees of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors in connection with the pursuit of such Specified Recovery Action (determined based on the fully allocated cost to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, of such employees).
          15. Section I.A. 218 is added to the Plan:
     “Specified Recovery Actions” means, collectively, any actions brought by the Reorganized Debtors under section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code.
          16. Section II.A.1.h of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     In full satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee Fee Claims through and including the Effective Date, on the Effective Date, the Indenture Trustee Fee Claims shall be allowed as an Administrative Claim against the Debtors pursuant to section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors without the need for the Indenture Trustee to file an application for allowance with the Bankruptcy Court. To receive payment pursuant to this Section II.A.1.h, the Indenture Trustee shall provide reasonable and customary detail or invoices in support of its Claims to counsel to the Reorganized Debtors and counsel to Centerbridge no later than ten days after the Effective Date. Such parties shall have the right to File objections to such Claims based on a “reasonableness” standard within 20 days after receipt of supporting documentation. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay any such Claims by the later of (i) 30 days after the receipt of supporting documentation from the Indenture Trustee, or (ii) ten Business Days after the resolution of any objections to the Claims of the Indenture Trustee with respect to the

4


 

portion of the Indenture Trustee Fee Claims subject to such objection. Any disputed amount of the Indenture Trustee Fee Claims shall be subject to the jurisdiction of, and resolution by, the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that the relevant objecting party is unable to resolve a dispute with respect to an Indenture Trustee Fee Claim, the Indenture Trustee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) submit any such dispute to the Bankruptcy Court for resolution or (ii) assert its Charging Lien to obtain payment of such disputed Indenture Trustee Claim. The Charging Lien held by the Indenture Trustee against distributions to Bondholders on account of the Indenture Trustee Fee Claim will be deemed released upon payment of the Indenture Trustee Fee Claim in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indentures and this Plan. Except as provided herein, distributions received by Bondholders on account of Allowed Bondholder Claims pursuant to the Plan will not be reduced on account of the payment of the Indenture Trustee’s Claims. Nothing herein shall be deemed to impair, waive or extinguish the Charging Lien with respect to fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee incurred after the Effective Date. Reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Indenture Trustee after the Effective Date (a) in its capacity as a Disbursing Agent, (b) for matters relating to distributions to Bondholders, (c) for matters relating to any dispute concerning the Indenture Trustee Fee Claims, (d) for matters relating to any dispute concering the Claims of the Indenture Trustee and (e) matters relating to enforcement of the Plan will be paid in accordance with Section VI.D and any dispute between the Reorgnaized Debtors and the Indenture Trustee regarding the reasonableness of such fees and expenses will be submitted to the Bankruptcy Court for resolution.
          17. Section II.E.1.c of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     The joint venture agreements listed on Exhibit II.E.1.c shall be deemed assumed and assigned to New Dana Holdco the Reorganized Debtors identified on Exhibit II.E.1.c in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code as of the Effective Date. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors reserve the right to amend Exhibit II.E.1.c consistent with their rights to amend Exhibit II.E.1.a.
          18. Section III.D of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     On the Effective Date, Reorganized Dana shall assume and assign the Pension Plans to New Dana Holdco Dana Limited, which will become the sponsor and continue to administer the Pension Plans, satisfy the minimum funding standards pursuant to 26 U.S.C. § 412 and 29 U.S.C. § 1082 and administer the Pension Plans in accordance with their terms and the provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code. Furthermore, nothing in the Plan shall be construed as discharging, releasing or relieving the Debtors or the Debtors’ successors from any liability imposed under any law or regulatory provision with respect to the Pension Plans. Neither the PBGC, the Pension Plans nor any participant or beneficiary of the Pension Plans shall be enjoined or precluded from enforcing such liability with respect to the Pension Plans.

5


 

          19. Section IV.E.2 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, release or other agreement, including the Litigation Trust Agreement, entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, in accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors will retain and may enforce any claims, demands, rights, defenses and causes of action that the Debtors or the Estates may hold against any entity, including any Recovery Actions, to the extent not expressly released under the Plan or by any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court. If the Reorganized Debtors determine to pursue any Specified Recovery Action and, as a result, receive Cash proceeds through a settlement or other compromise of, or a judgment in connection with, such Specified Recovery Action, then promptly following the receipt of such Cash proceeds, the Reorganized Debtors will deposit the Net Preference Recovery Proceeds, if any, with respect to such Specified Recovery Action in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve. All decisions and determinations by the Reorganized Debtors in connection with the Specified Recovery Actions, including without limitation decisions and determinations regarding whether to pursue or at any time to abandon any Specified Recovery Action and decisions and determinations regarding the terms for any settlement or other compromise of any Specified Recovery Action that is pursued, will be made in the sole and absolute discretion of the Reorganized Debtors and none of the Reorganized Debtors, Affiliates of the Reorganized Debtors or Representatives of the Reorganized Debtors or their Affiliates will have liability for any act or omission in connection with the Specified Recovery Actions, including without limitation the pursuit, abandonment or resolution or other compromise thereof.
          20. Section IV.E.6.c of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Without limiting any other applicable provisions of, or releases contained in, the Plan, as of the Effective Date, in consideration for the obligations of the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan and the consideration and other contracts, instruments, releases, agreements or documents to be entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, each holder of a Claim that votes in favor of the Plan, with respect to such Claim, to the fullest extent permissible under law, will be deemed to forever release, waive and discharge all Liabilities in any way relating to a Debtor, the Chapter 11 Cases, the Estates, the Plan, the Confirmation Exhibits or the Disclosure Statement that such entity has, had or may have against any Released Party (which release will be in addition to the discharge of Claims and termination of Interests provided herein and under the Confirmation Order and the Bankruptcy Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing and except with respect to Derivative Claims and holders of Claims that vote in favor of the Plan, nothing in the Plan shall release the claims asserted, or to be asserted, solely on account of alleged conduct occurring prior to the Petition Date, against any non-Debtor defendant in the Securities Litigation. In addition, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to release any applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor from any Liability arising from or related to Asbestos Personal Injury Claims.
          21. Section V.C.2 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Subject to any requirement of Bankruptcy Court approval pursuant to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date: (a) the initial officers of New Dana Holdco and the other Reorganized Debtors will consist of the individuals identified on Exhibit V.C.2; (b) the initial board of directors of New Dana Holdco will be comprised of seven

6


 

nine members (to be identified on Exhibit V.C.2 as selected), as follows: (i) three four directors (one two of whom must be independent) chosen by Centerbridge, (ii) two three Independent Directors chosen by the Creditors’ Committee, (iii) one Independent Director chosen by the Creditors’ Committee from a list of three Independent Directors proffered by Centerbridge, provided, however, if none of the Independent Directors on the list are reasonably satisfactory to the Creditors’ Committee, then Centerbridge shall proffer the names of additional Independent Directors until the name of an Independent Director reasonably satisfactory to the Creditors’ Committee is put forth and at any time during that process, the Creditors’ Committee may submit its own list, which would then be subject to the same proffer process and (iv) the Chief Executive Officer of New Dana Holdco; and (c) the initial board of directors of each of the other Reorganized Debtors will consist of the individuals identified, or will be designated pursuant to the procedures specified, on Exhibit V.C.2. Each such director and officer will serve from and after the Effective Date until his or her successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) of New Dana Holdco or the applicable other Reorganized Debtor and state law.
          22. Section V.F of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     The Restructuring Transactions; the adoption of new or amended and restated certificates of incorporation and bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) for New Dana Holdco and the other Reorganized Debtors and the certificate of designations for New Dana Holdco; the initial selection of directors and officers for each Reorganized Debtor; the entry into the Exit Facility and receipt of the proceeds thereof; the establishment of the Litigation Trust and appointment engagement of the Litigation Trustee Claims Monitor; the issuance of the New Preferred Stock and New Dana Holdco Common Stock; the distribution of the New Dana Holdco Common Stock and Cash pursuant to the Plan; the adoption, execution, delivery and implementation of all contracts, leases, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents related to any of the foregoing; the adoption, execution and implementation of employment, retirement and indemnification agreements, incentive compensation programs, retirement income plans, welfare benefit plans and other employee plans and related agreements; and the other matters provided for under the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors or corporate action to be taken by or required of a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor will be deemed to occur and be effective as of the Effective Date, if no such other date is specified in such other documents, and will be authorized and approved in all respects and for all purposes without any requirement of further action by the stockholders or directors of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.

7


 

          23. Section V.G of the Plan is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
     Claims Monitor
     1. Retention
          The Debtors, in consultation with the Creditors’ Committee, Ad Hoc Steering Committee and Centerbridge, will negotiate and enter into an engagement letter with the Claims Montior on terms consistent with this Section V.G. prior to the Effective Date.
     2. Powers, Rights and Responsibilities
          The powers, rights and responsibilities of the Claims Monitor shall be to: (a) consult with the Reorganized Debtors with respect to any proposed Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim, other settlement, other agreement or agreed order that would result in an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000; (b) File an objection to any proposed Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim, other settlement, other agreement or agreed order that would result in an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000; (c) object to any General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000 where (i) the Claims Monitor has expressly requested in writing that the Reorganized Debtors object to a General Unsecured Claim, which written request shall in no event be served upon the Reorganized Debtors prior to the later of (A) 60 days after the Effective Date or (B) 45 days after the Filing of a proof of Claim for such General Unsecured Claim, and (ii) the Reorganized Debtors have not Filed the objection requested by the Claims Monitor within 20 days of the Reorganized Debtors’ receipt of such request; and (d) monitor the Reorganized Debtors’ administration of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve as described in the following sentence, and, in connection therewith, the Claims Monitor shall have the rights designated for the “Litigation Trustee” in paragraphs 4(a) and 4(d) of the Claims Reserve Order. If the Claims Monitor believes that the Reorganized Debtors are unreasonably maintaining excess reserves in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, then (a) no sooner than 120 days after the Effective Date, the Claims Monitor may provide written notice of such belief to the Reorganized Debtors, with a request for the Reorganized Debtors to make a specific adjustment the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve consistent with the Plan and the Claims Reserve Order, along with the justifications for such adjustment; and (b) if the Reorganized Debtors do not adjust the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve as requested in such written notice by the next Periodic Distribution Date occurring at least 30 days after the written notice, the Claims Monitor may File a motion with the Bankruptcy Court seeking to compel adjustments to, and distributions from, the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve. In connection with its responsibilities, the Claims Monitor may employ, without further order of the Bankruptcy Court, professionals reasonably necessary to assist the Claims Monitor in carrying out its powers, rights and responsibilities under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the powers, rights and responsibilities of the Claims Monitor with respect to Claims (a) shall be limited to General Unsecured Claims that, if Allowed pursuant to a Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim, other settlement, other agreement or order of the Bankruptcy Court, would result in an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000

8


 

and (b) shall be exercised by the Claims Monitor in good faith based on its reasoned and informed judgment regarding the best interests of holders of General Unsecured Claims.
     3. Procedures for Proposed Settlements
          After the Effective Date, the following procedures will govern any proposed Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim, other settlement, other agreement or agreed order that would result in an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000.
          a. Notice of Proposed Settlement
          In connection with any proposed Stipulation of Amount and Nature of Claim, other settlement, other agreement or agreed order that would result in an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000 (a “Proposed Settlement”), the Reorganized Debtors will provide the Claims Monitor with notice of such Proposed Settlement and its terms (each, a “Notice of Proposed Settlement”) at least 15 calendar days prior to the filing by the Reorganized Debtors of a motion seeking Bankruptcy Court approval of such Proposed Settlement. Any document executed by the Reorganized Debtors in connection with a Proposed Settlement will expressly state that the terms thereof are subject to Bankruptcy Court approval to the extent the Claims Monitor objects, either informally or formally, to the Proposed Settlement and such objection is not consensually resolved.
          b. Contents of Notice of Proposed Settlement
          Each Notice of Proposed Settlement will contain, for each General Unsecured Claim that is the subject of the Proposed Settlement to which such Notice of Proposed Settlement relates, the following information: (i) the amount of such General Unsecured Claim set forth in the applicable proof of claim; (ii) the amount of such General Unsecured Claim scheduled by the Debtors, if any; (iii) the amount of such General Unsecured Claim that would be Allowed by the Proposed Settlement; and (iv) a brief statement regarding the merits of the Proposed Settlement.
          c. Settlement Procedures
          Following its receipt of a Notice of Proposed Settlement, the Claims Monitor will have 15 calendar days to review and consider the Proposed Settlement to which such Notice of Proposed Settlement relates. If within such 15-day period the Claims Monitor does not deliver to the Reorganized Debtors written notice of its objection to such Proposed Settlement, the Reorganized Debtors may effectuate the Proposed Settlement without further Bankruptcy Court approval of the Proposed Settlement. If within such 15-day period the Claims Monitor does deliver to the Reorganized Debtors written notice of its objection to such Proposed Settlement, the Claims Monitor and the Reorganized Debtors will negotiate in good faith to resolve such objection. If they cannot resolve such objection within ten calendar days after receipt by the Reorganized Debtors of such notice of objection, the Reorganized Debtors may file a motion with the Bankruptcy Court seeking approval of such Proposed Settlement and the Claims Monitor may object to such Proposed Settlement, provided that, with respect to any Proposed Settlement that would result in an Allowed General Unsecured Claim of greater than $25 million, the Reorganized

9


 

Debtors will not seek Bankruptcy Court approval without the prior consent of the Claims Monitor (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). To the extent that the Reorganized Debtors believe that that the Claims Monitor is unreasonably withholding or delaying consent, the Reorganized Debtors may seek appropriate relief from the Bankruptcy Court.
     4. Fees and Expenses
          Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the reasonable and necessary fees and expenses of the Claims Monitor (including the reasonable and necessary fees and expenses of any professionals assisting the Claims Monitor in carrying out its powers, rights and responsibilities under the Plan) will be funded by the Reorganized Debtors without further order from the Bankruptcy Court.
     5. Exculpation
          Neither the Claims Monitor nor any of its counsel, directors, members, officers, employees, agents, professionals, principals or other representatives, acting in such capacity shall be liable for any act or omission taken or omitted to be take in connection with its rights and responsibilities under the Plan, other than acts or omissions resulting from willful misconduct or gross negligence.
     6. Confidentiality
          All (a) information, documents and matters of whatever nature and kind disclosed by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors to the Claims Monitor that are identified by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors in writing as being confidential (subject to the right of the Claims Monitor to seek a determination of the Bankruptcy Court after notice to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors declaring that such information, documents or matters are not confidential) and (b) information or documents generated by the Claims Monitor or its professionals for use by the Claims Monitor and which are identified by Claims Monitor as confidential (collectively, “Confidential Material”), will, except as otherwise provided herein, be kept confidential and not be disclosed in any manner whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Material may be disclosed (w) to the Claims Monitor’s directors, officers, employees, members, principals, professional advisors, agents or other representatives who need to know such information and agree to maintain its confidentiality; (x) to governmental or regulatory or self-regulatory authorities as deemed necessary by counsel to the Claims Monitor, (y) to any third party if the Claims Monitor is obligated by law to do so provided that the Claims Monitor seeks to have the third party agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Material or provides advance written notice to the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and an opportunity to seek appropriate confidentiality protections, or (z) to the extent such Confidential Material becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by the Claims Monitor. Notwithstanding the Claims Monitor’s resignation or removal, the resigning or removed Claims Monitor and its representatives shall remain bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement.

10


 

     7. Duration
          The Claims Monitor’s engagement will terminate on the later of (a) the date that the last Disputed General Unsecured Claim in excess of $500,000 is resolved and (b) the date that the last distribution is made from the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve.
          24. SectionV.I.1 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Except as provided in any contract, instrument or other agreement or document entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan or as otherwise provided for herein, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to Article VI, the Indentures and the Bonds will be deemed canceled and of no further force and effect against the Debtors, without any further action on the part of any Debtor. The holders of the Bonds will have no rights against the Debtors arising from or relating to such instruments and other documentation or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that no distribution under the Plan will be made to or on behalf of any holder of an Allowed Bondholder Claim until such Bonds are surrendered to and received by the applicable Third Party Disbursing Agent to the extent required in Section VI.L. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in the Plan, the applicable provisions of the Indentures will continue in effect solely for the purposes of (a) allowing the Indenture Trustee or other Disbursing Agent to make distributions on account of Bondholder Claims under the Plan as provided in Section VI.F of the Plan and for the Indenture Trustee to perform such other functions with respect thereto under the Indentures and to have the benefit of all the protections and other provisions of the applicable Indentures with respect to the Bondholders in doing so, (b) permitting the Indenture Trustee to maintain or assert any rights or Charging Liens it may have on distributions to Bondholders for the Indenture Trustee Fee Claim pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Indenture. The Reorganized Debtors shall have not have any obligations to the Indenture Trustee for any fees, costs or expenses except as expressly provided in the Plan.
          25. Section V.L of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     The President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, or any Vice President, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary of each Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, will be authorized to execute, deliver, file or record such contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and implement the provisions of the Plan. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of each Debtor or Reorganized Debtor will be authorized to certify or attest to any of the foregoing actions. Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the following will not be subject to any stamp Tax, real estate transfer Tax, mortgage recording Tax, sales or use Tax or similar Tax: (1) the issuance, transfer or exchange of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and New Preferred Stock; (2) the creation of any mortgage, deed of trust, lien or other security interest; (3) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease; (4) the execution and delivery of the Exit Facility; (5) any Restructuring Transaction; or (6) the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of or in connection with the Plan, including any merger agreements, agreements of consolidation, restructuring, disposition, liquidation or dissolution, deeds, bills of sale or assignments executed in connection with any of the foregoing or pursuant to the Plan.

11


 

          26. Section VI.E.1 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     On the Effective Date or otherwise prior to the initial distributions under Section VI.G.1, the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve will be established by the Disbursing Agent and the Reserved Shares and/or Reserved Excess Minimum Cash will be placed in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve by the Disbursing Agent for the benefit of holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B and Disputed Claims that become Allowed Claims in Class 5B. For the purpose of calculating the amount of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and/or Excess Minimum Cash to be contributed to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, all Disputed Claims will be treated (solely for purposes of establishing the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve) as Allowed Claims in the Face Amount of such Claims as of the Effective Date. In addition, Disputed Claims rendered duplicative as a result of the consolidation of the Consolidated Debtors pursuant to Section VIII.A will only be counted once for purposes of establishing the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve. As Disputed Claims are resolved, the Disbursing Agent shall make adjustments to the reserves for Disputed Claims, but the Reorganized Debtors shall not be required to increase such reserves from and after the Effective Date. The Debtors may File a motion seeking an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving additional procedures for the establishment of the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve., the Reorganized Debtors shall make (or direct the Disbursing Agent to make) appropriate adjustments to the reserves for Disputed Claims consistent with the Plan and the Claims Reserve Order, but the Reorganized Debtors (and any Disbursing Agent) shall not be required to increase such reserves from and after the Effective Date. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors retain the right to seek additional relief from the Bankruptcy Court relating to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, as they deem necessary or appropriate, including to implement additional or different procedures not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan with respect to certain Claims or groups of Claims. The Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve will be administered by the Reorganized Debtors consistent to the Plan, the Claims Reserve Order and any further orders of the Bankruptcy Court.
          27. Section VI.E.2 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Cash dividends and other distributions received by the Disbursing Agent on account of the Reserved Shares and any Cash deposited into the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve from the Litigation Trust, along with any Cash Investment Yield on Cash, including Net Preference Recovery Proceeds, if any, held in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve, will (a) be deposited in a segregated bank account in the name of the Disbursing Agent for the benefit of holders of Allowed Claims in Class 5B and Disputed Claims that become Allowed Claims in Class 5B, (b) will be accounted for separately and (c) will not constitute property of the Reorganized Debtors. The Disbursing Agent will invest any Cash held in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve in a manner consistent with Dana’s investment and deposit guidelines.
          28. Section VI.E.3 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B and each holder of a Disputed Claim that ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim in Class 5B will have recourse only to the initial distribution of Distributable Shares of New Dana Holdco Common Stock and Distributable Excess Cash and the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets and not to any other assets held by the Reorganized Debtors, their property or any assets previously distributed on account of any

12


 

Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest. Each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 6D will have recourse, to the extent each holder of an Allowed Claim in Class 5B has been paid in full, plus Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest, only to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets, if any, and not to any other assets held by any Disbursing Agent, the Reorganized Debtors, their property or any assets previously distributed on account of any Allowed Claim. Each holder of an Allowed Interest in Class 7A or an Allowed Claim in Class 7B will have recourse, to the extent each holder of an Allowed Claim in Classes 5B and 6D has been paid in full, plus Postpetition Interest and Post-Effective Date Interest, only to the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve Assets, if any, and not to any other assets held by any Disbursing Agent, the Litigation Trust, the Litigation Trustee, the Reorganized Debtors, their property or any assets previously distributed on account of any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest.
          29. Section VI.F.1.b.v of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to impair, waive or extinguish any rights of the Indenture Trustee with respect to a Charging Lien, provided, however, that any such Charging Lien will be released to the extent provided in the Plan upon payment of the Indenture Trustee’s reasonable fees and expenses in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indentures and this Plan.
          30. Section VI.G.4 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, Post-Effective Date Interest shall not accrue on account of any Claim.
          31. Section VII.A.2 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     At the Debtors’ or, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors’ option, any unliquidated Tort Claim (as to which a proof of Claim was timely Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases) not resolved through the ADR Procedures or a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court will be determined and liquidated in the administrative or judicial tribunal(s) in which it is pending on the Effective Date or, if no action was pending on the Effective Date, in any administrative or judicial tribunal of appropriate jurisdiction. The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may exercise the above option by service upon the holder of the applicable Tort Claim of a notice informing the holder of such Tort Claim that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors have exercised such option. Upon a Debtor’s or Reorganized Debtor’s service of such notice, the automatic stay provided under section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or after the Effective Date, the discharge injunction, will be deemed modified, without the necessity for further Bankruptcy Court approval, solely to the extent necessary to allow the parties to determine or liquidate the Tort Claim in the applicable administrative or judicial tribunal(s). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times prior to or after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction relating to Tort Claims, including the Debtors’ right to have such Claims determined and/or liquidated in the Bankruptcy Court (or the United States District Court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases) pursuant to section 157(b)(2)(B) of title 28 of the United States Code, as may be applicable. Any Tort Claim determined and liquidated pursuant to a judgment obtained in accordance with this Section VII.A.2 and applicable non-bankruptcy law that is no longer appealable or subject to review will be deemed an Allowed Claim, as applicable, in Classes 5A and 5B against the

13


 

applicable Debtor in such liquidated amount, provided that only the amount of such Allowed Claim that is less than or equal to the Debtor’s self-insured retention or deductible in connection with any applicable insurance policy and is not satisfied from proceeds of insurance payable to the holder of such Allowed Claim under the Debtors’ insurance policies will be treated as an Allowed Claim for the purposes of distributions under the Plan. In no event will a distribution be made under the Plan to the holder of a Tort Claim on account of any portion of an Allowed Claim in excess of the applicable Debtor’s deductible or self-insured retention under any applicable insurance policy. In the event a Tort Claim is determined and liquidated pursuant to a judgment or order that is obtained in accordance with this Section VII.A.2 and is no longer appealable or subject to review, and applicable non-bankruptcy law provides for no recovery against the applicable Debtor, such Tort Claim will be deemed expunged without the necessity for further Bankruptcy Court approval upon the applicable Debtor’s service of a copy of such judgment or order upon the holder of such Tort Claim. Nothing contained in this Section will constitute or be deemed a waiver of any claim, right or cause of action that a Debtor may have against any person or entity in connection with or arising out of any Tort Claim, including but not limited to any rights under section 157(b)(5) of title 28 of the United States Code. All claims, demands, rights, defenses and causes of action that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have against any person or entity in connection with or arising out of any Tort Claim are expressly retained and preserved.
          32. Section VII.B.3 of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will have the authority to amend the Schedules with respect to any Claim and to make distributions based on such amended Schedules without approval of the Bankruptcy Court. If any such amendment to the Schedules reduces the amount of a Claim or changes the nature or priority of a Claim, the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor will provide (a) the holder of such Claim and (b) the Creditors’ Committee or Litigation Trustee the Claims Monitor (as applicable) with notice of such amendment and such parties will have 20 days to File an objection to such amendment with the Bankruptcy Court. If no such objection is Filed, the applicable Disbursing Agent may proceed with distributions based on such amended Schedules without approval of the Bankruptcy Court.
          33. Section IX.F of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases and other agreements or documents entered into or delivered in connection with the Plan, the Litigation Trust Agreement, the Disclosure Statement or the Confirmation Order;
          34. Section IX.G of the Plan is modified and restated as follows:
     Resolve any cases, controversies, suits or disputes that may arise in connection with the consummation, interpretation or enforcement of the Plan, the Litigation Trust Agreement or any contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document that is entered into or delivered pursuant to the Plan, the Litigation Trust Agreement or any entity’s rights arising from or obligations incurred in connection with the Plan, the Litigation Trust Agreement or such documents;

14


 

     Except as expressly provided herein, no other provision of the Plan is modified by these First Modifications.
         

Dated: December 6, 2007

Respectfully submitted,

Dana Corporation, on its own behalf and on
behalf of each affiliate Debtor
 
 
  By:   /s/ Marc S. Levin                    
  Name:   Marc S. Levin   
  Title:   Acting Secretary   
 
COUNSEL:
Corinne Ball (CB 8203)
Richard H. Engman (RE 7861)
JONES DAY
222 East 41st Street
New York, New York 10017
Telephone: (212) 326-3939
Facsimile: (212) 755-7306
Heather Lennox (HL 3046)
Carl E. Black (CB 4803)
Ryan T. Routh (RR 1994)
JONES DAY
North Point
901 Lakeside Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
Telephone: (216) 586-3939
Facsimile: (216) 579-0212
Jeffrey B. Ellman (JE 5638)
JONES DAY
1420 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Suite 800
Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3053
Telephone: (404) 521-3939
Facsimile: (404) 581-8330
ATTORNEYS FOR DEBTORS
AND DEBTORS IN POSSESSION

15

EX-2.3
 

Exhibit 2.3
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK
             
    X    
 
      :    
In re
      :   Chapter 11
 
      :    
 
      :   Case No. 06-10354 (BRL)
Dana Corporation, et al.,
      :    
 
      :   (Jointly Administered)
 
  Debtors.   :    
 
      :    
    x    
STIPULATION AND AGREED ORDER BETWEEN THE DEBTORS
AND THE OFFICIAL COMMITTEE OF NON-UNION RETIREES
     The above captioned debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “Debtors”) and the Official Committee of Non-Union Retired Employees (the “Retiree Committee”), by and through their respective attorneys, have agreed, by this Stipulation and Agreed Order (this “Agreed Order”), that the Non-Pension Retiree Benefits (defined below) provided to the Boilermaker Retirees will be terminated as of February 1, 2008, and that the Debtors will establish a cash reserve with respect to the claim amount, if any, resulting from the Debtors’ termination of such Non-Pension Retiree Benefits. The parties stipulate and agree, as follows:
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, on March 3, 2006 (the “Petition Date”), the Debtors filed voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York;
     WHEREAS, on August 31, 2006, the Office of the United States Trustee for the Southern District of New York appointed the Retiree Committee, pursuant to section 1114(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, to represent the interests of those individuals receiving retiree benefits (within

 


 

the meaning of section 1114(a) of the Bankruptcy Code) not covered by a collective bargaining agreement;
     WHEREAS, both prior to and since the Petition Date, the Debtors have offered non-pension retiree benefits consisting of healthcare and/or life insurance (collectively “Non-Pension Retiree Benefits”) to the retirees and/or their surviving spouses and eligible dependents formerly employed at the Debtors’ heavy axle facility in Marion, Ohio and affiliated with the International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders, Blacksmiths, Forgers and Helpers AFL-CIO (the “Boilermaker Retirees”);
     WHEREAS, as part of the Debtors’ efforts to restructure their North American operations, the Debtors determined that it is necessary for them to stop providing Non-Pension Retiree Benefits to all of their union and non-union retirees, including the Boilermaker Retirees;
     WHEREAS, on November 19, 2007, after several weeks of discussion, outside counsel to the Boilermakers advised the Debtors that the Boilermakers would not be representing the interests of the Boilermaker Retirees with respect to the Non-Pension Retiree Benefits being provided to such retirees;
     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Stipulation between the Debtors and the Retiree Committee approved by the Court on December 5, 2007, the Retiree Committee is representing the interests of the Boilermaker Retirees with respect to the Non-Pension Retiree Benefits that the Boilermaker Retirees are currently receiving from the Debtors;
     WHEREAS, on October 23, 2007, the Debtors filed their Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization, as same may be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time (the “Plan”);

- 2 -


 

     WHEREAS, the Debtors and the Retiree Committee entered into negotiations and have reached an agreement with respect to the Non-Pension Retiree Benefits being provided to the Boilermaker Retirees, as set forth in the terms and conditions below.
AGREED ORDER
     IT IS THEREFORE AGREED, AND UPON COURT APPROVAL HEREOF, IT SHALL BE ORDERED, AS FOLLOWS:
     1. This Agreed Order constitutes an agreement between the Debtors and the Retiree Committee, as authorized representative of the Boilermaker Retirees, pursuant to section 1114(e) of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”).
     2. The Debtors are authorized to terminate all Non-Pension Retiree Benefits being provided to the Boilermaker Retirees as of February 1, 2008, provided, however, that the Debtors will continue to provide all Non-Pension Retiree Benefits being provided to the Boilermaker Retirees under the terms of existing plans through and including January 31, 2008. On and as of February 1, 2008, the Debtors will cease to sponsor or provide any Non-Pension Retiree Benefits to Boilermaker Retirees, and the Debtors shall have no obligation to provide any Non-Pension Retiree Benefits to Boilermaker Retirees after January 31, 2008, except for the payment of claims incurred by Boilermaker Retirees on or before January 31, 2008 and presented for payment no later than the usual cutoff date for submitting such claims.
     3. The Boilermaker Retirees will retain all rights to assert a claim against the Consolidated Debtors arising under sections 363, 1113 or 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of the termination of Non-Pension Retiree Benefits set forth in paragraph 2 above (the “Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim”), and the Debtors and other parties in interest reserve the right to contest or object to the Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim on any and all grounds. Any

- 3 -


 

Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim shall be satisfied by a cash payment to the Boilermaker Retirees to be paid from the Reserve established in paragraph 6 below and, if necessary, in accordance with the last sentence of paragraph 6 below. If the amount and priority of the Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim cannot be agreed upon between the Debtors and the Retiree Committee, such matters will be determined as set forth in paragraph 5 below but without affecting any other provision of this paragraph 3. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors shall not be required to reserve for any Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim in the Disputed Unsecured Claims Reserve established under the Plan, and any such claim will not affect distributions to general unsecured creditors under the Plan.
     4. In light of the date for the termination of the Non-Pension Retiree Benefits set forth in paragraph 2 above, the Debtors and the Retiree Committee agree to work expeditiously and in good faith to resolve the amount and priority of the Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim. If the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors reach a consensual resolution of the Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim, then the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall file a notice of presentment of such resolution with the Court and provide parties identified on the Bankruptcy Rule 2002 list maintained in the Chapter 11 Cases with seven (7) days notice thereof and an opportunity to file an objection thereto (a “Settlement Objection”). If no objections are received, then the resolution shall be presented to the Court for approval.
     5. If a consensual resolution cannot be reached by January 7, 2008, then on such date, the Debtors will file a motion with the Bankruptcy Court for determination of the amount and priority of the Boilermakers Retiree Benefits Claim (the “Claim Determination Motion”) and will set a hearing on the Claim Determination Motion for the regularly scheduled hearing on January 23, 2008. It is further agreed that the Debtors shall comply with the information sharing

- 4 -


 

obligations reflected in section 1114(f)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code during negotiations and/or during any period of litigation. If the Debtors file the Claim Determination Motion, then the Debtors agree that the termination date for Non-Pension Retiree Benefits set forth in paragraph 2 above will be extended until the date that the Bankruptcy Court enters an order in respect of the Claim Determination Motion. If, as a result of the immediately preceding sentence or as a result of a Settlement Objection that has not been resolved by the Court, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors are required to provide Non-Pension Retiree Benefits to any Boilermaker Retiree after January 31, 2008, then any amounts paid by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors for benefits provided after January 31, 2008 will reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis any payment to be made on account of an allowed Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim.
     6. On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish a reserve in the amount of $2,500,000.00 in respect of the Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim (the “Reserve”), which Reserve shall be maintained until such time as the amount of the Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim, if any, has been consensually agreed to by and between the Debtors and the Retiree Committee or determined by this Court in accordance with paragraphs 4 or 5 above. The Reserve amount set forth above is based upon the Debtors’ belief, after the review of their books and records, that there exist 26 Boilermaker Retirees and 13 spouses and/or dependants currently receiving and/or entitled to receive Non-Pension Retiree Benefits. In the event that it is discovered during efforts to resolve the Boilermaker Retiree Benefits Claim and/or any litigation with respect thereto that there are additional Boilermaker Retirees and/or spouses or dependants, it is agreed that if, by agreement or as a result of litigation, a claim is awarded to the Boilermaker Retirees that would require a payment in excess of $2,500,000.00, then such additional amount shall be payable only by the Reorganized Debtors.

- 5 -


 

     7. To effectuate the terms of this Agreed Order, Section IV.E.1 of the Plan shall be modified as follows:
          On the Effective Date, the Official Committees, to the extent not previously dissolved, will dissolve, and the members of the Official Committees and their respective Professionals will cease to have any role arising from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases; provided, however, that the Creditors’ Committee (a) shall continue to exist for the purpose of objecting to and litigating Fee Claims and applications for fees and expenses under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) to the extent (i) an appeal to the Confirmation Order is pending as of the Effective Date and (ii) the Creditors’ Committee is a party to and is actively participating in such appeal, the Creditors’ Committee shall continue to exist for the purpose of participating in such appeal; and provided further, that the Retiree Committee shall continue to exist solely for the purpose of fully and finally resolving the claim for the termination of non-pension retiree benefits of the International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders, Blacksmiths, Forgers and Helpers AFL-CIO who were formerly employed at the Debtors’ heavy axle facility in Marion, Ohio (the “Boilermaker Claim”) and for such reasonable time thereafter for purposes of either effecting payment to each Boilermaker Retiree or informing each Boilermaker Retiree of any allowed claim. The Professionals retained by the Official Committees (legal and, if deemed necessary by the Retiree Committee, financial and actuarial) and the respective members thereof will not be entitled to assert any Fee Claim for any services rendered or expenses incurred after the Effective Date, except for reasonable fees for services rendered, and actual and necessary expenses incurred, in connection with (a) any applications for allowance of compensation and reimbursement of expenses pending on the Effective Date or Filed and served after the Effective Date pursuant to Section II.A.1.i.ii.A; (b) with respect to the Retiree Committee’s efforts in fully and finally resolving the Boilermaker Claim and effecting payment to each Boilermaker Retiree or informing each Boilermaker Retiree of any allowed claim; and (bc) with respect to the Creditors’ Committee (i) objecting to and litigating Fee Claims and applications for fees and expenses under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) to the extent applicable, the Creditors’ Committee’s active participation in any appeal of the Confirmation Order. Upon the later of (a) the resolution of the Creditors’ Committee’s outstanding objections to any Fee Claims and applications for fees and expenses under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) the resolution of any appeal of the Confirmation Order in which the Creditors’ Committee is actively participating, the Creditors’ Committee will dissolve, and its Professionals will cease to have any role arising from or relating to the Chapter 11 Cases. Upon the full and final resolution of the Boilermaker Claim and effecting payment to each Boilermaker Retiree or informing each Boilermaker Retiree of any allowed claim, the Retiree Committee will dissolve, and its Professionals (both legal and actuarial) will cease to have any role arising from or relating to these Chapter 11 Cases. The Reorganized Debtors will pay the reasonable expenses of the members of the Creditors’ Committee and the reasonable fees and expenses of the Creditors’ Committee’s Professionals incurred in connection with (a) objecting to and litigating Fee Claims and applications for fees and expenses under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and (b) to the extent applicable, actively participating in an appeal of the Confirmation Order, without further Bankruptcy Court approval. The Reorganized Debtors will pay the reasonable expenses of the Retiree Committee and the reasonable fees and expenses of the Retiree Committee’s Professionals (legal and/or actuarial) incurred in connection with the full and final resolution of the Boilermaker Claim and effecting payment to each Boilermaker Retiree or informing each Boilermaker Retiree of any allowed claim without the need for further Bankruptcy Court approval.
     8. To effectuate the terms of this Agreed Order, the Plan shall be deemed to be modified to include the terms of this Agreed Order. Pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan, as modified by this Agreed Order and any other modifications filed with the Court, shall become the Plan.

- 6 -


 

     9. The Retiree Committee shall support and not file any objections to confirmation of the Plan.
     10. Pursuant to sections 1125 and 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors shall not be required to resolicit acceptance of the Plan or prepare and distribute a new disclosure statement with respect to the Plan.
     11. The Debtors are authorized to execute, deliver, implement, and fully perform any and all obligations, instruments, documents and papers, and to take any and all actions reasonably necessary to consummate and implement any and all obligations contemplated herein.
     12. The Debtors reserve all of their rights to seek further modifications to the Plan pursuant to section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, provided that any such modifications are not inconsistent with this Agreed Order.
     13. This Agreed Order may be modified, amended or supplemented by the parties thereto in a writing signed by such parties, and in accordance with the terms thereof, without further order of the Court; provided that such modification, amendment or supplement is not material. No statement made or action taken in the negotiation of this Agreed Order may be used by any party for any purpose whatsoever.
     14. Notwithstanding the possible applicability of Rules 6004(h), 7062, 9014 or otherwise, the terms and conditions of this Agreed Order shall be effective and enforceable immediately upon its entry.
     15. This Court retains jurisdiction to interpret, enforce and implement this Agreed Order, and all amendments thereto, any waiver and consents thereunder, and each of the agreements executed in connection therewith in all respects, including, but not limited to, retaining jurisdiction to resolve any disputes, controversies or claims arising under or related to

- 7 -


 

the Boilermakers Retiree Benefits Claim or the Plan, and interpret, implement and enforce the provisions of this Agreed Order.
Dated: December 11, 2007
     
s/ Corinne Ball
  s/ Trent P. Cornell
 
   
Corinne Ball (CB 8203)
  Trent P. Cornell (Admitted Pro Hac Vice)
Jayant Tambe (JT 0118)
  Jon D. Cohen
Pedro A. Jimenez (PJ 1026)
  STAHL COWEN CROWLEY LLC
JONES DAY
  55 West Monroe Street, Suite 1200
222 East 41st Street
  Chicago, Illinois 60603
New York, New York 10017
  Telephone: (312) 641-0060
Telephone: (212) 326-3939
  Facsimile: (312) 641-6959
Facsimile: (212) 755-7306
   
 
  ATTORNEYS FOR THE RETIREE COMMITTEE
Heather Lennox (HL 3046)
   
901 Lakeside Avenue
   
Cleveland, Ohio 44114
   
Telephone: (216) 586-3939
   
Facsimile: (216) 579-0212
   
 
   
ATTORNEYS FOR THE DEBTORS
   
AND DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION
   
SO ORDERED THIS ___ DAY OF DECEMBER, 2007.
     
 
   
 
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY JUDGE
   

- 8 -

EX-10.1
 

Exhibit 10.1
FIRST AMENDMENT TO INVESTMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO INVESTMENT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of December 7, 2007, is entered into by and among Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Centerbridge”), Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Strategic”) as successor by assignment from CBP Parts Acquisition Co. LLC, a formed Delaware limited liability company (“CBP Parts”), Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“SBS”) as successor by assignment from CBP Parts, and Dana Corporation, a Virginia corporation (the “Company”) and debtor-in-possession under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code in case No. 06-10354 (BRL) pending in the Bankruptcy Court, and amends that certain Investment Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2007, by and among Centerbridge, the Purchaser and the Company (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, in this Amendment have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements set forth herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which Centerbridge, Strategic, SBS and the Company each hereby acknowledge, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree to amend and revise the Agreement as follows:
ARTICLE I
AMENDMENTS
     Section 1.1 Amendments to Investment Agreement.
     (a) Definition of Series B Preferred. The third recital to the Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the phrase “(the “Series B Preferred”)” immediately prior to the phrase “, in each case having the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designation attached hereto as Exhibit B.” Section 7.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the phrase “Series B-1 Preferred” with the phrase “Series B Shares.”
     (b) Series B Preferred Share Purchases. Section 1.2 of the Agreement (Series B Preferred Share Purchase) is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows, in each case in order to conform to the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization and Third Amended Disclosure Statement related thereto:
          “1.2 Series B Preferred Share Purchase. (a) Backstop. On the terms and subject to the conditions herein, at the Closing, New Dana will issue and sell to Purchaser and Purchaser will purchase from New Dana, for an aggregate price of $250,000,000, or $100 per share, in cash (the “Series B Purchase Price”), 2,500,000 newly issued shares of Series B Preferred (“Series B Shares” and, together with the Series A Preferred, the "Shares”); provided, however, that Purchaser’s obligation and right to purchase Series B Shares will be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent that Qualified Investors purchase and timely pay for Series B Shares in accordance with this Section 1.2.
          (b) Subscriptions. Qualified Investors who deliver a duly executed Subscription Agreement in the form of Exhibit C to Centerbridge and the Company prior to 5:00 p.m. EST on December 5, 2007 (such time, the “Subscription Deadline” and such Qualified Investors, the

 


 

"Series B Investors”) will be entitled to purchase their Pro Rata Share of 5,400,000 Series B Shares from the Company for the Series B Purchase Price. Such Series B Investors will also be entitled to purchase, if applicable, their Undersubscription Allocation of Series B Shares, from the Company for the Series B Purchase Price. For purposes of this Agreement, “Pro Rata Share” means each Qualified Investor’s pro rata portion of the Series B Shares, as applicable, calculated based on the proportion that the Participating Claims beneficially owned by it bear to the total amount of Participating Claims beneficially owned by Qualified Investors (disregarding whether any or all Qualified Investors have subscribed to purchase Series B Shares for purposes of calculating such total amount) as a whole.
          (c) Undersubscription Allotment. To the extent Primary Subscriptions are for less than 5,400,000 Series B Shares, a number of Series B Shares will be available to each Qualified Investor subscribing for Series B Shares (collectively, the “Subscribing Investors”) who indicates in its Subscription Agreement delivered prior to the Subscription Deadline that it agrees to subscribe for an Undersubscription Allocation (collectively, the “Undersubscription Investors”). The number of Series B Shares available for the Undersubscription Allocation will be equal to the difference between (i) 2,900,000 Series B Shares and (ii) the number of Series B Shares by which Primary Subscriptions and the Series B Shares purchased by Centerbridge pursuant to Section 1(a) exceed 2,500,000 Series B Shares (the “Unsubscribed Shares”). Each Undersubscription Investor will purchase from the Company at the Series B Purchase Price its pro rata share of the number of Unsubscribed Shares (the “Undersubscription Allocation”), calculated based on the proportion that the Participating Claims beneficially owned by it bear to the total amount of Participating Claims held by Undersubscription Investors as a whole; provided, however, that no Qualified Investor will be required to purchase Series B Shares in excess of the maximum amount it agrees to purchase pursuant to its Subscription Agreement. In the event that a Subscribing Investor ceases to be a Qualified Investor after executing a Subscription Agreement, such Subscribing Investor will not be entitled to acquire Series B Shares and such Person’s allocation of Series B Shares shall be added to the total number of Series B Shares the respective Pro Rata Share of which each Qualified Investor may purchase pursuant to the first sentence of Section 1.2(b) above. For purposes of this Section 1.2, "Primary Subscriptions” means the Series B Shares that Qualified Investors agree to purchase pursuant to duly executed Subscription Agreements submitted prior to the Subscription Deadline, but not including Series B Shares subject to an Undersubscription Allocation.
          (d) $200 Million Cap. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.2, in no event will any purchaser of Series B Shares and its Affiliates, including without limitation any Person to whom Purchaser has assigned rights and obligations to purchase Series B Shares as contemplated by Section 1.2(a), but not including Purchaser and its Affiliates, be entitled to acquire beneficial ownership of more than $200 million in aggregate liquidation preference of Series B Shares (including after taking into account subscriptions for Unsubscribed Shares).

2


 

          (c) Amendment to Termination Rights. Section 6.2(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety:
     (d) by Centerbridge, if there has been a default or breach by the Company of its representations and warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, which default or breach is incapable of being cured or, if capable of being cured has not been cured within 60 days following receipt by the Company from Centerbridge of written notice of such default or breach (specifying in reasonable detail the claimed default or breach and demand of its cure or satisfaction) and which default or breach would result in a failure of the condition set forth in Section 5.3(f) or (g), as applicable; provided, however, that Centerbridge will not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 6.2(d) if it or Purchaser is in material breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements hereunder;
          (d) Condition re: Board Composition.
          (i) The text of Section 5.3(k) of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:
     (k) Effective upon the Closing, the New Dana Board shall consist of nine directors, (i) four of whom shall be designated by Centerbridge, one of whom shall be an Independent Director and one of whom shall be an Independent Director with respect to Centerbridge (but not necessarily independent of New Dana for NYSE purposes), (ii) three of whom shall be designated by representatives of the unsecured creditor’s committee (the “Creditors’ Committee”) appointed in the Chapter 11 Case, each of whom shall be an Independent Director, (iii) one of whom shall be selected by the Creditors’ Committee from a list of three Independent Directors proffered to the Creditors’ Committee by Centerbridge, provided, however, if none of the Independent Directors on the list are reasonably satisfactory to the Creditors’ Committee, then Centerbridge shall proffer the names of additional Independent Directors until the name of an Independent Director reasonably satisfactory to the Creditors’ Committee is put forth and at any time during that process, the Creditors’ Committee may submit its own list, which would then be subject to the same proffer process, and (iv) one of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
          (e) Purchaser Expenses. Section 7.1(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the phrase “an amount not to exceed $4.0 million” with the phrase “an amount not to exceed $5.0 million” in order to conform this amount to the expense cap reflected in the Third Amended Disclosure Statement.
          (f) Trade Claims Record Date; Definition of “allowed”. Section 8.8(xl) of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety “Trade Claims Record Date‘ means November 28, 2007” in order to conform this date to the Trade Claims Record Date reflected in the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization and the Third Amended Disclosure Statement related thereto. Section 8.8 is hereby amended to add a new definition “‘allowed‘, for purposes of the definitions of Bondholder Claims and Trade Claims herein, means “allowed” as such term is used in the Bankruptcy Code and will not be interpreted to have the meaning given such term in the Chapter 11 Plan.

3


 

          (g) Chapter 11 Plan Provisions. Centerbridge and Purchaser hereby confirm and reaffirm their consent to the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization.
     Section 1.2 Amended and Restated Exhibits to Investment Agreement.
          (a) Certificate of Designation. The Certificate of Designation attached as Exhibit B to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the Certificate of Designation attached hereto as Exhibit B.
          (b) Shareholders Agreement. The Shareholders Agreement attached as Exhibit D to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the Shareholders Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D.
          (c) Series A Registration Rights Agreement. The Series A Registration Rights Agreement attached as Exhibit E to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the Series A Registration Rights Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E.
          (d) Series B Registration Rights Agreement. The Series B Registration Rights Agreement attached as Exhibit F to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the Series B Registration Rights Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit F.
          (e) Market Maker Agreement. The Market Maker Agreement attached as Exhibit H to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the Market Maker Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit H.
     Section 1.3 Effective Date of Amendment; Termination. This Amendment shall not become binding upon the Debtors unless and until the Bankruptcy Court approves this Amendment. Centerbridge, by written notice to the Company, may terminate this Amendment if the Company has not obtained Bankruptcy Court approval of this Amendment on or before February 28, 2008. Upon such termination, the Investment Agreement will remain in full force and effect but without giving effect to this Amendment, until terminated in accordance with the terms thereof.
ARTICLE II
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 2.1 Affirmation of Agreement. Except as expressly amended hereby, all terms, conditions and provisions of the Agreement are hereby reaffirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.
     Section 2.2 Entire Agreement. Together with the Agreement, this Amendment constitutes the entire agreement among Centerbridge, Strategic, SBS and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of Centerbridge, the Purchaser and the Company (or any of them) with respect to the subject matter hereof.

4


 

     Section 2.3 Governing Law. This Amendment will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
     Section 2.4 Headings. The headings contained in this Amendment are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment.
     Section 2.5 Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties hereto.
[Remainder of Page Blank — Signature Page Follows]

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Centerbridge, Strategic, SBS and the Company have each duly executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first written above.
         
 
       
    DANA CORPORATION
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Michael J. Burns
 
       
 
  Name:   Michael J. Burns
 
       
 
  Title:   Chairman & CEO
 
       
 
       
    CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.
 
  By:   Centerbridge Associates, L.P.,
 
      its general partner
 
      By: Centerbridge GP Investors, LLC
 
              its general partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Jeff Aronson
 
       
 
  Name:   Jeff Aronson
 
       
 
  Title:   Authorized Person
 
       
    CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS STRATEGIC, L.P.
 
  By:   Centerbridge Associates, L.P.,
 
      its general partner
 
      By: Centerbridge GP Investors, LLC,
 
              its general partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Jeff Aronson
 
       
 
  Name:   Jeff Aronson
 
       
 
  Title:   Authorized Person
 
       
    CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS SBS, L.P.
 
  By:   Centerbridge Associates, L.P.,
 
      its general partner
 
      By: Centerbridge GP Investors, LLC,
 
              its general partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Jeff Aronson
 
       
 
  Name:   Jeff Aronson
 
       
 
  Title:   Authorized Person
Signature Page to First Amendment to Investment Agreement

 


 

Exhibit B
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF
4.0% SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
4.0% SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
     The terms of the authorized 4.0% Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series A Preferred”), and 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series B Preferred”), of Dana Holding Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), are as set forth below:
     1. Designation. There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation two new series of Preferred Stock designated as the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred. The number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred will be 2,500,000, and the number of shares constituting the Series B Preferred will be 5,400,000.
     2. Ranking. The Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred will, with respect to payment of dividends and to distributions in the event of the Corporation’s voluntary or involuntary liquidation, winding up or dissolution (a “Liquidation”), rank (i) senior to all classes of Common Stock and to each other class of Capital Stock of the Corporation or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation established hereafter by the Board, the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series ranks senior to, or on a parity with, the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred as to dividend rights and rights on a Liquidation (collectively referred to as “Junior Stock”), (ii) on a parity with each class of Capital Stock of the Corporation or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation established hereafter by the Board, the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank on a parity with the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred as to dividend rights and rights on a Liquidation (collectively referred to as “Parity Stock”), and (iii) junior to each class of Capital Stock of the Corporation or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation established hereafter by the Board, the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior to the Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred as to dividend rights and rights on a Liquidation (“Senior Stock”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred will rank on a parity with each other as to dividend rights and rights on a Liquidation.
     3. Dividends. (a) So long as any shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred are outstanding, the holders of such shares will be entitled to receive out of the Corporation’s assets legally available therefor, when, as and if declared by the Board, preferential dividends at a rate per annum equal to 4.0% (the “Dividend Rate”) on the then-effective Liquidation Preference per share for such share hereunder, payable in cash. Subject to Section 5(f), such dividends with respect to each share of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, as applicable, will be fully cumulative and will begin to accrue from the Issue Date of such share, whether or not such dividends are authorized or declared by the Board and whether or not in any Dividend Period or

 


 

Dividend Periods there are assets of the Corporation legally available for the payment of such dividends.
     (b) Dividends on the shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred will be payable quarterly in equal amounts (subject to Section 3(d) hereunder with respect to shorter periods, including the first such period with respect to newly issued shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred) in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date, in preference to and in priority over dividends on any Junior Stock, commencing on the first Dividend Payment Date after the Issue Date of such share of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable. Subject to Section 3(f), such dividends will be paid to the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, as applicable, as they appear at the close of business on the applicable Dividend Record Date. The amount payable as dividends on such Dividend Payment Date will be payable in cash, unless such payment is prohibited under statutory law.
     (c) All dividends paid with respect to shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred pursuant to Section 3(a) will be paid pro rata to the holders thereof and will first be credited against the dividends accrued with respect to the earliest Dividend Period for which dividends have not been paid. Dividend payments will be aggregated per holder and will be made to the nearest cent (with $0.005 being rounded upward).
     (d) The amount of dividends payable per share of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred for each full Dividend Period will be computed by dividing the annual dividend amount for such share by four. The amount of dividends payable for the initial Dividend Period, or any other period shorter or longer than a full Dividend Period, on a share of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, will be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year. No interest will accrue or be payable in respect of unpaid dividends.
     (e) Any reference to “distribution” in this Section 3 will not be deemed to include any distribution made in connection with any Liquidation.
     (f) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in no event will a dividend payable under Section 3(a) be paid in respect of any share of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred that has been converted prior to the applicable Dividend Payment Date pursuant to Section 5(b) or (c) if such dividend was included in the calculation of clause (i) of Section 5(b) or 5(c), as applicable.
     4. Liquidation Rights. (a) In the event of any Liquidation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred then outstanding will be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, whether such assets are capital, surplus, earnings or otherwise, before any payment or declaration and setting apart for payment of any amount will be made in respect of any shares of Junior Stock, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Stock, if any, an amount with respect to each share of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred outstanding equal to the then-effective Liquidation Preference per share for such shares, plus all declared or accrued and unpaid dividends in respect thereof to the date

2


 

of final distribution. If upon any Liquidation, the assets to be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Parity Stock, if any, are insufficient to permit the payment to such stockholders of the full preferential amounts thereof, then the entire assets of the Corporation to be distributed will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Parity Stock, based on the full preferential amounts for the number of shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Parity Stock held by each holder, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Stock, if any.
     (b) After payment to the holders of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred of the amounts set forth in Section 4(a) hereof, such holders will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of the Corporation’s assets and the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, will be distributed among the holders of any Capital Stock entitled to a preference over the Common Stock in accordance with the terms thereof and, thereafter, to the holders of Common Stock.
     (c) No funds are required to be set aside to protect the Liquidation Preference of the shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, although the applicable Liquidation Preference will be substantially in excess of the par value of the shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred.
     (d) For purposes of this Section 4, neither a merger, consolidation, business combination, reorganization or recapitalization of the Corporation with or into any entity, nor a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) will be deemed a Liquidation.
     5. Conversion. The Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred are convertible into shares of Common Stock as follows:
     (a) Conversion Price. The initial Conversion Price of each share of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred will be determined as set forth in the definition of “Conversion Price” in Section 13 and the defined terms used therein. The Conversion Price will be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5(h).
     (b) Optional Conversion Right. At any time after the six-month anniversary of the Original Issue Date, but subject to Section 8, at the option of the holder thereof, any share of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred may be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock that is obtained by dividing (i) the then-effective Liquidation Preference plus all accrued but unpaid dividends under Section 3(a) for such share by (ii) the Conversion Price (as in effect on the Conversion Date).
     (c) Mandatory Conversion. If the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock has exceeded an amount equal to 1.4 multiplied by the Distributable Market Equity Value Per Share (such product, rounded up to the nearest cent, and subject to equitable adjustment in the event of any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations,

3


 

reclassifications and similar actions, the “Mandatory Conversion Trigger Price”), for at least 20 consecutive Trading Days commencing from or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, then the Corporation may, at its option at any time after any such 20 consecutive Trading Day period, cause all but not less than all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred to convert into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock that is obtained by dividing (i) the then-effective Liquidation Preference of such shares plus any accrued but unpaid dividends under Section 3(a) for such shares by (ii) the Conversion Price (as in effect on the Conversion Date).
     (d) Mechanics for Exercise of Conversion Rights. In order to exercise the optional conversion right provided for in Section 5(b), the holder of each share of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred to be converted will (i) surrender the certificate representing such share, duly endorsed or assigned to the Corporation or in blank, to the office of the Transfer Agent or (ii) deliver written notice to the Corporation or the Transfer Agent that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates (the actions taken pursuant to clause (i) or (ii), a “Surrender”), accompanied, in either case, by written notice to the Corporation that the holder thereof elects to convert all or a specified whole number of shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable. Unless the shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion are to be issued in the same name as the name in which such shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, are registered, each share Surrendered for conversion must be accompanied by instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the holder or such holder’s duly authorized attorney and an amount sufficient to pay any transfer or similar tax (or evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation demonstrating that such taxes have been paid). In the event the Corporation elects to exercise the mandatory conversion right provided for in Section 5(c), the Corporation will provide written notice of such exercise to the Transfer Agent and each holder of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred specifying the date on which such conversion will be effective (the “Mandatory Conversion Notice”), which date must be no less than 90 days from the date on which such written notice is sent, and thereafter each holder of shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred will Surrender its shares to the Corporation.
     (e) Delivery of Certificates and Conversion Date. As promptly as practicable, but in any event within five Business Days following the Conversion Date (in the case of a conversion pursuant to Section 5(b)) or within five Business Days following the date on which a holder of shares to be converted Surrenders such shares to the Corporation (in the case of a conversion pursuant to Section 5(c)), the Corporation will issue and deliver to, or upon the written order of, the holder a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such holder’s applicable shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5, and any fractional interest in respect of a share of Common Stock arising upon such conversion will be settled as provided in Section 5(g) hereof. In the event of a conversion pursuant to Section 5(b), upon conversion of only a portion of

4


 

the number of shares covered by a certificate representing shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred Surrendered for conversion, the Corporation will also issue and deliver to, or upon the written order of, the holder of the certificate so Surrendered for conversion, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate covering the number of shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, representing the unconverted portion of the certificate so Surrendered, which new certificate will entitle the holder thereof to the rights of the shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred represented thereby to the same extent as if the certificate theretofore covering such unconverted shares had not been Surrendered for conversion. Each conversion will be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date on which (i) in the case of an optional conversion pursuant to Section 5(b), the certificates for Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred are Surrendered and such notice and payment of all required transfer taxes and dividends received by the Corporation as aforesaid, or (ii) in the case of a mandatory conversion pursuant to Section 5(c), the date specified in the Mandatory Conversion Notice (the “Conversion Date”). On the Conversion Date, all rights with respect to the shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices, will terminate except only the rights of holders thereof to receive the physical certificates contemplated by this Section 5(e) and cash in lieu of any fractional share as provided in Section 5(g), and the Person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock will be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of such shares (even if certificates for such shares of Common Stock have not yet been issued).
     (f) If conversion rights are exercised with respect to shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred under Section 5(b) or (c), such shares will cease to accrue dividends pursuant to Section 3(a) as of the end of day immediately preceding the Conversion Date.
     (g) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractions of shares of Common Stock will be issued upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred. Instead of any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock that would otherwise be deliverable upon the conversion of such shares, the Corporation will pay to the holder of such shares an amount in cash based upon the Current Market Price of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Conversion Date. If more than one share is Surrendered for conversion pursuant to this Section 5 at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof will be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares so Surrendered.
     (h) Conversion Price Adjustments. The Conversion Price is subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
          (i) Stock Splits and Combinations. If, after the Original Issue Date, the Corporation (A) subdivides or splits its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, (B) combines or reclassifies its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (C) issues any Capital Stock of the Corporation by reclassification of its Common Stock, then the Conversion Price in effect

5


 

immediately prior to such event will be adjusted so that the holder of any share of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred thereafter Surrendered for conversion will be entitled to receive the number of such securities that such holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive after the occurrence of any of the events described above as if such share had been converted immediately prior to the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification or the record date therefor, whichever is earlier. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5(h)(i) will become effective at the close of business on the effective date of such corporate action. Such adjustment will be made successively wherever any event listed above occurs.
          (ii) Dividends/Distributions of Common Stock. If, after the Original Issue Date, the Corporation fixes a record date for or pays a dividend or makes a distribution in shares of Common Stock on any class of Capital Stock of the Corporation, other than dividends or distributions of shares of Common Stock or other securities with respect to which adjustments are provided in Section 5(h)(i), then the Conversion Price in effect at the close of business on the record date therefor will be adjusted to equal the price determined by multiplying (A) such Conversion Price by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding at the close of business on the record date and the denominator of which will be the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding at the close of business on the record date and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock constituting such dividend or distribution. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5(h)(ii) will become effective immediately after the close of business on such record date (except as provided in Section 5(h)(iv)(F) hereof). Such adjustment will be made successively wherever any event listed above occurs.
          (iii) Certain Issuances of Common Stock and Common Stock Derivatives. If, after the Original Issue Date, the Corporation issues or sells shares of Common Stock or any Common Stock Derivative without consideration or at a consideration per share of Common Stock (or having a conversion, exercise or exchange price per share of Common Stock, in the case of a Common Stock Derivative), calculated by including the aggregate proceeds to the Corporation upon issuance and any additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon and in respect of any such conversion, exchange or exercise, that is less than the Conversion Price in effect at the close of business on the day immediately preceding such issuance, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Derivatives, as applicable, will be deemed to have been issued as of such issuance and such Conversion Price will be decreased, effective as of the time of such issuance, to equal the price determined by multiplying (A) such Conversion Price by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which will be the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding immediately prior to such issuance and (2) the number of shares which the aggregate proceeds to the Corporation from such issuance (including any additional consideration per share of Common Stock payable to the Corporation upon any such conversion, exchange or exercise) would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which will be the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding immediately prior to such issuance and (2) the number of additional shares of Common Stock issued

6


 

or subject to issuance upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Derivatives issued. In the event that any portion of such consideration is in a form other than cash, the Fair Market Value of such noncash consideration will be used. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, this Section 5(h)(iii) will not apply to any issuance of Common Stock in any manner described in Section 5(h)(i) and (ii). Such adjustment will be made successively wherever any event listed above occurs.
          (iv) Additional Conversion Matters.
               (A) Minor Adjustments and Calculations. No adjustment in the Conversion Price pursuant to any provision of this Section 5(h) will be required unless such adjustment would require a cumulative increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price; provided, however, that any adjustments that by reason of this Section 5(h)(iv)(A) are not required to be made will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustments until made. All calculations under this Section 5(h) will be made to the nearest cent (with $0.005 being rounded upward).
               (B) Exceptions to Adjustment Provisions. The provisions of this Section 5(h) will not be applicable to (1) any issuance for which an adjustment to the Conversion Price is provided under any other subclause of this Section 5(h), (2) any issuance of shares of Common Stock upon actual exercise, exchange or conversion of any Common Stock Derivative if the Conversion Price was fully and properly adjusted at the time such securities were issued or if no such adjustment was required hereunder at the time such securities were issued, (3) the issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred at a per share price equal to or greater than the applicable Liquidation Preference or the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, (4) the issuance of Common Stock Derivatives or shares of Common Stock to employees, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to management or director incentive plans or stock compensation plans as in effect on or prior to the Original Issue Date or approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board after the Original Issue Date, including any employment, severance or consulting agreements, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Common Stock Derivative, (5) the issuance of shares of Common Stock as consideration for an arm’s-length acquisition of a business or assets from a Third Party or Third Parties that is approved by holders of a majority of the Voting Stock (on an as-converted basis) in accordance with the requirements under the Charter and the Corporation’s By-Laws and applicable law, or (6) the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to any plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Corporation and the investment of additional optional amounts in Common Stock under such plan.
               (C) Board Adjustment to Conversion Price. Anything in this Section 5(h) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Corporation may, to the extent permitted by law, make such reductions in the Conversion Price, in addition to those required by this Section 5(h), as the Board in its good faith discretion determines to be necessary in order that any subdivision of shares, reclassification or combination of

7


 

shares, distribution of Common Stock Derivatives, or a distribution of other assets (other than cash dividends) hereafter made by the Corporation to its stockholders will not be taxable. Whenever the Conversion Price is so decreased, the Corporation will mail to holders of record of shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred a notice of the decrease at least 5 days before the date the decreased Conversion Price takes effect, and such notice will state the decreased Conversion Price and the period it will be in effect.
               (D) Other Capital Stock. In the event that, at any time as a result of the provisions of this Section 5(h), a holder of shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred becomes entitled to receive any shares of Capital Stock of the Corporation other than Common Stock upon subsequent conversion, the number of such other shares so receivable upon conversion will thereafter be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions contained herein.
               (E) Effect of Adjustment. In the event that, at any time after the Original Issue Date, any adjustment is made to the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 5, such adjustment to the Conversion Price will be applicable with respect to all then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred and all shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred issued after the date of the event causing such adjustment to the Conversion Price.
               (F) Adjustment Deferral. In any case in which Section 5(h) provides that an adjustment becomes effective from and after a record date for an event, the Corporation may defer until the occurrence of such event (1) issuing to the holder of any shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred converted after such record date and before the occurrence of such event the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such event over and above the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (2) paying to such holder any amount of cash in lieu of any fraction pursuant to Section 5(g).
               (G) Other Limits on Adjustment. There will be no adjustment of the Conversion Price in the event of the issuance of any shares of the Corporation in a reorganization, acquisition or other similar transaction, except as specifically set forth in this Section 5.
               (H) Abandoned Events and Expired Common Stock Derivatives. If the Corporation takes a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or other distribution, and thereafter and before the distribution to stockholders legally abandons its plan to pay or deliver such dividend or distribution, then thereafter any adjustment in the Conversion Price granted by this Section 5(h) will, as and if necessary, be readjusted at the time of such abandonment to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect if no adjustment had been made (taking proper account of all other conversion adjustments under this Section 5(h)); provided, however, that such readjustment will not affect the Conversion Price of any

8


 

shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred that have been converted prior to such abandonment. If any Common Stock Derivatives referred to in this Section 5(h) in respect of which an adjustment has been made expire unexercised in whole or in part after the same have been distributed or issued by the Corporation, the Conversion Price will be readjusted at the time of such expiration to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect if no adjustment had been made on account of the distribution or issuance of such expired Common Stock Derivatives (taking proper account of all other conversion adjustments under this Section 5(h)); provided, however, that such readjustment will not affect the Conversion Price of any shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred that have been converted prior to such expiration.
               (I) Participation in Dividends. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment to the Conversion Price will be made under Section 5(h)(ii) to the extent that the holders of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, participate in any such distribution on an as-converted basis based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares are then convertible.
               (J) Pre-Conversion Price Determination Time Events. No adjustment will be made to the Conversion Price for events occurring prior to the determination of the Conversion Price in accordance with Section 5(a) (the “Conversion Price Determination Time”), whether or not they would otherwise result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 5(h); provided, however, that the Corporation will not take any actions that, but for this Section 5(h)(iv)(J), would have resulted in an adjustment of the Conversion Price prior to the Conversion Price Determination Time pursuant to this Section 5(h) without the written consent of the Required Holders.
     (i) Fundamental Changes. In the event that any transaction or event (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation, sale of assets, tender or exchange offer, reclassification, compulsory share exchange or liquidation) occurs in which all or substantially all of the outstanding Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for stock, other securities, cash or assets (each, a “Fundamental Change”), the holder of each share of Series A Preferred and each share of Series B Preferred outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Change which remains outstanding thereafter, if any, will have the right upon any subsequent conversion to receive (but only out of legally available funds, to the extent required by applicable law) the kind and amount of stock, other securities, cash and assets that such holder would have received if such share had been converted immediately prior thereto (assuming such holder failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such Fundamental Change). Such adjustment will be made successively whenever any event listed above occurs. No adjustment will be made pursuant to Section 5(i) in respect of any Fundamental Change as to which an adjustment to the Conversion Price was made pursuant to Section 5(h).
     (j) Notice of Certain Events. If, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3 hereof:

9


 

          (i) the Corporation declares (A) any dividend (or any other distribution) on Common Stock, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, or (B) any extraordinary dividend or distribution on any Junior Stock (excluding any regularly scheduled dividends paid in accordance with the terms thereof);
          (ii) there is any recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock (other than an event to which Section 5(h) hereof applies) or any consolidation or merger to which the Corporation is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Corporation is required, or a share exchange or self-tender offer by the Corporation for all or substantially all of its outstanding Common Stock or the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation as an entirety or any compulsory share exchange affecting the Common Stock; or
          (iii) there occurs a Liquidation;
then the Corporation will cause to be filed with the Transfer Agent and will cause to be mailed to the holders of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred at the addresses of such holders as shown on the stock books of the Corporation, as promptly as possible, but at least ten Business Days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified and no later than when notice is first mailed or sent to the holders of Common Stock, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or grant, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or grant are to be determined or (B) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange, self-tender offer, sale, transfer or Liquidation is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record will be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities or other property, if any, deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange, self-tender offer, sale, transfer or Liquidation. Failure to give or receive such notice or any defect therein will not affect the legality of validity of the proceedings described in this Section 5.
     (k) Sufficient Shares of Common Stock. The Corporation covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of the aggregate of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting conversion of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, the full number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred not theretofore converted. For purposes of this Section 5(k), the number of shares of Common Stock that are deliverable upon the conversion of all such outstanding shares will be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single holder.
     (l) Compliance with Laws. Prior to the delivery of any securities that the Corporation is obligated to deliver upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, the Corporation will use its best efforts to comply with all federal and

10


 

state laws and regulations thereunder requiring the registration of such securities with, or any approval of or consent to the delivery thereof by, any governmental authority.
     (m) Officer’s Certificate. As promptly as practicable following the Conversion Price Determination Time, the Corporation will promptly file with the Transfer Agent, and cause to be delivered to each holder of Series A Preferred and each holder of Series B Preferred, a certificate signed by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Corporation, setting forth the determination of the initial Conversion Price, the Distributable Market Equity Value Per Share and the Mandatory Conversion Trigger Price. Thereafter whenever the applicable Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to this Section 5, the Corporation will promptly file with the Transfer Agent, and cause to be delivered to each holder of Series A Preferred and each holder of Series B Preferred, a certificate signed by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Corporation, setting forth in reasonable detail the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which such adjustment was calculated (including a description of the basis of the determination of the Current Market Price and/or Fair Market Value, as applicable) and specifying the new applicable Conversion Price. In the event of a Fundamental Change pursuant to Section 5(i), such a certificate will be issued describing the amount and kind of stock, securities, property or assets or cash receivable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred after giving effect to the provisions of such Section 5(i).
     (n) Errors. The Board will have the power to resolve any ambiguity or correct any error in Section 5, and its action in doing so will be final and binding and conclusive.
     (o) No Increase. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Conversion Price will in no event be increased pursuant to Section 5(h)(iii).
     6. Voting Rights. (a) General. Subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, holders of shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred will have one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such share of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, could be converted at the Conversion Price at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited by the Corporation. Except as required by law, by the terms of any agreement to which the Corporation and holders of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, are a party or as otherwise set forth in this Section 6, such holders will have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and will be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock and not by classes, with respect to any and all matters upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes by the holders of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred will not be permitted, and any fractional voting rights (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, held by each holder could be converted) will be disregarded.

11


 

     (b) Without limiting Article III of the Shareholders Agreement, beginning with the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the Original Issue Date, for as long as shares of Series A Preferred having an aggregate Series A Liquidation Preference of at least $125 million are owned by the Initial Series A Purchasers, the Board will consist of nine members, elected as follows:
          (i) The holders of shares of the Series A Preferred will be entitled, voting as a separate class, to elect three directors at each meeting of stockholders held for the purpose of electing directors, at least one of whom will be an Independent Director.
               (A) In case of any removal, either with or without cause, of a director elected by the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred, the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred will be entitled, voting as a separate class either by written consent or at a special meeting or next regular meeting, to elect a successor to hold office for the unexpired term of the director who has been removed.
               (B) (1) In case of such removal, an officer of the Corporation may call, and, upon written request of the Initial Series A Purchasers, addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation, will call a special meeting of the holders of shares of Series A Preferred. Such meeting will be held at the earliest practicable date upon the notice required for annual meetings of stockholders at the place for holding annual meetings of stockholders of the Corporation, or, if none, at a place designated by the Board. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(b)(i)(B)(1), no such special meeting will be called during a period within the 120 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next annual meeting of stockholders in which such case, the election of directors pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) will be held at such annual meeting of stockholders.
                      (2) At any meeting held for the purpose of electing directors at which the holders of shares of Series A Preferred voting separately as one class have the right to elect directors as provided herein, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred will be required and will be sufficient to constitute a quorum of such class for the election of directors by such class.
          (ii) The remaining directors will be elected by holders of shares of Common Stock and any other class of Capital Stock entitled to vote in the election of directors (including the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred) (together the “Voting Stock”), voting together as a single class at each meeting of stockholders held for the purpose of electing directors.
               (A) In case of any removal, either with or without cause, of a director elected by the holders of the Voting Stock, the holders of the shares of Voting Stock will be entitled, voting together as a class either by written consent or at a special meeting or next regular meeting, to elect a successor to hold office for the unexpired term of the director who has been removed.

12


 

               (B) (1) In case of such removal, an officer of the Corporation may call, and, upon written request of the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock, addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation, will call a special meeting of the holders of Voting Stock. Such meeting will be held at the earliest practicable date upon the notice required for annual meetings of stockholders at the place for holding annual meetings of stockholders of the Corporation, or, if none, at a place designated by the Board. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(b)(ii)(B)(1), no such special meeting will be called during a period within the 120 days immediately preceding the date fixed for the next annual meeting of stockholders in which such case, the election of directors pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii) will be held at such annual meeting of stockholders.
                      (2) At any meeting held for the purpose of electing directors at which the holders of Voting Stock voting together as one class have the right to elect directors as provided herein, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Stock will be required and will be sufficient to constitute a quorum of such class for the election of directors by such class.
               (C) In case of any vacancy (other than by removal) in the office of a director elected by the holders of Voting Stock, the vacancy may only be filled by the remaining directors of the Board.
     (c) Election of Directors Upon Dividend Default. If at any time the equivalent of six quarterly dividends payable on the shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred or any other class or series of Parity Stock are accrued and unpaid (whether or not consecutive and whether or not declared), then, immediately prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders or special meeting of stockholders, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board will automatically be increased by two and, in each case, the holders of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and any Parity Stock having similar voting rights then exercisable, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, will be entitled to elect at such meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation two directors to serve until all dividends accumulated and unpaid on any such voting shares have been paid. The term of office of all such directors will terminate immediately upon payment in full of all accrued but unpaid dividends and upon such termination the total number of directors constituting the entire Board will be reduced by two. Shares held by the Corporation or any entity controlled by the Corporation will have no vote in any such vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of directors to be elected pursuant to this Section 6(c) will be reduced to zero in the event that the holders of Series A Preferred are entitled to elect directors pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) at such time; provided, however, that such number will be increased back to two pursuant to this Section 6(c) effective immediately upon the termination of the right of the holders of Series A Preferred to elect directors pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) unless at such time all accumulated and unpaid dividends have been paid.
     (d) No holder of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred may receive any compensation or remuneration of any kind (from the Corporation or from any other

13


 

Person) in connection with the exercise or non-exercise of any voting or other rights under any provision of this Certificate.
     7. Preemptive Rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Shareholders Agreement, no holder of any shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred will have any preemptive right to acquire any shares of unissued Capital Stock of the Corporation, now or hereafter authorized, or any treasury shares or securities convertible into such shares or carrying a right to subscribe to or acquire such shares of capital stock.
     8. Transferability. (a) Subject to Section 8(c), during the six-month period following the Original Issue Date (the “Transfer Prohibition Period”), no holder of shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred may (i) sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or dispose of in any way all or any part of an interest in (“Transfer”) such holder’s Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, or (ii) convert any such shares into Common Stock pursuant to Section 5; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8(a) will prohibit a holder from Transferring Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred to a Permitted Transferee of such holder.
     (b) Subject to Section 8(c), during the 30-month period commencing immediately upon the end of the Transfer Prohibition Period, the Initial Series A Purchasers may not (i) Transfer to any Person or (ii) convert into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 5, shares of Series A Preferred having, collectively (calculated as the sum of all such Transfers and/or conversions during the Transfer Prohibition Period), an aggregate Series A Liquidation Preference (determined as of the time of Transfer and/or conversion) of more than $125 million; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8(b) will prohibit the Initial Series A Purchasers from Transferring Series A Preferred to a Permitted Transferee of such holder (and such a Transfer will not be counted for purposes of this Section 8(b)).
     (c) The restrictions on Transfer set forth in Sections 8(a) and (b) will automatically terminate upon any (i) Bankruptcy Event relating to the Corporation, (ii) Company Sale to a Third Party, or (iii) underwritten public offering of any Common Stock for cash (other than in connection with an acquisition of assets, a company or a business by the Corporation or one of its subsidiaries in a transaction approved by the Board) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any similar form) filed under the Securities Act, unless the holders of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, are given the opportunity to sell securities in such public offering on the basis of their Pro Rata Amounts.
     (d) Each certificate representing Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred issued to any holder will bear a legend on the face thereof substantially to the following effect (with such additions thereto or changes therein as the Corporation may be advised by counsel are required by law (the “Legend”)):

14


 

     “THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED IN THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION RELATING TO SUCH SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY. NO SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER ENCUMBRANCE ON OR DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE MADE EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION.”
     “THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE LAW OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.”
     The Legend will be removed by the Corporation by the delivery of substitute certificates without such Legend in the event of the termination of the restrictions contained in this Section 8 pursuant to the terms of hereof; provided, however, that the second paragraph of such Legend will only be removed if at such time a legal opinion from counsel to the transferee is obtained to the effect that such legend is no longer required for purposes of applicable securities laws.
     (e) In the event of any purported Transfer not made in compliance with this Section 8, such purported Transfer will be void and of no effect and the Corporation will not give effect to such Transfer. The Corporation will be entitled to treat the prior owner as the holder of any such securities not Transferred in accordance with this Section 8.
     (f) In no event will any holder of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred engage in any short sales of Common Stock, any transactions involving options (including exchange-traded options), puts, calls or other derivatives involving securities of the Corporation or any other transactions of any type that would have the effect of providing such holder with any other economic gain in the event of a decrease in the Current Market Price, unless such holder has entered into a market marker agreement with the Corporation (or its predecessor) and Centerbridge, in the form annexed to the Investment Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2007, by and among Centerbridge, CBP Parts Acquisition Co. LLC, a newly formed Delaware limited liability company, and the Corporation as Exhibit H.
     9. Deregistration. For as long as any shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation will not voluntarily take any action to deregister or suspend the registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 or 15 of the Exchange Act.
     10. No Reissuance. Shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred that have been issued and reacquired in any manner, including shares purchased,

15


 

redeemed, converted or exchanged, may not be reissued as shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred and will (upon compliance with applicable law) have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock undesignated as to series and may be redesignated and reissued as part of any series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that so long as any shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred are outstanding, any issuance of such shares must be in compliance with the terms hereof in respect of the applicable series of such shares. Upon any such reacquisitions, the number of shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, authorized pursuant to the Charter and this Certificate will be reduced by the number of shares so acquired.
     11. Transfer Agent. The duly appointed Transfer Agent for the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred will be [___]. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, remove the Transfer Agent in accordance with the agreement between the Corporation and the Transfer Agent as long as the Corporation will appoint a successor transfer agent who will accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal.
     12. Currency. All shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred will be denominated in U.S. currency, and all payments and distributions thereon or with respect thereto will be made in U.S. currency. All references herein to “$” refer to the U.S. currency.
     13. Definitions. In additions to terms defined elsewhere in this Certificate, the following terms have the following meanings:
     “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “control,” “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “Bankruptcy Event” means the voluntary or involuntary commencement of a case or other proceeding against a Person seeking the liquidation, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution, winding up or composition or readjustment of debts of such Person, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee or the like for such Person of all or substantially all of its assets, or any similar action with respect to such Person, whether judicial or non-judicial or under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts; provided, however, that in no event will a Bankruptcy Event be deemed to have occurred as a result of any internal corporate or other restructuring or reorganization of such Person.
     “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation; where any consent, approval or action is required by the Board hereunder and the authority of the Board with respect to such consent, approval or action has been delegated to a committee of

16


 

the Board, in accordance with applicable law, the consent, approval or action by such committee will satisfy such requirement for purposes hereof.
     “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
     “Capital Stock” means (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or company, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital or capital stock of such Person and (b) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or company, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.
     “Centerbridge” means Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
     “Certificate” means this Certificate of Designation of 4.0% Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.
     “Charter” means the Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time.
     “Closing Sale Price” when used with reference to shares of the Common Stock or other securities on any date, means the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if the shares of Common Stock or other applicable security are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock or other security are listed or admitted to trading or, if the shares of Common Stock or other security are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the average of the last quoted high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the shares of Common Stock or other security are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Common Stock or other security, as selected by the Board (any such applicable exchange or market referred to above, the “Corporation’s Principal Exchange”).
     “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation and any shares or Capital Stock for or into which such common stock hereafter is exchanged, converted, reclassified or recapitalized by the Corporation or pursuant to an agreement to which the Corporation is a party.

17


 

     “Common Stock Derivative” means any option, right, warrant or security of the Corporation which is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock of the Corporation.
     “Common Stock Outstanding” means all shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the applicable time plus the number of shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of all outstanding Common Stock Derivatives (including the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred) as of the applicable time.
     “Company Sale” means any merger, consolidation, business combination, reorganization or recapitalization of the Corporation that results in the transfer of 50% or more of the outstanding voting power of the Corporation, any sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), or any other form of corporate reorganization in which 50% or more of the outstanding shares of any class or series of Capital Stock of the Corporation are exchanged for or converted into cash, securities or property of another business organization.
     “Conversion Price” means an amount equal to 0.83 (the “Discount Factor”) multiplied by the Distributable Market Equity Value Per Share (rounded up to the nearest cent).
     “Current Market Price” when used with reference to shares of Common Stock or other securities on any date, means the average of the Closing Sale Price for the 30 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date; provided, however, (a) if on any such date no market maker is making a market in the Common Stock or such other security so that there is no Closing Sale Price, then the Current Market Price of such Common Stock or other security will be valued using clause (a) of the definition of “Fair Market Value” below, as if it were an “asset” thereunder, and (b) that in the event that the Current Market Price is determined during a period following the announcement by the Corporation or other issuer of the applicable securities of (i) a dividend or distribution on such Common Stock or such other securities payable in shares of such Common Stock or securities convertible into shares of such Common Stock or securities, or (ii) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Common Stock or other securities, and prior to the expiration of the requisite 30 Trading Day period set forth above, then, and in each such case, the Current Market Price will be properly adjusted to take into account ex-dividend trading.
     “Debt/Interest” means an amount equal to the sum of net debt of the Corporation (defined as funded debt plus the average outstanding revolver balance pursuant to the Corporation’s five-year business plan net of cash as of the Original Issue Date) and the value of minority interests of the Corporation as of the Original Issue Date.
     “Distributable Market Equity Value Per Share” means a per share value equal to the 20-Trading Day volume weighted average sale price (rounded to the nearest 1/10,000) of the Common Stock on the Corporation’s Principal Exchange, as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other source as the Corporation may

18


 

reasonably determine) and determined using the 22 Trading Days beginning on and including the first Business Day after the Original Issue Date (disregarding the Trading Days during such period having the highest and lowest volume weighted average sale price (as so determined)); provided, however, that, as of immediately following the Conversion Price Determination Time, the Distributable Market Equity Value Per Share shall result in the holders of the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred owning, on an as-converted, fully diluted basis, no less than the Preferred Ownership Floor of the Fully Diluted Shares on account of the Preferred Stock, and no more than Preferred Ownership Ceiling of the Fully Diluted Shares on account of the Preferred Stock.
     “Dividend Payment Date” means the first day of March, June, September and December; provided, however, that if any Dividend Payment Date falls on any day other than a Business Day, the dividend payment due on such Dividend Payment Date will be paid on the Business Day immediately following such Dividend Payment Date.
     “Dividend Periods” means the quarterly dividend periods commencing on and including the first day of March, June, September and December of each year and ending on and including the date before the next Dividend Payment Date of such year, respectively (other than the initial Dividend Period, which will commence on the Original Issue Date and end on and include the date before the first Dividend Payment Date after the Original Issue Date).
     “Dividend Record Date” means, with respect to a Dividend Payment Date, the close of business on the 15th calendar day prior thereto, or such other record date, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date, as may be fixed by the Board.
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any (a) asset, other than a security, the amount that a willing buyer would pay an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction to acquire ownership of such asset, with neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell, and both having reasonable knowledge of all relevant facts and taking into account all relevant circumstances and information, including market treatment of similar businesses, historical operating results and projections for future periods, as determined in good faith by the Board, or (b) security, the Current Market Price thereof.
     “Floor/Ceiling Mechanism” means the Preferred Ownership Floor and the Preferred Ownership Ceiling, adjusted in accordance with the following chart to the extent the Debt/Interest is an amount other than $525 million in accordance with the following chart:

19


 

                         
    Preferred           Preferred
    Ownership           Ownership
Debt/Interest   Ceiling   Debt/Interest   Floor
425
    34.9 %     425       31.0 %
475
    35.6 %     475       31.5 %
525
    36.3 %     525       32.0 %
575
    37.0 %     575       32.5 %
625
    37.7 %     625       33.1 %
675
    38.5 %     675       33.7 %
725
    39.2 %     725       34.3 %
775
    40.1 %     775       34.9 %
825
    40.9 %     825       35.6 %
To the extent Debt/Interest either is less than $425 million or exceeds $825 million, the Preferred Ownership Ceiling and Preferred Ownership Floor will be adjusted ratably based on the chart above and the calculations therein.
     “Fully Diluted Shares” means a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the Issue Date plus (b) a number equal to the quotient of (i) the sum of (A) the aggregate Series A Liquidation Preference plus (B) the aggregate Series B Liquidation Preference divided by (ii) the Conversion Price.
     “Independent Director” means a director of the Corporation who qualifies as an “independent director” of the Corporation under (a) New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) Rule 303A(2), as such rule may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time (“303A(2)”), or (b) if the Corporation is listed or quoted on another securities exchange or quotation system that has an independence requirement, the comparable rule or regulation of such securities exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted (whether by final rule or otherwise). In addition, in order for a director designated by an Initial Series A Purchaser to be deemed to be an “Independent Director,” such director would also have to be considered an “independent director” of each of the Initial Series A Purchasers under 303A(2), assuming for this purpose that (i) such director were a director of the Initial Series A Purchaser (whether or not such director actually is or has been a director of the Initial Series A Purchaser) and (ii) the Initial Series A Purchasers are each deemed to be a NYSE listed company.
     “Initial Series A Purchasers” means Centerbridge, Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any Permitted Transferee thereof, but only to the extent that such Permitted Transferee is a corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which any Initial Series A Purchaser directly or indirectly owns or controls 100% of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect the board of directors (or others performing similar functions) of such corporation or other organization.
     “Issue Date” means, with respect to a share of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, the date on which such share is issued and sold by the Corporation.

20


 

     “Liquidation Preference” means, as applicable, the Series A Liquidation Preference or the Series B Liquidation Preference.
     “Original Issue Date” means effective date of the Plan, which is the date of the original issuance of shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred.
     “Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any holder of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, an Affiliate of such holder that acknowledges the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 8 and agrees to be bound by any agreements to which such holder is a party with respect to its ownership of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, to the same extent it would be bound if it were an original party thereto as evidenced by documentation satisfactory to the Corporation in its sole discretion.
     “Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, and will include a “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), as well as any successor (by merger or otherwise) of any such Person.
     “Plan” means the joint plan of reorganization filed by Dana Corporation and its debtor subsidiaries with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on                      ___, 2007, as such joint plan may be amended.
     “Preferred/Common Equity Value” means total enterprise value of the Corporation minus the Debt/Interest.
     “Preferred Equity Value” means an amount equal to (a) the sum of (i) the Series A Liquidation Preference multiplied by the number of shares of the Series A Preferred and (ii) the Series B Liquidation Preference multiplied by the number of shares of the Series B Preferred (b) divided by the Discount Factor.
     “Preferred Ownership Ceiling” means an amount equal to the Preferred Equity Value divided by the Preferred/Common Equity Value (assuming for this purpose that “total enterprise value” is $3.15 billion), which shall be 36.3% (assuming Debt/Interest equals $525 million), subject to the Floor/Ceiling Mechanism.
     “Preferred Ownership Floor” means an amount equal to the Preferred Equity Value divided by the Preferred/Common Equity Value (assuming for this purpose that “total enterprise value” is $3.5 billion), which shall be 32.0% (assuming Debt/Interest equals $525 million), subject to the Floor/Ceiling Mechanism.
     “Preferred Stock” means the Corporation’s authorized Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
     “Pro Rata Amounts” means, on the date of determination, with respect to any holder of Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred

21


 

or Series B Preferred, as applicable, held by such holder on such date by (b) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding.
     “Required Holders” means holders of shares of Series A Preferred having a Liquidation Preference of at least 50% of the Series A Liquidation Preference of shares of Series A Preferred that are outstanding at such time.
     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “Series A Liquidation Preference” means $100.00 per share, as adjusted from time to time for Series A Preferred stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like.
     “Series B Liquidation Preference” means $100.00 per share, as adjusted from time to time for Series B Preferred stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like.
     “Series A Nominating Committee” means a committee of the Board that consists of three directors, two of whom will be chosen by the Initial Series A Purchasers and one of whom will be chosen by the Board.
     “Shareholders Agreement” means the Shareholders Agreement among the Corporation and the Initial Series A Purchasers, as in effect from time to time.
     “set apart for payment” will be deemed to include, without any action by the Corporation other than the following, the recording by the Corporation in its accounting ledgers of any accounting or bookkeeping entry which indicates, pursuant to an authorization of dividends or other distribution by the Board, the allocation of funds or Capital Stock of the Corporation to be so paid on any series or class of Capital Stock of the Corporation.
     “Third Party” means a Person that is not (a) the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or (b) an Affiliate of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.
     “Trading Day” means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the shares of the Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.
     “Transfer Agent” means the transfer agent or agents of the Corporation as may be designated by the Board or its designee as the transfer agent for the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred.
     14. Amendment. No provision of this Certificate may be repealed or amended in any respect unless such repeal or amendment is approved by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all Voting Stock (on an as-converted basis).

22


 

Exhibit D
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
     SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of                      ___, 200_, among Dana Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Centerbridge”), Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Strategic”) and Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P. a Delaware limited partnership (“SBS” and, together with Centerbridge, Strategic any respective Qualified Purchaser Transferee thereof, a “Purchaser”).
     A. Dana Corporation, a Virginia corporation and the predecessor to the Company for certain Bankruptcy Code purposes (“Dana”), entered into an Investment Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2007, as assigned in full by CBP Parts Acquisition Co. LLC and in part by Centerbridge to Centerbridge, Strategic and SBS pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of August [21], 2007, (the “Investment Agreement”), with Centerbridge, each Purchaser and the other parties thereto, pursuant to which, among other things, on the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, each Purchaser has agreed to acquire up to 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s 4.0% Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series A Preferred”), and up to 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series B Preferred”). The Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), on the terms set forth in the Certificate (defined below).
     B. The Series A Preferred owned by the Purchasers constitutes 100% of the shares of Series A Preferred outstanding on the date hereof, and the Series B Preferred owned by the Purchasers constitutes ___% of the shares of Series B Preferred outstanding on the date hereof. Together, the shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred owned by the Purchasers constitute ___% of the shares of the Common Stock outstanding on the date hereof, on an as-converted basis.
     C. The Company and the Purchasers desire to make certain provisions in respect of their relationship.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:
I. DEFINITIONS
          1.1 Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used herein:
          “Affiliate” has the meaning given to such term in the Certificate; provided, however, that as such term is used in this Agreement, the members of the Investor Group will not be included as Affiliates of the Company.

 


 

          “Assumption Agreement” means an agreement in writing in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto pursuant to which the party thereto agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
          “Bankruptcy Code” means chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code.
          “Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York.
          A Person will be deemed the “beneficial owner” of, and will be deemed to “beneficially own,” and will be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of:
     (i) any securities that such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates is deemed to “beneficially own” within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Agreement and any securities deposited into a trust established by the Person the sole beneficiaries of which are the shareholders of the Person; and
     (ii) any securities (the “underlying securities”) that such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (written or oral), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise (it being understood that such Person will also be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for the underlying securities); and
     (iii) any securities beneficially owned by persons that are part of a “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act) with such Person.
          “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “Certificate” means the Company’s Certificate of Designation of 4.0% Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
          “Chapter 11 Plan” means the joint plan of reorganization filed by Dana and its debtor subsidiaries with the Bankruptcy Court.
          “Charter” means the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect from time to time, together with the Certificate.
          “Company Sale” has the meaning given to such term in the Certificate.
          “Current Market Price” has the meaning given to such term in the Certificate.

2


 

          “Director Designation Termination Date” means the date on which shares of Series A Preferred having an aggregate Series A Liquidation Preference of at least $125 million are no longer owned by the Purchasers.
          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          “Fair Market Value” has the meaning given to such term in the Certificate.
          “Financial Ratio Date” means the first date when the date on which the EBITDAR of the Company (as defined in the Company’s definitive exit financing agreements) for the applicable fiscal year, based on the audited financial statements for such fiscal year, exceeds:
          2008: $701 million
          2009: $818 million
          2010: $796 million
          “Indebtedness” means all indebtedness of a Person, including without limitation obligations for borrowed money, lease financing and indebtedness of another Person guaranteed by such Person or secured by the assets of such Person.
          “Independent Director” has the meaning given to such term in the Certificate.
          “Investor Group” means each Purchaser and its Affiliates.
          “Person” has the meaning given to such term in the Certificate.
          “Purchaser Designees” means the directors of the Company who were designated for nomination pursuant to Article III of this Agreement (including the Series A Nominee).
          “Qualified Purchaser Transferee” means an Affiliate of any Purchaser that executes an Assumption Agreement, but only to the extent that such Qualified Purchaser Transferee is a corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which any Purchaser directly or indirectly owns or controls 100% of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect the board of directors (or others performing similar functions) of such corporation or other organization.
          “Representatives” means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s directors, officers, employees, agents, counsel, consultants, accountants, experts, auditors, examiners, financial advisors or other representatives, agents or professionals.
          “Series A Liquidation Preference” means $100.00 per share, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the Certificate.
          “Subsidiary” means, when used with respect to any Person, any

3


 

corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which such Person directly or indirectly owns or controls more than 50% of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions.
          “Voting Securities” means the Common Stock, all other equity securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company and all other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for any such securities (whether immediately or otherwise), including the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred.
II. STANDSTILL
          2.1 Limitation During Standstill Period. Subject to Section 2.2, during the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the tenth anniversary thereof, no member of the Investor Group will, and none of its Representatives will on its behalf, publicly propose or publicly announce or otherwise disclose publicly an intent to propose, or enter into an agreement with any Person for, singly or with any other Person or directly or indirectly, (a) any form of business combination, acquisition or other transaction relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) any form of restructuring, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (c) any demand, request or proposal to amend, waive or terminate any provision of this Article II, nor except as aforesaid during such period will any member of the Investor Group or any of its Representatives on its behalf (i) acquire, or offer, propose or agree to acquire, by purchase or otherwise, subject to applicable securities laws, any Voting Securities, (ii) make, or in any way participate in, any solicitation of proxies or votes with respect to any such Voting Securities (including by the execution of action by written consent), become a participant in any election contest with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, seek to influence any person with respect to any such Voting Securities, make a shareholder proposal with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or demand a copy of any the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ lists of shareholders or other books and records, (iii) participate in or encourage the formation of any partnership, syndicate or other group which owns or seeks or offers to acquire beneficial ownership of any such Voting Securities or which seeks to affect control of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or has the purpose of circumventing any provision of this Agreement, (iv) otherwise act, alone or in concert with others (including by providing financing for another person), to seek or to offer to control or influence, in any manner, the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ management, board of directors or policies, or (v) make any proposal or other communication designed to, or which could be reasonably expected to, compel the Company to make a public announcement thereof in respect of any matter referred to in this Section 2.1.
          2.2 Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 2.1, nothing in clause (ii) or (iv) of Section 2.1 will limit or affect or be deemed to apply to a Purchaser Designee’s actions taken in connection with such Purchaser Designee’s service as a director of the Company, and nothing herein will prohibit any member of the Investor Group from:

4


 

     (a) acquiring the shares of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred pursuant to the Investment Agreement and the Chapter 11 Plan, and any Common Stock received upon conversion thereof (or any dividends or distributions received thereon); or
     (b) acquiring beneficial ownership of any Voting Securities, unless following such acquisition the Investor Group would beneficially own more than 30% of the Voting Securities issued and outstanding at such time;
     (c) taking any action with the approval of a majority of the members of the Board who are not Purchaser Designees; or
     (d) in the event a majority of the members of the Board who are not Purchaser Designees approves a transaction described in Section 2.1(a) or (b) above, (i) voting to approve such transaction, subject to the restrictions contained in Section 4.3, and (ii) selling any securities of the Company owned by the Investor Group in connection with, and pursuant to the terms of, such transaction.
III. BOARD REPRESENTATION
          3.1 Series A Preferred Directors. (a) The holders of the Series A Preferred have the director election rights set forth in Section 6(b) and (c) of the Certificate for the time periods and to the extent set forth therein.
          (b) Beginning with the Company’s first meeting of shareholders to elect directors following the date hereof (the “Director Designation Commencement Date”), the Company will ensure that the Purchasers may designate nominees for each of the three directors to be elected by the Series A Preferred pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) of the Certificate, including following the removal of any such director. In case of any vacancy (other than by removal) in the office of a Purchaser Designee, the vacancy will be filled with a designee of the Purchasers by the remaining Purchaser Designees.
          (c) From and after the Director Designation Termination Date, the Purchasers will cause any Purchaser Designees to resign promptly after the Company so requests.
          3.2 Series A Nominating Committee. (a) Without limiting Section 3.1(a), beginning with the Director Designation Commencement Date, at each election of members of the Board, the Company will use its best efforts to cause a nominating committee (the “Series A Nominating Committee”) to be constituted. The Company will use its best efforts to (i) cause the Series A Nominating Committee to consist of three directors and (ii) cause two of the Purchaser Designees designated by the Purchasers to so serve to sit on such Series A Nominating Committee. The Series A Nominating Committee will be constituted solely for the purpose of Section 3.2(b) below and will be a separate committee from the Company’s Nominating Committee.
          (b) Beginning with the Director Designation Commencement Date, the

5


 

Company will use its best efforts to cause the Series A Nominating Committee to be entitled to nominate one director for election by the holders of the Voting Securities pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii) of the Certificate (a “Series A Nominee”); provided, however, that, in order for such nomination to be effective, such nomination by the Series A Nominating Committee must be made unanimously. To the extent the members of the Series A Nominating Committee are unable to unanimously agree on the identity of a Series A Nominee on or before the latest time at which the Company can reasonably meet its obligations with respect to printing and mailing a proxy statement for an annual meeting of Company shareholders, the Board will designate a Committee of all of the Independent Directors, which Committee will, by a majority vote, select an individual for such Board seat. Each Series A Nominee will, at all times during his or her service on the Board, be qualified to serve as a director of the Company under any applicable law, rule or regulation imposing or creating standards or eligibility criteria for individuals serving as directors of organizations such as the Company and will be an Independent Director, with the definition applied as though the Series A Nominee were a “director designated by an Initial Series A Purchaser.” If at any time, an individual Series A Nominee is not so qualified, such Series A Nominee will be replaced pursuant to Section 3.2(c).
          (c) Each elected Series A Nominee will serve until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or death. If any Series A Nominee ceases to be a director of the Company for any reason, the Company will promptly use its best efforts to cause a person designated by the Series A Nominating Committee to replace such director.
          3.3 Effectiveness. This Article III (other than Section 3.1(c)) will terminate without further action on the Director Designation Termination Date.
IV. CERTAIN VOTING RIGHTS
          4.1 Purchaser Approval Rights. The Company may not, and may not permit its Subsidiaries to, take any of the following actions without each Purchaser’s prior written consent; provided, however, that if such written consent is withheld by any Purchaser, the Company may, notwithstanding the withholding of such written consent, take any such actions that are first approved by the affirmative vote or consent of holders of not less than two-thirds of the Voting Securities that are not held by each Purchaser or any of its respective Affiliates:
     (a) enter into any transaction with any director or officer of the Company, or any holder of 10% or more of the Voting Securities outstanding at such time, except for (i) compensation or incentive arrangements with officers or directors that have been approved by the Board or Compensation Committee thereof and (ii) transactions that are not material to the Company;
     (b) issue any security that ranks senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred (or the Series B Preferred, if any shares of Series B Preferred are outstanding and owned by any Purchaser) as to dividend rights and rights on

6


 

liquidation, winding up and dissolution of the Company (including without limitation additional shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred), or issue any options, rights, warrants or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares; provided, however, that the written consent of any Purchaser will not be necessary for the Company to authorize or issue any Indebtedness incurred to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease, exchange or replace (collectively, “Refinancings”) any Indebtedness of the Company existing at the applicable time, as long as such Refinancings are (i) on prevailing market terms with respect to the economics thereof in all material respects and (ii) are on substantially the same terms (including without limitation with respect to obligors, tenor, security and ranking) as the Indebtedness to which such Refinancings relate with respect to other terms;
     (c) issue or authorize the issuance of any capital stock of the Company (or rights to acquire any capital stock of the Company) for a price per share that is less than (A) if such issuance is for Common Stock or options, rights, warrants or securities of the Company which are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock of the Company (“Common Stock Derivatives”), the Current Market Price for the Common Stock at the time of such issuance, or (B) if such issuance is for capital stock of the Company or rights to acquire capital stock of the Company other than Common Stock or Common Stock Derivatives, the Fair Market Value of such capital stock or rights to acquire such capital;
     (d) (i) amend, alter or repeal any amendment to the Company’s By-Laws that materially changes the rights of any member of the Investor Group or any Qualified Purchaser Transferee (in such Person’s capacity as a holder of Series A Preferred) or the Company’s shareholders generally or (ii) authorize, adopt or approve an amendment to, or repeal any provision of, the Charter or the Certificate;
     (e) take any action that results in the purchase or redemption by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of any equity securities of the Company involving aggregate cash payments by the Company in excess of $10 million during any 12-month period after the date hereof; provided, however, that the written consent of any Purchaser will not be required for (i) the repurchase of any equity securities from any individual whose employment with the Company is terminated as long as such repurchase is approved by the Board (by majority vote of all members) or (ii) cashless exercise of, or surrender of shares for payment of withholding tax in connection with, any option, right, warrant or other security that is convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock in accordance with the terms of its issuance;
     (f) effect a Company Sale;
     (g) voluntarily or involuntarily liquidate, wind up or dissolve; or

7


 

     (h) except pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Certificate, pay or declare any dividend in cash on any shares of capital stock that ranks junior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred, including Series B Preferred.
          4.2 Termination of Purchaser Approval Rights. The provisions of Sections 4.1(a), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) will terminate upon the earlier to occur of the (a) third anniversary of the date hereof and (b) the date on which the Purchasers no longer own shares of Series A Preferred having an aggregate Series A Liquidation Preference of at $125 million. The provisions of Section 4.1(b) and (h) will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the third anniversary of the date hereof, (ii) the date on which the Purchasers no longer owns shares of Series A Preferred having an aggregate Series A Liquidation Preference of at least $125 million, and (iii) the later to occur of (A) the first anniversary of the date hereof and (B) the Financial Ratio Date.
          4.3 Certain Limitations. Without limiting any other provision hereof, each Purchaser will, and will cause each other member of the Investor Group to, at any meeting of holders of Voting Securities, however such meeting is called and regardless of whether such meeting is a special or annual meeting of shareholders of the Company, or at any adjournment thereof, or in connection with any written consent of shareholders of the Company, vote, or cause to be voted, the Investor Group’s Voting Securities in excess of 40% of the issued and outstanding Voting Securities (the “Voting Threshold”) in the same proportion that the Company’s other shareholders vote their Voting Securities with respect to any proposal submitted to the Company’s shareholders for a vote, so that, as a result, the percentage of the Investor Group’s Voting Securities in excess of the Voting Threshold that are voted in favor of such proposal will equal the percentage of the outstanding Voting Securities held by all other Company shareholders voted in favor of such proposal, and the percentage of the Investor Group’s Voting Securities in excess of the Voting Threshold that are voted against such proposal will equal the percentage of the outstanding Voting Securities held by all other Company shareholders voted against such proposal.
          4.4 Certain Transactions. Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, the Investment Agreement or the documents referred to herein or therein, without the approval of a majority of the members of the Board who are not Purchaser Designees, none of the Purchasers or any of their Affiliates may enter into any transaction or agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any amendment or waiver of this Agreement.
V. MISCELLANEOUS
          5.1 Notice of Certain Matters. Without limiting Section 8 of the Certificate, if any Purchaser at any time sells, assigns, transfers, pledges, hypothecates or otherwise encumbers or disposes of in any way all or any part of an interest in any shares of Series A Preferred (a “Transfer”), then such Purchaser will, as promptly as practicable but in any event within five business days of such Transfer, provide notice to the Company in accordance with Section 5.3 stating (a) the date on which such Transfer occurred and (b) the name and contact information of such Transferee.

8


 

          5.2 Specific Performance. The parties agree that any breach by any of them of any provision of this Agreement would irreparably injure the Company or the Purchasers, as the case may be, and that money damages would be an inadequate remedy therefor. Accordingly, the parties agree that the other parties will be entitled to one or more injunctions enjoining any such breach and requiring specific performance of this Agreement and consent to the entry thereof, in addition to any other remedy to which such other parties are entitled at law or in equity.
          5.3 Notices. Any notice or other communication required to be given hereunder will be in writing and sent by reputable courier service (with proof of service), by hand delivery, or by email or facsimile (followed on the same day by delivery by courier service (with proof of delivery) or by hand delivery), addressed as follows:
If to the Company, to:
Dana Holding Corporation
4500 Dorr Street
Toledo, Ohio 43615
Attention: General Counsel and Secretary
Fax: (419) 535-4544
with a copy to:
Jones Day
222 East 41st Street
New York, New York 10017
Attention: Corinne Ball
Email: cball@jonesday.com
Fax: (212) 755-7306
and
Attention: Marilyn W. Sonnie
Email: mwsonnie@jonesday.com
Fax: (212) 755-7306
If to Purchaser, to:
Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.
375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention: Jeffrey Aronson
Email: jaronson@centerbridge.com
Fax: (212) 672-6501
and

9


 

Attention: David Trucano
Email: dtrucano@centerbridge.com
Fax: (212) 672-6501
with a copy to:
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Matthew A. Feldman
Email: mfeldman@willkie.com
Fax: (212) 728-9651
and
Attention: Jeffrey R. Poss
Email: jposs@willkie.com
Fax: (212) 728-9536
or to such other address as any party may specify by written notice so given, and such notice will be deemed to have been delivered as of the date so emailed, telecommunicated or personally delivered.
          5.4 Assignment; Binding Effect. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder will be assigned by any party hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties, except that each Purchaser may transfer any of its rights under Article III or IV to any Qualified Purchaser Transferee to which it transfers shares of Series A Preferred without violating the restrictions on transfer of the Series A Preferred set forth in Section 8 of the Certificate; provided, however, that no Purchaser will dispose of a majority of the voting power of such Qualified Purchaser Transferee in any transaction or series of transactions unless such shares of Series A Preferred have been transferred and the rights under this Agreement have been assigned back, in each case to the original transferor thereof. Subject to this Section 5.4, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assign. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, except as specifically provided in Section 6.5 nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto or, if applicable, any Qualified Purchaser Transferee or their respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.
          5.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect thereto (including Section 7 of the Confidentiality Agreement, dated June 1, 2007, between Centerbridge Associates, L.P. and the Company, as amended by the Confidentiality

10


 

Agreement Amendment, dated June 19, 2007, between Centerbridge Associates, L.P. and the Company).
          5.6 Amendment. Subject to applicable law and the provisions of Section 3 of Article VII of the Charter, this Agreement may only be amended by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and Centerbridge (who will have the authority to bind the Purchasers and all other members of the Investors Group).
          5.7 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
          5.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all of the parties hereto. A facsimile copy of a signature page will be deemed to be an original signature page.
          5.9 Headings. Headings of the Certificate and Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of the parties only, and will be given no substantive or interpretive effect whatsoever.
          5.10 Waivers. Except as provided in this Agreement, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation any investigation by or on behalf of any party, will be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision hereunder will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any prior or subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereunder. Any party hereto may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto and (b) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver will be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound thereby.
          5.11 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision will be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.
          5.12 Calculation of Beneficial Ownership. Any provision in this Agreement that refers to a percentage of Common Stock or Voting Securities will be calculated based on the aggregate number of issued and outstanding securities at the time of such calculation (on an as-converted basis, in the case of Voting Securities), but

11


 

will not include any such securities issuable upon any options or warrants that are exercisable for such securities.
          5.13 Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware located in Wilmington, Delaware or any federal court within the State of Delaware (as applicable, a “Delaware Court”), and any appellate court from any such court, in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment resulting from any such suit, action or proceeding, and each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding may be heard and determined in the Delaware Court.
          (b) It will be a condition precedent to each party’s right to bring any such suit, action or proceeding that such suit, action or proceeding, in the first instance, be brought in a Delaware Court, and if each such court refuses to accept jurisdiction with respect thereto, such suit, action or proceeding may be brought in any other court with jurisdiction.
          (c) No party may move to (i) transfer any such suit, action or proceeding from a Delaware Court to another jurisdiction, (ii) consolidate any such suit, action or proceeding brought in a Delaware Court with a suit, action or proceeding in another jurisdiction, or (iii) dismiss any such suit, action or proceeding brought in a Delaware Court for the purpose of bringing the same in another jurisdiction.
          (d) Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, (i) any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in a Delaware Court, (ii) the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit, action or proceeding in any such court, and (iii) the right to object, with respect to such suit, action or proceeding, that such court does not have jurisdiction over such party. Each party irrevocably consents to service of process in any manner permitted by law.
          5.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
          5.15 No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

12


 

          5.16 Confidentiality. (a) The Investor Group will maintain, and Purchaser will cause each member of the Investor Group and each of its and their respective Representatives to maintain, the confidentiality of all material non-public information obtained by any member of the Investor Group from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their respective Representatives (a “Company Person”), and not to use such information for any purpose other than (i) the evaluation and protection of the investment by each Purchaser in the Company, (ii) the exercise by each Purchaser of any of its rights under this Agreement, and (iii) the exercise by the Purchaser Designees of their fiduciary duties as members of the Board.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the confidentiality obligations of Section 5.16(a) will not apply to information obtained other than in violation of this Agreement:
     (i) which any member of the Investor Group or any of its Representatives is required to disclose by judicial or administrative process, or by other requirements of applicable law or regulation or any governmental authority; provided, however, that, where and to the extent practicable, such disclosing party (A) gives the Company reasonable notice of any such requirement and, to the extent protective measures consistent with such requirement are available, the opportunity to seek appropriate protective measures and (B) reasonably cooperates with the Company (at the Company’s expense) in attempting to obtain such protective measures;
     (ii) which becomes available to the public other than as a result of a breach of Section 5.16(a); or
     (iii) which has been provided to a member of the Investor Group or any of its Representatives by a source other than a Company Person, unless either Purchaser or such member of the Investor Group knows that the source of such information was bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary objections of confidentiality to, the Company or any other Person with respect to such information.
          5.17 Acknowledgment of Securities Laws. Each Purchaser hereby acknowledges that it is aware, and that it will advise the other members of the Investor Group and its and their respective Representatives who are informed as to the material non-public information that is the subject of Section 5.16, that the United States securities laws prohibit any Person who has received from an issuer material, non-public information from purchasing or selling securities of such issuer or from communication of such information to any other Person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such Person is likely to purchase or sell such securities.
          5.18 Premiums Upon a Change of Control. None of the Purchasers or any of their Affiliates may receive, or be entitled to receive, any premium, payment or fee from any Person (a “Payor”) in connection with voting in favor of, or transferring any

13


 

Voting Securities in connection with, a transaction that results in (either alone or in connection with a series of related transactions) a Company Sale (as defined in the Certificate), unless such amount is shared with, or payable by such Payor to, all shareholders of the Company on a pro rata basis.
          5.19 VCOC Shareholder Rights. The Company shall permit, and shall cause its direct and indirect subsidiaries to permit, any representatives designated by any Purchaser (a “VCOC Shareholder”) (x) that is intended to be operated as an “operating company” or (y) the assets of which would be considered “plan assets” unless it is considered to be an “operating company”, in each case as such terms are defined in the Department of Labor “plan asset” regulation, 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 (the “Plan Asset Regulation”), upon reasonable notice, during normal business hours and in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the management and operation of the Company and/or such subsidiaries to: (i) examine the corporate and financial records of the Company and such subsidiaries and make copies or extracts of such records and (ii) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of any such entities with the officers and independent accountants of the Company and such subsidiaries. In addition, the Company shall permit, and shall cause its direct and indirect subsidiaries to permit, any one representative designated by any VCOC Shareholder to attend meetings of the Board or the board of directors of any such subsidiary as a non-voting observer (with such rights and privileges as are reasonably necessary or appropriate such that the right of the VCOC Shareholder to appoint such board observer shall, collectively with the other rights described in this Agreement and in the Certificate, constitute “management rights” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulation) (such a representative, an “Observer” and such Observer and Purchaser Designee collectively a “Board Attendee”); provided, however, that unless otherwise agreed to by the parties or pursuant to any other rights of the Purchasers, at no point shall there be more than three Board Attendees present at any meeting of the Board. No representative of a VCOC Shareholder will be entitled to the access rights specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of the first sentence of this Section 5.19 or the rights to attend meetings of the boards of directors under the second sentence of this Section 5.19 unless and until such representative has entered into a customary confidentiality agreement with the Company. The Company will have the right, after reasonable notice, to require that any representative designated by a VCOC Shareholder under this Section 5.19 be replaced with another representative of such VCOC Shareholder.
VI. Preemptive Rights
        6.1 If, prior to the Preemptive Rights Disqualifying Date, the Company proposes to issue any New Securities to any Person or Persons, the Company will, as promptly as practicable thereafter and in any event within six months of the issuance of such New Securities, deliver to the holders of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred a written offer (the “Preemptive Rights Offer”) to issue additional New Securities having the same terms and purchase price as such New Securities (the “Additional New Securities”) to any such holders that are Qualified Participants in order to permit the Qualified Participants to maintain their Pro Rata Amounts (after giving effect to the issuance of the New Securities). The Preemptive Rights Offer will state (i) the amount

14


 

of New Securities issued and the amount of Additional New Securities to be issued, (ii) the terms of the Additional New Securities, (iii) the purchase price of the Additional New Securities, and (iv) any other material terms of the proposed issuance. The Preemptive Rights Offer will remain open and irrevocable for a period of 30 days from the date of its delivery (the “Preemptive Rights Period”).
          6.2 Each Qualified Participant may accept the Preemptive Rights Offer by delivering to the Company a written notice (the “Preemptive Rights Notice”) within the Preemptive Rights Period, which notice will contain such certifications as the Company may require in order to confirm Qualified Participant status. The Preemptive Rights Notice will state the number of New Securities such Qualified Participant desires to purchase, which amount may not exceed the number of Additional New Securities that such Qualified Participant is entitled to purchase under Section 6.1.
          6.3 The issuance of Additional New Securities to the Qualified Participants will be made on a Business Day, as designated by the Company, not less than ten nor more than 30 days after expiration of the Preemptive Rights Period on terms and conditions of the Preemptive Rights Offer consistent with this Article VI (the date of such issuance, the “Preemptive Rights Issuance Date”). At the closing of the issuance of the Additional New Securities to such Qualified Participants, the Company will deliver certificates or other instruments evidencing such Additional New Securities against payment of the purchase price therefor, and such Additional New Securities will be issued free and clear of all liens, claims and other encumbrances (other than those attributable to actions by the purchasers thereof). At such closing, all of the parties to the transaction will execute such additional documents as are deemed by the Board to be necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion.
          6.4 Definitions. In additions to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings for purposes of this Article VI:
Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
Capital Stock” means (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or company, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital or capital stock of such Person and (b) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or company, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.
Common Stock Derivative” means any option, right, warrant or security of the Company which is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock of the Company.
Common Stock Outstanding” means all shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the applicable time plus the number of shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of all outstanding Common Stock Derivatives (including the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred) as of the applicable time.

15


 

Initial Series A Purchasers” means Centerbridge, Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
Liquidation Preference” means, as applicable, the Series A Liquidation Preference or the Series B Liquidation Preference.
New Securities” means any shares of Capital Stock, other than any shares of (a) Common Stock, if at the time of the issuance the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, or (b) Capital Stock issued as described in Section 5(h)(iv)(B)(4) or (5) of the Certificate.
Preemptive Rights Disqualifying Date” means the date on which the Initial Series A Purchasers no longer beneficially own shares of Series A Preferred having a Liquidation Preference in the aggregate of at least 50% of the Series A Liquidation Preference of shares of Series A Preferred that are outstanding at such time.
Preferred Stock” means the Series A Preferred and the Series B Preferred.
Pro Rata Amounts” means, on the date of determination, with respect to any holder of Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred, as applicable, held by such holder on such date by (b) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding.
Qualified Participants” means holders of Series A Preferred or Series B Preferred that are “qualified institutional buyers” (as such term is defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act) on both the date of the Preemptive Rights Offer and the Preemptive Rights Issuance Date.
Series A Liquidation Preference” means $100.00 per share, as adjusted from time to time for Series A Preferred stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like.
Series B Liquidation Preference” means $100.00 per share, as adjusted from time to time for Series B Preferred stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like.
          6.5 Each holder of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred that is entitled by the terms hereof to the rights set forth in this Article VI is an intended third party beneficiary and has all rights, remedies, obligations and liabilities under this Article VI as though it were a party hereto. This Article VI may be amended or repealed only in accordance with Article VII, Section 3(b) or (c), as applicable, of the Charter.
[Signature page follows]

16


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
By:                                                                
        Name
        Title:
PURCHASER:
CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.
By: Centerbridge Associates, L.P., its General
        Partner
By: Centerbridge GP Investors, LLC, its General
        Partner
By:                                                                 
        Name
        Title: Authorized Person
CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS
STRATEGIC, L.P.
By: Centerbridge Associates, L.P., its General
         Partner
By: Centerbridge GP Investors, LLC, its General
        Partner
By:                                                                 
        Name
        Title: Authorized Person
CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS SBS, L.P.
By: Centerbridge Associates, L.P., its General
        Partner

 


 

By: Centerbridge GP Investors, LLC, its General
        Partner
By:                                                             
        Name
        Title: Authorized Person

18


 

EXHIBIT A
Certificate
[To be attached]

 


 

EXHIBIT B
Form of Assumption Agreement
          The undersigned hereby agrees, effective as of the date hereof, to become a party to, and be bound by the provisions of, the Shareholders Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of                      ___, 200___by and among Dana Holding Corporation, Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P. and CBP Parts Acquisition Co. LLC, and for all purposes of the Agreement, the undersigned will be a “Qualified Purchaser Transferee” (as defined in the Agreement). Without limiting the foregoing, the undersigned acknowledges that the shares of Series A Preferred (as defined in the Agreement) transferred to the undersigned in connection herewith are subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Certificate (as defined in the Agreement). The address and facsimile number to which notices may be sent to the undersigned is as follows:
                                                               
                                                               
                                                               
Facsimile No.                                        
[Name]
By:                                                               
     Name:
     Title:

 


 

Exhibit E
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of ___, 2007 (the “Agreement”), between Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Centerbridge”), Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Strategic”), Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“SBS”, each of Centerbridge, Strategic and SBS, an “Investor”) and Dana Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).
R E C I T A L S
          WHEREAS, each Investor has, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2007, by and among the Company, Centerbridge and the CBP Parts Acquisition Co. LLC, as assigned by CBP Parts Acquisition Co. LLC in full and by Centerbridge in part to each of the Investors, (the “Investment Agreement”), agreed to purchase shares of (i) 4.0% Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Series B Preferred Stock”); and
          WHEREAS, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”); and
          WHEREAS, the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of Common Stock; and
          WHEREAS, the Company has agreed, as a condition precedent to each Investor’s obligations under the Investment Agreement, to grant each Investor certain registration rights; and
          WHEREAS, the Company and each Investor desire to define the registration rights of each Investor on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
          As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:

 


 

          Allocation Priority: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(ii);
          Agreement: shall mean this Agreement among each Investor and the Company;
          Commission: shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act;
          Exchange Act: shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor act), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
          Holder: shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities;
          Initiating Holder: shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate are Holders of more than 50% of the then outstanding Registrable Securities;
          Maximum Number of Shares: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(ii);
          Person: shall mean an individual, partnership, joint-stock company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or political subdivision thereof;
          Pro Rata: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(ii);
          Register, Registered and Registration: shall mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act (and any post-effective amendments filed or required to be filed) and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement;
          Registrable Securities: shall mean any (A) Series A Preferred Stock held by each Investor, (B) shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each Investor, (C) Series B Preferred Stock held by each Investor, (D) shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by each Investor, (E) other shares of Common Stock acquired by each Investor after the date hereof unless acquired in breach of any agreement between the Holder and the Company and (F) any additional securities of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, any securities of the Company held by each Investor, including but not limited to, those listed in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E);
          Registration Expenses: shall mean all reasonable expenses incurred by the Company in compliance with Section 2(a), (b) and (c) hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for all the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the reasonable expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company);

2


 

          security, securities: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act;
          Securities Act: shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any successor act), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and
          Selling Expenses: shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all fees and disbursements of counsel for each of the Holders other than reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for all the Holders.
          SECTION 2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS
     (a) Demand Registration.
     (i) Request for Registration. If the Company shall receive from an Initiating Holder, at any time, a written request that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities, the Company will:
     (1) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, qualification or compliance to all other Holders; and
     (2) as soon as practicable, use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within ten (10) business days after written notice from the Company is given under Section 2(a)(i)(1) above; provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2(a):
(A) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or applicable rules or regulations thereunder;
(B) After the Company has effected one (1) such registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) and such registration has been declared or ordered effective and the sales of such Registrable Securities shall have closed; provided, however, that a registration shall not be deemed to constitute a registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) in the event that less than ninety

3


 

percent (90%) of the Registrable Securities held by Holders participating in the registration are permitted to participate in such registration;
(C) If the Registrable Securities requested by all Holders to be registered pursuant to such request do not have an anticipated aggregate public offering price (before any underwriting discounts and commissions) of not less than $[insert dollar amount to 10% of the sum of (1) the total aggregate Series A Purchase Price (as defined in the Investment Agreement) and (2) the total aggregate Series B-1 Purchase Price that is paid by each Investor under the Investment Agreement for Shares (as defined in the Investment Agreement)];
(D) During the period starting with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date three (3) months immediately following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act, with respect to an employee benefit plan or with respect to the Company’s first registered public offering of its stock); provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; provided, however, that the Company may only delay an offering pursuant to this Section 2(a)(i)(2)(D) for a period of not more than thirty (30) days, if a filing of any other registration statement is not made within that period and the Company may only exercise this right once in any twelve (12)-month period; or
(E) If the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, in which case the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to comply with this Section 2(a) shall be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of written request from the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exercise such right more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.
The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2(a)(ii) below, include other securities of the Company that are held by Persons who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their securities in any such registration (“Other Stockholders”). In the event any Holder requests a registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.

4


 

The registration rights set forth in this Section 2 may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any transferee of Registrable Securities (who shall be bound by all obligations of this Agreement).
     (ii) Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2(a)(i).
If Other Stockholders request inclusion of their securities in the underwriting, the Holders shall offer to include the securities of such Other Stockholders in the underwriting and may condition such offer on their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2. The Holders whose shares are to be included in such registration and the Company shall (together with all Other Stockholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Initiating Holders and reasonably acceptable to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(a), if the representative advises the Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the representative may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting in accordance with Section 2(b)(ii); provided that such allocation shall be made in the following manner: (i) first, Pro Rata (as defined below) to Registrable Securities and securities entitled to registration under the Series B Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below), regardless of the number of shares that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to securities that the Company desires to sell, and (iii), third, securities for the account of Other Stockholders that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons that can be sold, Pro Rata, in the case of (ii) and (iii) without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.. If any Holder or Other Stockholder who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided herein disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Person may elect to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders. The securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration.
     (b) Company Registration.
     (i) If the Company shall determine to register any of its equity securities either for its own account or for the account of Other Stockholders, other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or a registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act, or a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities, the Company will:
     (1) promptly give to each of the Holders a written notice thereof (which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws); and
     (2) include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable

5


 

Securities specified in a written request or requests, made by the Holders within ten (10) days after receipt of the written notice from the Company described in clause (1) above, except to the extent limited as set forth in Section 2(b)(ii) below. Such written request may specify all or a part of the Holders’ Registrable Securities. In the event any Holder requests inclusion in a registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.
     (ii) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise each of the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2(b)(i)(1) above. In such event, the right of each of the Holders to registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holders’ participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. The Holders whose shares are to be included in such registration shall (together with the Company and the Other Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(b), if the representative determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the representative may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting in accordance with the allocation priority set forth below. The Company shall promptly advise all holders of securities requesting registration of such limitation, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting (the “Maximum Number of Shares”) shall be allocated in the following manner: (i) first, the securities that the Company desires to sell, regardless of the number of shares that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, both (A) the Registrable Securities held by the Holders and (B) the securities held by holders of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to registration under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated ___, 200_, among the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and the Company (the “Series B Registration Rights Agreement”), all pro rata in accordance with the number of shares that each such Holder of Registrable Securities or holder of securities entitled to registration under the Series B Registration Rights Agreement, respectively, has requested be included in such registration (such proportion is referred to herein as “Pro Rata”), to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been exceeded; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses, the securities for the account of Other Stockholders that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons that can be sold, Pro Rata, without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares (the foregoing allocation is referred to herein as the “Allocation Priority”). If any of the Holders or any officer, director or Other Stockholder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he she or it may elect to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company and the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

6


 

          (c) Form S-3. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 for secondary sales. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, the Holders shall have the right to request up to four (4) registrations on Form S-3 (such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of disposition of shares by such holders), provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2(c):
     (i) Unless the Holder or Holders requesting registration propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities having an aggregate price to the public (before deduction of Selling Expenses) of more than $[insert dollar amount to 5% of the sum of (1) the total aggregate Series A Purchase Price (as defined in the Investment Agreement) and (2) the total aggregate Series B-1 Purchase Price that is paid by each Investor under the Investment Agreement for Shares (as defined in the Investment Agreement)];
     (ii) Within one hundred eighty (180) days of the effective date of the most recent registration pursuant to this Section 2(c) in which securities held by the requesting Holder could have been included for sale or distribution;
     (iii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or applicable rules or regulations thereunder;
     (iv) During the period starting with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date three (3) months immediately following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act or with respect to an employee benefit plan); provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; provided, however, that the Company may only delay an offering pursuant to this Section 2(c)(iv) for a period of not more than thirty (30) days, if a filing of any other registration statement is not made within that period and the Company may only exercise this right once in any twelve (12)-month period; or
     (v) If the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, in which case the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to comply with this Section 2(c) shall be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of written request from the Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exercise such right more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.

7


 

The Company shall give written notice to all Holders of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 2(c)and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for other Holders to participate in the registration; provided, that if the registration is for an underwritten offering, the terms of Section 2(a)(ii) above shall apply to all participants in such offering. Subject to the foregoing, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect promptly the registration of all shares of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 to the extent requested by the Holder or Holders thereof for purposes of disposition. In the event any Holder requests a registration pursuant to this Section 2(c) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.
          (d) Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne by the Company, and all Selling Expenses shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of their shares so registered.
          (e) Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep the Holders, as applicable, advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its reasonable expense, the Company will:
     (i) keep such registration effective for a period of ninety (90) days;
     (ii) furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident thereto as each of the Holders, as applicable, from time to time may reasonably request;
     (iii) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and
     (iv) furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (1) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is reasonably and customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders participating in such registration and (2) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is reasonably and customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and

8


 

if permitted by applicable accounting standards, to the Holders participating in such registration.
     (f) Indemnification.
     (i) The Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners and members, and each Person controlling each Holder, with respect to each registration which has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, issuer free-writing prospectus, offering circular or other document, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners and members, and each Person controlling each such Holder, each such underwriter and each Person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of the Company to each Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of securities sold in such registration as contemplated herein.
     (ii) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by it are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, severally and not jointly, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each Person who controls the Company or such underwriter, each Other Stockholder and each of their respective officers, directors, partners and members, and each Person controlling such Other Stockholder against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, issuer free-writing prospectus, offering circular or other document made by such Holder in writing, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements by such Holder therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, the underwriters, and such Other Stockholders, and their respective directors, officers, partners, members, Persons or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such

9


 

Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of each Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of securities sold in such registration as contemplated herein.
     (iii) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2(f) (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided, that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense (unless the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in such action, in which case the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party), and provided further, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2(f) unless the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced thereby. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the prior written consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with the defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.
     (iv) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2(f) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions (or alleged statements or omissions) which resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or alleged untrue) statement of a material fact or the omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
     (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in

10


 

connection with any underwritten public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in such underwriting agreement shall be controlling.
     (g) Information by the Holders.
     (i) Each Holder including securities in any registration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 2.
     (ii) In the event that, either immediately prior to or subsequent to the effectiveness of any registration statement, any Holder shall distribute Registrable Securities to its partners or members, such Holder shall so advise the Company and provide such information as shall be necessary to permit an amendment to such registration statement to provide information with respect to such partners or members, as selling security holders. Promptly following receipt of such information, the Company shall file an appropriate amendment to such registration statement reflecting the information so provided. Any incremental expense to the Company resulting from such amendment shall be borne by such Holder.
     (h) Rule 144 Reporting.
          With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may permit the sale of restricted securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:
     (i) at all times make and keep public information available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”);
     (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and
     (iii) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder, upon request, a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing the Holder to sell any such securities without registration.
          (i) Termination. The registration rights set forth in this Section 2 shall not be available to any Holder if, (i) in the written opinion of counsel to the Company, all of the

11


 

Registrable Securities then owned by such Holder could be sold in any ninety (90)-day period pursuant to Rule 144(k) or are otherwise freely saleable or (ii) all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder have been sold in a registration pursuant to the Securities Act or pursuant to Rule 144.
          SECTION 3. INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT
          (a) Directly or Indirectly. Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.
          SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS
          (a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State without regard to conflicts of law principles.
          (b) Section Headings. The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof.
          (c) Notices.
     (i) All communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or facsimile or mailed by overnight courier or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid:
     (1) if to the Company, to Dana Corporation (or the name of the Company), 4500 Dorr Street, Toledo, OH 43615, Attention: General Counsel and Secretary (facsimile: (419) 535-4544), or at such other address or facsimile number as it may have furnished in writing to the Holders, with a copy to Jones Day, 222 East 41st Street, New York, New York 10017 (facsimile: (212) 755-7306), Attention: Marilyn W. Sonnie, Esq.
     (2) if to the Holders, to Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., 375 Park Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, NY 10152, Attention: Jeffrey Aronson (facsimile: (212) 672-6501) and David Trucano (facsimile: (212) 672-6501) or at such other address or facsimile numbers as may have been furnished the Company in writing, with a copy to Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019 (facsimile: (212) 728-9536), Attention: Jeffrey R. Poss, Esq.
     (ii) Any notice so addressed shall be deemed to be given: if delivered by hand or facsimile, on the date of such delivery; if mailed by overnight courier, on the first business day following the date of such mailing; and if mailed by registered or certified mail, on the third business day after the date of such mailing.
          (d) Reproduction of Documents. This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, any consents, waivers and modifications which may

12


 

hereafter be executed may be reproduced by the Holders by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and the Holders may destroy any original document so reproduced. The parties hereto agree and stipulate that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by the Holders in the regular course of business) and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
          (e) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon and enforceable by the successors and assigns of each of the parties.
          (f) Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings among such parties. This Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4(f) shall be binding upon each Holder of Registrable Securities then outstanding (whether or not such Holder consented to any such amendment or waiver).
          (g) Severability. In the event that any part or parts of this Agreement shall be held illegal or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.
          (h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

13


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
             
    DANA HOLDING CORPORATION    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
    CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.    
 
           
    By:                       , its General Partner
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
           
    CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS    
 
  STRATEGIC, L.P.    
 
           
    By:                       , its General Partner
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
           
    CENTERBRIDGE CAPITAL PARTNERS SBS,    
 
  L.P.        
 
           
    By:                       , its General Partner
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:        

 


 

Exhibit F
DANA HOLDING CORPORATION
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of                     , 2007 (the “Agreement”), among the purchasers of 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock listed on Schedule A (the “Investors”) and Dana Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).
R E C I T A L S
          WHEREAS, the Investors have, pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement, dated as of                     , 2007, by and among the Company and the Investors (the “Subscription Agreement”), agreed to purchase shares of 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Series B Preferred Stock”); and
          WHEREAS, the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”); and
          WHEREAS, the Company has agreed, as a condition precedent to the Investors’ obligations under the Subscription Agreement, to grant the Investors certain registration rights; and
          WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors desire to define the registration rights of the Investor on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:
          SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
          As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:
          Allocation Priority: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(ii);
          Agreement: shall mean this Agreement among the Investors and the Company;
          Commission: shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act;

 


 

          Exchange Act: shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor act), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;
          Holder: shall mean any holder of Registrable Securities;
          Initiating Holder: shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate are Holders of more than 50% of the then outstanding Registrable Securities;
          Maximum Number of Shares: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(ii);
          Person: shall mean an individual, partnership, joint-stock company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, and a government or agency or political subdivision thereof;
          Pro Rata: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(ii);
          Register, Registered and Registration: shall mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act (and any post-effective amendments filed or required to be filed) and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement;
          Registrable Securities: shall mean any (A) Series B Preferred Stock held by the Investors, (B) shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by the Investors, (C) other shares of Common Stock acquired by the Investors after the date hereof unless acquired in breach of any agreement between the Holder and the Company and (D) additional securities of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of any securities of the Company held by the Investors, including but not limited to, those listed in clauses (A), (B) and (C);
          Registration Expenses: shall mean all reasonable expenses incurred by the Company in compliance with Section 2(a), (b) and (c) hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for all the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the reasonable expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company);
          security, securities: shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act;
          Securities Act: shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any successor act), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

2


 

          Selling Expenses: shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all fees and disbursements of counsel for each of the Holders other than reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for all the Holders.
          SECTION 2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS
          (a) Demand Registration.
          (i) Request for Registration. If the Company shall receive from an Initiating Holder, at any time, a written request that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities, the Company will:
          (1) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, qualification or compliance to all other Holders; and
          (2) as soon as practicable, use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within ten (10) business days after written notice from the Company is given under Section 2(a)(i)(1) above; provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2(a):
(A) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or applicable rules or regulations thereunder;
(B) After the Company has effected one (1) such registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) and such registration has been declared or ordered effective and the sales of such Registrable Securities shall have closed; provided, however, that a registration shall not be deemed to constitute a registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) in the event that less than ninety percent (90%) of the Registrable Securities held by Holders participating in the registration are permitted to participate in such registration;
(C) If the Registrable Securities requested by all Holders to be registered pursuant to such request do not have an anticipated aggregate public offering price (before any underwriting discounts and commissions) of not less than $[insert dollar amount to 10% of the sum of (1) the total aggregate Series B-1 Purchase Price (as defined in the

3


 

Investment Agreement) that is paid by all of the Investors under the Investment Agreement for Series B-1 Shares (as defined in the Investment Agreement)and (2) the total aggregate Series B-2 Purchase Price that is paid by all of the Investors under the Investment Agreement for Series B-2 Shares (as defined in the Investment Agreement)];
(D) During the period starting with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date three (3) months immediately following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act, with respect to an employee benefit plan or with respect to the Company’s first registered public offering of its stock); provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; provided, however, that the Company may only delay an offering pursuant to this Section 2(a)(i)(2)(D) for a period of not more than thirty (30) days, if a filing of any other registration statement is not made within that period and the Company may only exercise this right once in any twelve (12)-month period; or
(E) If the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, in which case the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to comply with this Section 2(a) shall be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of written request from the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exercise such right more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.
The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2(a)(ii) below, include other securities of the Company that are held by Persons who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their securities in any such registration (“Other Stockholders”). In the event any Holder requests a registration pursuant to this Section 2(a) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.
The registration rights set forth in this Section 2 may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any transferee of Registrable Securities (who shall be bound by all obligations of this Agreement).

4


 

     (ii) Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2(a)(i).
If Other Stockholders request inclusion of their securities in the underwriting, the Holders shall offer to include the securities of such Other Stockholders in the underwriting and may condition such offer on their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2. The Holders whose shares are to be included in such registration and the Company shall (together with all Other Stockholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Initiating Holders and reasonably acceptable to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(a), if the representative advises the Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the representative may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting in accordance with Section 2(b)(ii); provided that such allocation shall be made in the following manner: (i) first, Pro Rata (as defined below) to Registrable Securities and securities entitled to registration under the Series A Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below), regardless of the number of shares that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, to securities that the Company desires to sell, and (iii), third, securities for the account of Other Stockholders that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons that can be sold, Pro Rata, in the case of (ii) and (iii) without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares. If any Holder or Other Stockholder who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided herein disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Person may elect to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders. The securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration.
     (b) Company Registration.
     (i) If the Company shall determine to register any of its equity securities either for its own account or for the account of Other Stockholders, other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or a registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act, or a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities, the Company will:
     (1) promptly give to each of the Holders a written notice thereof (which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws); and
     (2) include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made by the Holders within ten (10) days after receipt of the written notice from the Company described in clause (1) above, except to the extent limited as set forth in Section 2(b)(ii) below. Such written request

5


 

may specify all or a part of the Holders’ Registrable Securities. In the event any Holder requests inclusion in a registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.
     (ii) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise each of the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2(b)(i)(1) above. In such event, the right of each of the Holders to registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) shall be conditioned upon such Holders’ participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. The Holders whose shares are to be included in such registration shall (together with the Company and the Other Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(b), if the representative determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the representative may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting in accordance with the allocation priority set forth below. The Company shall promptly advise all holders of securities requesting registration of such limitation, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting (the “Maximum Number of Shares”) shall be allocated in the following manner: (i) first, the securities that the Company desires to sell, regardless of the number of shares that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (ii) second, both (A) the securities entitled to registration under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated ___, 200_, between Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners Strategic, L.P, Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS, L.P. and the Company (the “Series A Registration Rights Agreement”) and (B) the Registrable Securities that can be sold, all pro rata in accordance with the number of securities entitled to registration under the Series A Registration Rights Agreement and Registrable Securities, respectively, that each such holder of securities entitled to registration under the Series A Registration Rights Agreement or Holder has requested be included in such registration (such proportion is referred to herein as “Pro Rata”), without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares, and; (iii) third, the Registrable Securities that can be sold, Pro Rata, without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (iv) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses, the securities for the account of Other Stockholders that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons that can be sold, Pro Rata, without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares (the foregoing allocation is referred to herein as the “Allocation Priority”). If any of the Holders or any officer, director or Other Stockholder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he she or it may elect to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company and the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

6


 

          (c) Form S-3. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 for secondary sales. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, the Holders shall have the right to request up to four (4) registrations on Form S-3 (such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of disposition of shares by such holders), provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2(c):
     (i) Unless the Holder or Holders requesting registration propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities having an aggregate price to the public (before deduction of Selling Expenses) of more than $[insert dollar amount to 5% of the sum of (1) the total aggregate Series B-1 Purchase Price (as defined in the Investment Agreement) that is paid by all of the Investors under the Investment Agreement for Series B-1 Shares (as defined in the Investment Agreement)and (2) the total aggregate Series B-2 Purchase Price that is paid by all of the Investors under the Investment Agreement for Series B-2 Shares (as defined in the Investment Agreement)];
     (ii) Within one hundred eighty (180) days of the effective date of the most recent registration pursuant to this Section 2(c) in which securities held by the requesting Holder could have been included for sale or distribution;
     (iii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act or applicable rules or regulations thereunder;
     (iv) During the period starting with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date three(3) months immediately following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction under the Securities Act or with respect to an employee benefit plan); provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; provided, however, that the Company may only delay an offering pursuant to this Section 2(c)(iv) for a period of not more than thirty (30) days, if a filing of any other registration statement is not made within that period and the Company may only exercise this right once in any twelve (12)-month period; or
     (v) If the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, in which case the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to comply with this Section 2(c) shall be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of written

7


 

request from the Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exercise such right more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.
The Company shall give written notice to all Holders of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 2(c)and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for other Holders to participate in the registration; provided, that if the registration is for an underwritten offering, the terms of Section 2(a)(ii) above shall apply to all participants in such offering. Subject to the foregoing, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect promptly the registration of all shares of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 to the extent requested by the Holder or Holders thereof for purposes of disposition. In the event any Holder requests a registration pursuant to this Section 2(c) in connection with a distribution of Registrable Securities to its partners or members, the registration shall provide for the resale by such partners or members, if requested by such Holder.
          (d) Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne by the Company, and all Selling Expenses shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of their shares so registered.
          (e) Registration Procedures. In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep the Holders, as applicable, advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its reasonable expense, the Company will:
          (i) keep such registration effective for a period of ninety (90) days;
     (ii) furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident thereto as each of the Holders, as applicable, from time to time may reasonably request;
     (iii) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and
     (iv) furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (1) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is reasonably and customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders participating in such registration and (2) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is reasonably and customarily given by independent certified public accountants to

8


 

underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and if permitted by applicable accounting standards, to the Holders participating in such registration.
     (f) Indemnification.
     (i) The Company will indemnify each of the Holders, as applicable, each of its officers, directors and partners and members, and each Person controlling each of the Holders, with respect to each registration which has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, issuer free-writing prospectus, offering circular or other document, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each of such Holders, each of its officers, directors and partners and members, and each Person controlling each of such Holders, each such underwriter and each Person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by the Holders or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of the Company to each of the Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of securities sold in such registration as contemplated herein.
     (ii) Each of the Holders will, if Registrable Securities held by it are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, severally and not jointly, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each Person who controls the Company or such underwriter, each Other Stockholder and each of their respective officers, directors, partners and members, and each Person controlling such Other Stockholder against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, issuer free-writing prospectus, offering circular or other document made by such Holder in writing, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements by such Holder therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, the underwriters, and such Other Stockholders, and their respective directors, officers, partners, members, Persons or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance

9


 

upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of each of the Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of securities sold in such registration as contemplated herein.
     (iii) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2(f) (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided, that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense (unless the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in such action, in which case the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party), and provided further, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2(f) unless the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced thereby. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the prior written consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with the defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.
     (iv) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2(f) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions (or alleged statements or omissions) which resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or alleged untrue) statement of a material fact or the omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

10


 

     (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in such underwriting agreement shall be controlling.
     (g) Information by the Holders.
     (i) Each of the Holders including securities in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 2.
     (ii) In the event that, either immediately prior to or subsequent to the effectiveness of any registration statement, any Holder shall distribute Registrable Securities to its partners or members, such Holder shall so advise the Company and provide such information as shall be necessary to permit an amendment to such registration statement to provide information with respect to such partners or members, as selling security holders. Promptly following receipt of such information, the Company shall file an appropriate amendment to such registration statement reflecting the information so provided. Any incremental expense to the Company resulting from such amendment shall be borne by such Holder.
     (h) Rule 144 Reporting.
     With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may permit the sale of restricted securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:
     (i) at all times make and keep public information available as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”);
     (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and
     (iii) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder, upon request, a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as such Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing the Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

11


 

          (i) Termination. The registration rights set forth in this Section 2 shall not be available to any Holder if, (i) in the written opinion of counsel to the Company, all of the Registrable Securities then owned by such Holder could be sold in any ninety (90)-day period pursuant to Rule 144(k) or are otherwise freely saleable or (ii) all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder have been sold in a registration pursuant to the Securities Act or pursuant to Rule 144.
          SECTION 3. INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT
          (a) Directly or Indirectly. Where any provision in this Agreement refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.
          SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS
          (a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State without regard to conflicts of law principles.
          (b) Section Headings. The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof.
          (c) Notices.
     (i) All communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or facsimile or mailed by overnight courier or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid:
     (1) if to the Company, to Dana Corporation (or the name of the Company), 4500 Dorr Street, Toledo, OH 43615, Attention: General Counsel and Secretary (facsimile: (419) 535-4544), or at such other address or facsimile numbers as it may have furnished in writing to the Holders, with a copy to Jones Day, 222 East 41st Street, New York, New York 10017 (facsimile: (212) 755-7306), Attention: Marilyn W. Sonnie, Esq.
     (2) if to the Holders, to the address or facsimile provided on Schedule A, or at such other address or facsimile number as may have been furnished the Company in writing, with a copy to: [                                         ]; and a copy to Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019 (facsimile: (212) 728-9536), Attention: Jeffrey R. Poss, Esq.
     (ii) Any notice so addressed shall be deemed to be given: if delivered by hand or facsimile, on the date of such delivery; if mailed by overnight courier, on the first business day following the date of such mailing; and if mailed by registered or certified mail, on the third business day after the date of such mailing.

12


 

          (d) Reproduction of Documents. This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, any consents, waivers and modifications which may hereafter be executed may be reproduced by the Holders by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, microcard, miniature photographic or other similar process and the Holders may destroy any original document so reproduced. The parties hereto agree and stipulate that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by the Holders in the regular course of business) and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
          (e) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon and be enforceable by the successors and assigns of each of the parties.
          (f) Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings among such parties. This Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, with (and only with) the written consent of the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4(f) shall be binding upon each Holder of Registrable Securities then outstanding (whether or not such Holder consented to any such amendment or waiver).
          (g) Severability. In the event that any part or parts of this Agreement shall be held illegal or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such determination shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.
          (h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

13


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
             
    DANA HOLDING CORPORATION    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
 
  [HOLDERS]    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:        

 


 

SCHEDULE A
Investors

 


 

Exhibit H
[Name of legal entity and trading unit]
[Address]
Re:            Dana Holding Corporation
Dear Sir or Madam:
Reference is made to Section 8(f) of the Certificate of Designations (the “Certificate”) of 4.0% Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 4.0% Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) each issued by Dana Holding Corporation (“Dana”), as may be amended from time to time, which Section sets forth certain restrictions relating to holders of the Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Shorting Restrictions”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined have the meanings given to them in the Certificate.
Dana hereby agrees to waive and does waive (and Centerbridge shall not and does not object to such waiver) any and all rights to enforce the provisions of the Shorting Restrictions against any Qualified Marketmaker (as defined below) in respect of transactions by such Qualified Marketmaker in respect of Qualified Securities (as defined below) (i) conducted solely in the ordinary course of its broker/dealer or market maker business, (ii) accommodating customer orders, and (iii) not entered into with a view towards establishing directionally biased positions (including without limitation engaging in arbitrage positions with respect to the Preferred Stock) for the proprietary account of such Qualified Marketmaker, whether in a proprietary trading unit or otherwise, provided however that so long as the business unit to which this letter is addressed maintains the confidentiality of all non-public information relating to the Debtor that is now in, or in the future comes into, its possession, using the same standard of confidentiality [name of legal entity] uses to maintain the confidentiality of its own confidential information, other proprietary business units of [name of legal entity] shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 8(f) unless such unit otherwise acquires shares of the Preferred Stock.
For these purposes, a “Qualified Marketmaker” means an entity that (i) holds itself out to the public as standing ready in the ordinary course of its business to purchase from customers and sell to customers Qualified Securities (or to enter with customers into long and short positions in derivative contracts that reference Qualified Securities), in its capacity as a dealer or market maker in such Qualified Securities, (ii) in fact regularly makes a two-way market in such Qualified Securities, and (iii) consistently has filed its U.S. federal income tax returns on the basis that such business constituted a securities dealer business within the scope of section 475(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. An entity that is under common control with or controlled by a Qualified Marketmaker shall be considered a Qualified Marketmaker for purposes of this waiver (and the limitations to this waiver expressly provided herein) to the extent it satisfies conditions (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence.

 


 

For these purposes, the term “Qualified Securities” means (i) New Common Stock (as defined in the Investment Agreement Term Sheet) and (ii) options, forward contracts, swaps or other derivative contracts that require the delivery of such securities, or that require the payment of money determined by reference to the value or yield of such securities.
The signatories hereby represent that they are duly authorized by their respective institutions to execute this agreement.
Please acknowledge your acceptance of the above referenced waiver by executing and signing below. By doing so, you hereby represent to the undersigned, to the best of your knowledge, that such business unit is, as of the date hereof, the only entity, division or unit of [name of legal entity] that holds claims against the Debtor in a proprietary capacity, other than [                                         ][name of entity, division or unit], which will not be covered by this letter agreement and will be subject to the Shorting Restrictions.
Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.
By:                                         
Name:
Title:
Dana Holding Corporation
By:                                         
Name:
Title:
Acknowledged and Accepted:
[Trading unit and name of legal entity]
By:                                         
Name:
Title:

- 2 -

EX-99.1
 

Exhibit 99.1
(GRAPHIC)
Bankruptcy Court Confirms Dana’s Plan of Reorganization,
Paves Way for Fundamentally Improved Company to Exit Chapter 11 in January
TOLEDO, Ohio — December 26, 2007 — Dana Corporation (OTCBB: DCNAQ) announced today that Judge Burton R. Lifland of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York has signed an order confirming the company’s Plan of Reorganization. The action paves the way for Dana’s emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization, which it expects to occur in January 2008, after the closing of the company’s $2.0 billion exit financing facility and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.
“This is a significant milestone for Dana and all of its constituents,” said Dana Chairman and CEO Mike Burns. “The approved plan provides a solid foundation for the new Dana. We now look forward to emerging as a focused, solvent company that is positioned to take advantage of its considerable strengths and compete successfully in its global markets.”
Dana entered Chapter 11 reorganization on March 3, 2006. During the ensuing 21 months, the company and its constituents identified, agreed upon, and won court approval for approximately $440 million to $475 million in annual cost savings and revenue improvement. These annual savings were derived primarily from enhancing its product profitability, optimizing its manufacturing footprint, reducing labor costs and benefit changes, eliminating ongoing obligations for retiree health and welfare costs, and achieving further reductions in administrative expenses.
“From the outset of this process, we said that fundamental — not incremental — change was critical to Dana’s future success,” Burns said. “I am pleased to say that we have achieved this goal due in large part to the enormous efforts of our resilient employees around the world and the talented team of advisers who have helped bring us to this point. Similarly, we are grateful for the support and partnership demonstrated by many other constituents involved in this very complex process, including our customers, suppliers, and members of the communities in which Dana people live and work.”
About Dana Corporation
Dana is a world leader in the supply of axles; driveshafts; and structural, sealing, and thermal-management products; as well as genuine service parts. The company’s customer base includes virtually every major vehicle and engine manufacturer in the global automotive, commercial vehicle, and off-highway markets, which collectively produce more than 70 million vehicles annually. Based in Toledo, Ohio, the company’s continuing operations employ approximately 35,000 people in 26 countries and reported 2006 sales of $8.5 billion, with more than half of this revenue derived from outside the United States. For more information, please visit: http://www.dana.com/.

 


 

Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements and projections contained in this news release are, by their nature, forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements and projections are subject to uncertainties relating to the successful emergence of the company from bankruptcy and consummation of the financing transactions contemplated by its exit financing commitments, and a number of other risks, uncertainties and assumptions (including, but not limited to, the debtors’ operations and business environment, the effects of the debtors’ Chapter 11 reorganization and the conduct, outcome, and costs of the Chapter 11 cases), which are difficult to predict and which are, in many cases, beyond the debtors’ control. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the events and circumstances described in the forward-looking statements and projections in the news release may not occur and the debtors’ actual financial results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements and projections. Dana does not undertake to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or projections contained in the news release, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.
Media Contact
Chuck Hartlage:     (419) 535-4728
# # #